946 RUBBER 950 LOCKOUT & 984 TARPAULINS

Transcription

1 SECTION HIGHLIGHTS OIL & CHEMICAL STORAGE 742 SPILL RESPONSE 742 FLOOD RESPONSE 904 BATTERIES Page Page Page Page TORCHES & BULBS 906 HAND BRUSHES 920 SAFETY STORAGE CANS 937 IDENTITY DISCS Page Page Page Page LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT 941 MECHANICAL LIFTING EQUIPMENT 942 SLINGS/STEEL ROPES & FITTINGS 943 MAGNETIC LIFTING EQUIPMENT Page Page Page Page CASTORS 946 FLOOR MATTING 946 RUBBER SHEETING 947 PVC STRIP CURTAINS Page Page Page Page ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE 950 PADLOCKS 950 LOCKOUT & TAGOUT SYSTEM 956 CAR SEAT COVERS Page Page Page Page ANTI-SLIP FLOOR TAPES 964 HAZARD TAPES 964 SAFETY SIGNS 964 VIBRATION LABELS Page Page Page Page STORES LABELLING & MARKING PRODUCTS ROPE, STRAPS, 978 CHAIN & FITTINGS 984 TARPAULINS 985 HANDLING Page Page Page Page INSULATION TAPE 992 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 994 FIRE SAFETY 996 FIRST AID Page Page Page Page PLUS MUCH, MUCH MORE...

2 SITE MAINTENANCE Product Groups Contents Description Group Page Anti - Slip Floor Tapes Architectural Hardware Batteries Bulbs Car Seat Covers Castors Chalk Fire Safety First Aid Flood Control Floor Matting Hand Brushes Handling Hazard Tapes Identity Discs Insulation Tape Ladders & Access Equipment Load Skates Lockout & Tagout System Magnetic Lifting Equipment Mechanical Lifting Equipment Oil & Chemical Storage Padlocks PVC Strip Curtains Steel Rope & Chain Fittings Rope, Straps & Chain Rubber Sheeting Safety Signs Safety Storage Cans Spill Response Steel Ropes Steel Wool Stores Labelling & Marking Products Tarpaulins Torches Traffic Management Vibration Labels Webbing Slings Product Grading Production High performance industrial tooling designed for continuous use applications on machine tools where repeatability and long tool life are of critical importance. Professional Industrial tooling that has enhanced features and benefits demanded by craftsmen and professional users. Industrial Designed for regular use in industrial applications. Manufactured to stringent quality levels and international standards. Workshop Standard quality tooling for use by tradesmen and generally industrial use. Maintenance Products designed for general maintenance of machines, workshops, garages and some household applications. Home Improver DIY quality tooling. Designed for home use and light industrial applications. Page 1717

3 741 OIL & CHEMICAL STORAGE Oil-Storage Regulations Since September 2005 "The Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations 2001" have applied to all oil and fuel stored at an industrial or commercial site in England and Wales. Similarly in Scotland, "The Water Environment (OilStorage) Regulations 2006" now apply fully since April 2010:- Although they differ slightly to other, both sets of regulations have much the same effect on how oils and fuels are stored. The following is a brief overview to help you when selecting drum and IBC storage products. Who needs to comply? Any industrial, commercial or institutional site storing 200 litres or more of oil or fuel above ground in one or more containers. In England & Wales the regulations only apply to outdoor storage, although the recommended 'Pollution Prevention Guidelines' from the Environment Agency would apply to indoor storage. In Scotland the regulations apply to both outdoor and indoor storage. The appropriate legislation for Northern Ireland is the Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) (Northern Ireland) Regulations SR2010/412. What is required? All containers storing oil or fuel, whether a drum, an IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) or a tank, must be sufficiently bunded within themselves or stood on a spill pallet or drip tray with sufficient capacity to contain either 110% of the contents of the largest container or 25% of the total capacity stored, whichever is the greater. Selecting the right absorbent for you Absorbents are one of the most effective and efficient ways of containing and recovering spilt liquids. Having the correct type of absorbents on site will allow you to manage any potential workplace spillage. Cromwell offers a comprehensive range of absorbents to deal with most types of workplace spillage including socks, booms, pads, rolls and cushions. For emergency spill response we offer a complete range of spill kits. All of our absorbents are tested to BS7959 and meet the BS standards for the colour coding of absorbents. Maintenance Absorbents = Black / Grey in colour, absorbs both water and Oil based fluids. Oil-Only Absorbents = White in colour, absorbs Oil based fluids only and repels water. Chemical Absorbents = Yellow in colour & used to clean up unknown toxic, flammable, corrosive & aggressive chemical spills. Page 1718

4 OIL AND CHEMICAL STORAGE 741 Training & Surveys We feel that it is our responsibility to make sure that wherever possible we help businesses meet both their legal and moral obligations to both the environment and employee safety. Having spill response material and equipment on site is important. However; having the correct type of equipment, in the right places and ensuring that employees receive the correct training in its effective and safe deployment is essential to reduce the level of consequential risk to employees, the business and the environment. Our 'free' spill risk surveys are designed to take the guess work out of spill response planning and preparation. Our trained assessors will visit your site and undertake an assessment of your businesses current preparedness to deal with a spill. A written report will follow providing sensible and practical advice on key areas such as potential spillage threats and consequential impacts as well as improving your site current level of response. The report can help provide a basis for a spill contingency plan and / or contribute towards your ISO compliance. We also offer 3 levels of training: basic spill kit training, first responder to liquid spills training and a train the trainer course. Our most popular First Responder to Liquid Spills Training (FRtLS) is also accredited by the BSiF. All training is delivered by experience, competent and qualified trainers. Environmental Regulations The recent increase in both the pace and scope of environmental legislation and regulation continues to impact upon businesses irrespective of their type or size. Responsibility for the correct handling and storage of liquids lies with the owner organisation. The pollution of both land and water is regulated against by law and whether accidental or deliberate, can result in prosecution leading to fines, related costs and consequential damage to company image and reputation. The Environment Agencies vigorously pursues prosecution of those responsible for any infringements of these regulations. Cromwell will help to ensure that you comply with all environmental regulation and legislation. Managed Stock Ensuring that operatives have easy access to absorbents is essential. However, it is easy to overlook stock management resulting in the unnecessary and potentially dangerous depletion of spill kits and site stock. Spill centres ensure that absorbents are available for day to day incidental spills and leaks leaving spill kits for larger emergency spills. Cromwell offer a managed solution ensuring that spill kits and spill centres are checked and where necessary replenished on a regular basis. A report shows consumption figures by area or cell allowing usage to be tracked. Spill Kit Training FRtLS (BSIF) Accredited Train the Trainer Page 1719

5 741 EXTERNAL DRUM & IBC STORAGE Our extensive IBC spill containment range is specifically designed to meet the growing IBC end user market. Made from 100% corrosion free polyethylene these strong units are EC and UK compliant. Poly Storage Cabinets Poly storage cabinets with locks and shelves 100 Ltr -0040C 30ltr -0030A 70ltr -0035B Description Dimensions Sump SOL ltr Poly Storage Cabinet 53 x 42 x 99cm 30ltr 15.0kg -0030A ltr Poly Storage Cabinet 65 x 57 x 165cm 70ltr 44.0kg -0035B ltr Poly Storage Cabinet 74 x 92 x 152cm 100ltr 55.0kg -0040C IBC Spill Pallets Covered bunded IBC unit. Compliant to fluid storage regulations. Protects the bund from rain limiting removal of contaminated water. All Weather Spill Pallets Double Covered IBC Spill Pallet Image shown with an optional tray. Comes with complete frame, roof panels and cover. Single -0060A Two Drum -0072A Double -0062C Dimensions Sump UDL SOL x 135 x 241cm 256 x 135 x 221cm 1100ltr 1140ltr 1500kg 2500kg 119.0kg 116.0kg -0060A -0062C Page 1720 Four Drum -0074C Dimensions Sump UDL SOL x 99 x 169cm 147 x 142 x 207cm 250ltr 410ltr 650kg 1250kg 85.0kg 121.0kg -0072A -0074C

6 Spill Pallets Extra Heavy duty rotational moulded IBC spill pallets for single or double IBC storage applications. 100% polyethylene construction, corrosion resistant and with removable decking to assist cleaning they are suitable for most IBC footprints. Forklift pockets for total flexibility and ease of positioning and moving empty units. Four Drum 4 Way Entry -0094C OIL & CHEMICAL STORAGE Four Drum Spill Pallet -0084C 741 Two Drum Spill Pallet -0082A Two Drum 4 Way Entry -0092A Description Dimensions SOL Drum Spill Pallet 122 x 82 x 33cm 240ltr 650kg 23.0kg -0082A Drum 4 Way Spill Pallet 122 x 82 x 34.5cm 230ltr 1200kg 27.0kg -0092A Drum Spill Pallet 122 x 128 x 27.5cm 230ltr 1250kg 29.0kg -0084C Drum 4 Way Spill Pallet 122 x 122 x 39cm 250ltr 3000kg 40.0kg -0094C Single IBC with Integral Bucket -0082A Double IBC Four Way Entry -0084C Single IBC Four Way Entry -0092A Double IBC without Integral Bucket -0094C Description Dimensions SOL-741 Single IBC Spill Pallet x x 70.5cm 1100ltr 1500kg 79.0kg -0112A Single IBC Spill Pallet 123 x 123 x 109cm 1150ltr 3000kg 62.0kg -0102C Double IBC Spill Pallet 234 x x 610cm 1150ltr 3000kg 91.0kg -0104C Double IBC Spill Pallet 256 x 135 x 51cm 1140ltr 2500kg 116.0kg -0114C Page 1721

7 741 OIL & CHEMICAL STORAGE Workfloors & Bunds Our bunded flooring range is the flexible decking solution for creating liquid handling workstations & storage areas to fit your working environment. Each individual unit is compliant with current oil storage regulatory requirements A -0134C -0124C -0401A -0132A Description Dimensions Sump UDL SOL Drum Workfloor Pallet 166 x 126 x 15cm 300ltr 2000kg 38.0kg -0134C Workfloor Ramp 65 x 80 x 16cm kg 8.0kg -0200A Drum In Line Spill Pallet 261 x 89.5 x 15cm 300ltr 2000kg 42.0kg -0124C Drum Workfloor Pallet 126 x 86 x 15cm 130ltr 1000kg 20.0kg -0132A Workfloor Bench Tray 63 x 55 x 7cm 9.5ltr B Single 25ltr Container Bund 55 x 55 x 10cm 27.5ltr 50kg 5.0kg -0401A Double 25ltr Container Bund 71.5 x 46 x 11cm 27.5ltr 50kg 5.5kg -0410B ltr Container Bund 92 x 72 x 17.5cm 100ltr 200kg 15.0kg -0420C Racking & Grating Converts standard, existing pallet racking into bunded racking by using Rack Bunds from Cromwell. Made with 100% polyethylene and resistant to oils & most chemicals the Rack Bund sits across the beams allowing the pallet of containers to sit inside the Rack Bund. Simple to use and easy to install with no tools required, drop into place when required, lift out when not needed. Ensures any leaks or spills are contained and prevents goods in the rack below from being damaged or contaminated. Heavy duty rotationally moulded construction the load rating of Rack Bunds is depending on the load rating of your racking. Two lengths are available and the design fits most beam widths. UDL is dependent upon rack rating A -0500A -0550F -0650F Description Dimensions Sump SOL-741 Racking Bund With 220ltr Sump Without tray 131 x 131 x 24.5cm 220ltr 17.0kg -0500A Racking Bund With 620ltr Sump Without tray 262 x 131 x 32.5cm 620ltr 30.0kg -0550F Grating for 220ltr Sump 120 x 120 x 6cm 220ltr 14.0kg -0600A Grating for 620ltr Sump 240 x 120 x 6cm 620ltr 14.0kg -0650F Page 1722

8 741 WORKFLOORS AND BUNDS Workfloors & Bunds Our spill & bunded tray range are designed to provide safe and compliant storage for small drums and liquid containers. These robust, quality units have excellent chemical compatibility and are corrosion free, strong, lightweight and compatible with most liquids. Trays come with or without grating. Drum Funnel Circular Drum Tray Twin Riser Drum Stacker Drum Transportation Trolley Description Dimensions Sump UDI SOL-741 Twin Riser Drum Stacking Base Unit 139cm x 125cm x 49cm 124cm x 80cm x 37cm 400ltr kg 600kg 50.0kg 13.0kg -0700A -0701B Drum Transportation Trolley 160cm x 74cm x 64cm 230ltr 300kg 42.0kg -0720A Drum Funnel and Lid For 205Ltr 61cm x 23cm kg -0721B ltr Circular Drum Tray 87cm x 24cm 50ltr - 5.0kg -0900A Spill Trays -0701B -0702A -0721B -0900A 20ltr Spill Tray without Grating -0950A 20ltr Spill Tray -0800A 40ltr Spill Tray -0804K Description Dimensions Sump UDI SOL ltr Spill Tray with Grate 59.5cm x 39.5cm x 17cm 22ltr 55kg 3.5kg -0800A ltr Spill Tray without Grating 59.5cm x 39.5cm x 17cm 22ltr - 2.0kg -0950A ltr Spill Tray with Grate 80.5cm x 40.5cm x 17cm 31ltr 55kg 4.5kg -0802C ltr Spill Tray without Grating 80.5cm x 40.5cm x 17cm 31ltr - 2.5kg -0952C ltr Spill Tray with Grate 80.0cm x 60.5cm x 17cm 43ltr 105kg 7.0kg -0804E ltr Spill Tray without Grating 80.0cm x 60.5cm x 17cm 43ltr - 4.0kg -0954E ltr Spill Tray with Grate 100.0cm x 60.5cm x 20cm 63ltr 205kg 10.0kg -0806G ltr Spill Tray without Grating 100.0cm x 60.5cm x 20cm 63ltr - 5.5kg -0980A ltr Spill Tray with Grate 119.5cm x 79.5cm x 18.5cm 104ltr 205kg 14.0kg -0808J ltr Spill Tray without Grating 119.5cm x 79.5cm x 18.5cm 104ltr - 8.0kg -0982C Ltr Drum Salvage Container Bunded Trays 64ltr Bunded Tray -1014E 100ltr Bunded Tray -1016G Dimensions Sump SOL dia x 105cm 360ltr -0910H Dimensions Sump SOL cm x 39cm x 53cm 10ltr 0.9kg -1010A cm x 49cm x 12cm 28ltr 13.0kg -1012C cm x 80cm 12cm 64ltr 2.6kg -1014E cm x 100cm x 12cm 100ltr 4.0kg -1016G Page 1723

9 742 SPILL RESPONSE SPILL RESPONSE SYSTEMS For INDUSTRY Definition of a Spill... An accident in which a harmful substance flows into the environment. Accidents can happen but it s how you respond to them that counts. Being prepared - and equipped - for any eventuality is vital in ensuring you can deal with a spill. And what you spend today on prevention could save you a great deal more tomorrow. Primary & Secondary Containment Primary Containment The tank or other container in which a liquid is stored. Secondary Containment Anything from a spill pallet/tray to a bund or berm around the primary container. Spill Response In the event that Primary and Secondary Containment fail: ACTION PRODUCTS Recovery Pads, Rolls and Pillows Containment Socks and Booms Clean-up Pads In the event of an environmental incident, contact: UK: The Environment Agency ( ROI: The Environmental Protection Agency ( Page 1724

10 Maintenance Absorbs All Fluids - Grey/Black General maintenance absorbents are made of pure meltblown polypropylene suitable for spills of all non-aggressive chemicals, oil and water based fluids. The most commonly used spill response product. A must have part of most emergency response plans. Ideal for use in industrial situations where many different kinds of liquids are present at the same time. Available in light weight, medium weight and heavy weight types for a wide range of response requirements. Maintenance absorbents are available as pads, rolls, socks, pillows and in a range of spill kits. Oil-Only Repels Water - White Always white in colour for easy recognition and to alert to the start of a leak. Hydrophobic - Oil-only absorbents do not absorb water making them ideal for any outdoor environment where oil is a hazard and must be removed. Floats on water - even when fully saturated with oil, allowing for easy pick up and disposal. Available in light weight, medium weight and heavy weight types for a wide range of response requirements. Oil-only absorbents are available as pads, rolls, socks, pillows and in a range of spill kits. Also available as booms specifically designed for use on open water. SPILL RESPONSE Do your employees know which absorbent grade should be used for different spills? Chemical Also known as Universal - Yellow Always yellow in colour for easy recognition and to alert users that once used the product must be handled in full PPE clothing and disposed of in the correct way. For use with water based fluids and aggressive chemicals, oils and solvents. Not suitable for use on water. Can be used with aggressive chemicals such as acids, kerosene and detergents. Chemical absorbents are made of pure meltblown polypropylene. Available in light weight, medium weight and heavy weight types for a wide range of response requirements. Chemical absorbents are available as pads, rolls, socks, pillows and in a range of spill kits. Page 1725

11 Accidents happen... And this can cause complications - such as fluid spill. But selecting the correct spill response product doesn t need to be complicated. We offer a complete range of grades, weights and product formats that provide the solution to perhaps the oldest problem faced by any industry that handles fluids - that of reducing the impact on the environment when things go wrong. It doesn t have to cost the earth to put right... PLUS SUSTAINABLE EXTRA

12 Bunds Secondary Containment A complete range offering that includes: Workfloors, Spill pallets, IBC Spill Pallets, All Weather Spill Pallets, Drum Handling Equipment, Bench Trays, Drum Cupboards and Drum Trays. Pages SUSTAINABLE Sustainably Sourced - Ultra- Absorbent A new generation of sustainably-sourced Eco-Fibre absorbents. Utilising naturallyoccurring cottons and wood cellulose from managed forests. Third generation coverstock supplies strength and wiping efficiency. PLUS Medium Absorbents Medium weight design with coverstock for added strength The Workshop Essential. A mid to high end, balanced solution. Optimised for increased absorption per pad. 0.8 ltr Per Pad Pages PLUS Spill Kits Many situations require a permanent supply of absorbents to be on hand. Solent Plus spill kits are a cost-effective answer to this requirement. SPILL RESPONSE EXTRA Heavy Absorbents Enhanced performance-per-pad - optimised for higher capacity and quicker wicking. Do more, with less product and lower overall cost. 1.0 ltr Per Pad Page 1730 PLUS Filtasock An innovative filtration system that is extremely efficient and can be used in a number of de-watering applications with no slowing of the pumping process. 1.4 ltr Per Pad Page 1731 PLUS Plant Nappy Light and user friendly method of spill containment, designed to replace traditional drip trays. Pages PLUS Engineered Dispensing Engineered to provide compliance in a variety of locations, wherever spill response is required, providing an effective dispensing solution for pads and rolls. Pages PLUS Drain Covers Your first line of defence against environmental contamination. Re-usable polyurethane or single use clay covers which are extremely malleable for use on uneven surfaces. Page 1735 Page 1736 Page 1737 Page 1727

13 742 SPILL RESPONSE Plus Medium Absorbents The mid-range, all-round choice for onsite spill management Medium weight design featuring single-side coverstock for added strength and tear resistance Low-lint release for a cleaner job Multiple perforations for improved productivity. Performance and endurance, combined. Legal compliance, assured Works with Spill Depot to ensure site compliance and fast access - see page 1736 Tested to BS Hazard level: Moderate to high Typical spill volume: Medium Frequency of use: Medium to high Medium weight design with coverstock for added strength The Workshop Essential. A mid to high end, balanced solution. Optimised for increased absorption per-pad. Maintenance - Absorbs All Fluids - Grey/Black For use with water based fluid spills and non-aggressive chemicals and oils. Not suitable for use on water. Oil-Only - Repels Water - White Hydrophobic absorbent can be used on water. Will float even when oil laden. Chemical (Universal) - Yellow For use with water based fluids and aggressive chemicals, oils and solvents. Not suitable for use on water. Solent Plus Medium Absorbent Pads Solent Plus Medium Absorbent Rolls 50cm x 40cm Medium Maintenance Pad Medium Maintenance Roll 50cm x 40cm Medium Chemical Pad 126 ltr Per Roll 80cm x 40m Medium Oil-Only Roll Medium Oil-Only Pad 50cm x 40cm 50cm x 40m 80 ltr Per Roll 50cm x 40m 0.8 ltr Per Pad Tested to BS 7959 Application Absorbs Per Roll Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance 0.8ltr 50cm x 40cm A Oil-Only 0.8ltr 50cm x 40cm P Chemical 0.8ltr 50cm x 40cm A Page 1728 PACK OF 100 Medium Chemical Roll Tested to BS 7959 Application Absorbs Per Roll Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance 80ltr 126ltr 50cm x 40m 80cm x 40m G -0830L Oil-Only 80ltr 12 ltr 50cm x 40m 80cm x 40m F -1675Z Chemical 80ltr 126ltr 50cm x 40m 80cm x 40m R -2298T

14 SPILL RESPONSE 742 Solent Plus Absorbent Pillows Tested to BS Solent Plus Absorbent Socks Tested to BS Maintenance Pillow Maintenance Sock 12.5 ltr Per Sock Oil-Only Pillow 4 ltr Per Pillow 5 ltr Per Sock 7.5cm x 1.2m 7.5cm x 3.0m Chemical Pillow Tested to BS 7959 Application Absorbs Per Pillow Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance 4ltr 23cm x 38cm A Oil-Only 4ltr 23cm x 38cm A Chemical 4ltr 28cm x 38cm A Solent Plus Absorbent Booms Tested to BS cm x 1.2m 4 ltr Per Sock Oil-Only Sock 7.5cm x 3.0m 10 ltr Per Sock 12cm x 3.0m Oil-Only Boom 79 ltr Per Boom Chemical Sock 25 ltr Per Boom Can be connected to other to create longer spans Tested to BS cm x 3.0m Application Absorbs Dimensions Pack Per Boom W x L Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Oil-Only 25ltr 12cm x 3.0m A ltr 20cm x 3.0m F cm x 1.2m 4 ltr Per Sock Tested to BS cm x 3.0m 10 ltr Per Sock Application Absorbs Per Sock Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance 5ltr 12.5ltr 7.5cm x 1.2m 7.5cm x 3.0m A -1010H Oil-Only 4ltr 10ltr 7.5cm x 1.2m 7.5cm x 3.0m A -1805F Chemical 4ltr 10ltr 7.5cm x 1.2m 7.5cm x 3.0m A -2325G Page 1729

15 742 SPILL RESPONSE Superior Extra Heavy Absorbents "Superior" lives up to its name in all-round capability For situations where performance is paramount Thicker for greater absorbency speed and optimum oil and fuel retention Retains buoyancy even when oil-saturated Tested to BS Hazard level: High Typical spill volume: High Frequency of use: Low to medium Up to 33% higher absorbency, strength and wicking capability than higher-priced alternatives; unmatched cost-effectiveness, without compromise on performance. Maintenance - Absorbs All Fluids - Grey/Black For use with water based fluid spills and non-aggressive chemicals and oils. Not suitable for use on water. Oil-Only - Repels Water - White Hydrophobic absorbent can be used on water. Will float even when oil laden. Chemical (Universal) - Yellow For use with water based fluids and aggressive chemicals, oils and solvents. Not suitable for use on water. Extra Heavy Maintenance Extra Heavy Oil-Only Extra Heavy Chemical Extra Heavy Absorbent Pads Extra Heavy Absorbent Rolls 120 ltr Per Roll 50cm x 40m 50cm x 40cm 1.2 ltr Per Pad Tested to BS 7959 Application Absorbs Per Pad Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance 1.2ltr 50cm x 40cm T Oil-Only 1.2ltr 50cm x 40cm A Chemical 1.2ltr 50cm x 40cm A Page 1730 PACK OF 100 Tested to BS 7959 Application Absorbs Per Roll Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance 120ltr 50cm x 40m F Oil-Only 120ltr 50cm x 40m G Chemical 120ltr 50cm x 40m G 89.00

16 Sustainably Sourced - Ultra-Absorbent Solent s Highest Performing Absorbent - absorbency rates better than or equal to other absorbents - at no extra cost A new generation of sustainably-sourced Eco-Fibre absorbents utilising the latest Nu-Dri Technology Third generation coverstock supplies strength and wiping efficiency Solent ULTRA represent a new generation of sustainably sourced products Tested to BS Hazard level: Moderate to high Typical spill volume: Medium Frequency of use: Medium to high Nu-Dri is a trademark of Lubetech Industries New Improved! Unleashing the Absorbent Power of Natural Fibres SPILL RESPONSE 742 A new generation of sustainably-sourced Eco-Fibre absorbents. Utilising naturally-occurring cottons and wood cellulose from managed forests. Third generation coverstock supplies strength and wiping efficiency. Maintenance Grade - Utilising wood cellulose from managed forests. For general uses. With the versatility to absorb a wide range of fluids including both water and oils at the same time. Oil Only Grade - Proprietary processed natural cotton specially adapted to absorb oil spill from both land and water. With a proprietary hydrophobic treatment:- absorbs oil only, rejects water and retains buoyancy even when laden. Maintenance - Absorbs All Fluids - Grey/Black For use with water based fluid spills and non-aggressive chemicals and oils. Not suitable for use on water. Oil-Only - Repels Water - White Hydrophobic absorbent can be used on water. Will float even when oil laden. Sustainable Absorbent Socks New Improved! Sustainable Maintenance Sock 5.0 ltr Per Sock Tested to BS 7959 Sustainable Oil-Only Sock 4.0 ltr Per Sock Application Absorbs Per Sock Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance Oil Only 5.0 ltr 4.0 ltr 7.5cm x 1.2m 7.5cm x 1.2m R -2840L Sustainable Absorbent Pads New Improved! Sustainable Absorbent Rolls New Improved! Sustainable Maintenance Pad 1.2 ltr Per Pad Sustainable Maintenance Roll 130 ltr Per Roll EXTENDED RANGE 37cm x 38m PACK OF cm x 38cm Sustainable Oil-Only Pad Sustainable Oil-Only Roll 1.2 ltr Per Pad Tested to BS 7959 Tested to BS 7959 Application Absorbs Per Pad Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance 1.2ltr 48cm x 38cm G Oil-Only 1.2ltr 48cm x 38cm G ltr Per Roll Application Absorbs Per Roll Dimensions W x L Pack Qty SOL-742 Price/Pk Maintenance Oil-Only 130ltr 115ltr 37cm x 38m 37cm x 38m A -2830A Page 1731

17 742 SPILL RESPONSE Kits Many situations require a permanent supply of absorbents to be on hand. Solent Plus spill kits are a cost-effective answer to this requirement. Available in Maintenance, Oil-only and Chemical kits, they range in capacity from 10ltr up to 240ltr. They are packed with sufficient absorbents to cope with a spill up to the size shown. 10 ltr Kits - In Holdalls For quick response to smaller spills. Kits contain: 10 x Solent Prime Pads (1 ltr/pad) 1 x Solent Plus 1.2m sock (4 ltr/sock) 1 x 1kg Putty Seal pre-mixed drum plug mix 2 x Disposal bags and ties Tested to BS Ltr Maintenance - Absorbs All Fluids - Grey/Black For use with water based fluid spills and non-aggressive chemicals and oils. Not suitable for use on water. Oil-Only - Repels Water - White Hydrophobic absorbent can be used on water. Will float even when oil laden. Chemical (Universal) - Yellow For use with water based fluids and aggressive chemicals, oils and solvents. Not suitable for use on water. 25 ltr Kits - In Small Bins Kits contain: 17 x Solent Prime pads (1.0 ltr/pad) 1 x Solent Plus 1.2m sock (4 ltr/sock) 2 x Solent Plus pillows (3.5 ltr/pillow) 4 x Disposal bags and ties Tested to BS Ltr Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 10 ltr Holdall Maintenance -0500A ltr Holdall Oil-Only -1620C ltr Holdall Chemical -2100A ltr Kits - In Carriers Kits contain: 12 x Solent Prime pads (1 ltr/pad) 1 x Solent Plus 1.2m sock (4 ltr/sock) 1 x Disposal bag and tie Tested to BS Ltr Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 25 ltr Small Bin Maintenance -0506G ltr Small Bin Chemical -2115R Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 15 ltr Carrier Maintenance -0502C ltr Carrier Oil-Only -1600A ltr Carrier Chemical -2105G ltr Kits in Cube Bag Kits contain: 15 x Solent Prime pads (1.0 ltr/pad) 2 x Solent Plus 3.0m sock (10 ltr/sock) 1 x Disposal bag and tie (LUT x Instruction sheet Tested to BS Ltr 20 ltr Kits - In Holdalls Kits contain: 15 x Solent Prime pads (1 ltr/pad) 2 x Solent Plus 1.2m sock (4 ltr/sock) 2 x Disposal bags and ties Tested to BS Ltr Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 20 ltr Holdall Maintenance -0504E ltr Holdall Oil-Only -1630D ltr Holdall Chemical -2110L Page 1732 Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 35 ltr Cube Bag Maintenance -0508J ltr Cube Bag Oil-Only -1650F ltr Cube Bag Chemical -2120G 70.00

18 742 Kits 50 ltr Kits - In Holdalls Kits contain: 35 x Solent Prime pads (1.0 ltr/pad) 3 x Solent Plus 1.2m sock (4 ltr/sock) 3 x Solent Plus pillows (3.5 ltr/pillow) 5 x Disposal bags and ties Tested to BS Ltr SPILL RESPONSE 240 ltr Kits - In Wheeled Bins Kits contain: 200 x Solent Prime pads (1.0 ltr/pad) 12 x Solent Plus 1.2m sock (4 ltr/sock) 10 x Solent Plus pillows (3.5 ltr/pillow) 18 x Disposal bags and ties Tested to BS Ltr Kits - Complete with holdall Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 50 ltr Holdall Maintenance -0510L ltr Holdall Oil-Only -1640E ltr Holdall Chemical -2125J Refills - Absorbents and bags only, as listed above Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 50 ltr - Maintenance -1400A ltr - Oil-Only -2000A ltr - Chemical -2500A ltr Kits - In Wheeled Bins Kits contain: 75 x Solent Prime pads (1.0 ltr/pad) 9 x Solent Plus 1.2m sock (4 ltr/sock) 8 x Solent Plus pillows (3.5 ltr/pillow) 10 x Disposal bags and ties Tested to BS Ltr Kits - Complete with wheeled bin Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 240 ltr Wheeled Bin Maintenance -0514Q ltr Wheeled Bin Oil-Only -1680J ltr Wheeled Bin Chemical -2135T Refills - Absorbents and bags only, as listed above Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 240 ltr - Maintenance -1420C ltr - Oil-Only -2010L ltr - Chemical -2504E Kits - Complete with wheeled bin Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 120 ltr Wheeled Bin Maintenance -0512N ltr Wheeled Bin Oil-Only -1670H ltr Wheeled Bin Chemical -2130K Refills - Absorbents and bags only, as listed above Nominal Supplied In Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 120 ltr - Maintenance -1410B ltr - Oil-Only -2005G ltr - Chemical -2502C Spill Kit Audit Covers Yellow, weatherproof PVC covers with elasticated cord to allow fitting over the top of a 2-wheeled wheelie bin spill kit. A4 sized clear pouch for inserting audit record sheet. Tamperproof tape fitted on the container and cover indicates whether any of the contents have been used. Depleted spill kits are classified as ISO nonconformity. Tested to BS Available in sizes to fit wheelie bins of capacities: 120 and 240ltr. To Fit 2 Wheeled Bin SOL ltr -3290A ltr -3291B Page 1733

19 742 SPILL RESPONSE Filtasock The Filtasock is an innovative filtration system which cleans water as it is being pumped away. It has significant environmental and economic benefits. Filtasock is extremely efficient and can be used in a number of de-watering applications with no slowing of the pumping process. Independent performance test results Samples analysed for oil in water. (>C6-C50) and total suspended solids by Seven Trent Labs UKAS and MCERTS standards. Results was Hydrocarbon efficiency: Filtersock removed the oil to an almost undetecable level. In tests where a high level of hyrocarbon was measured at 5,500mg per litre. Filtersock filtered the contaminated levels down to 2.31mg per litre. Filter sediments down to 1 micron. Oily water at 500mg per litre can be pumped through filtersock to around 25,000 litres before the level indicator changes colour. Indicator determines when filtasock needs changing. The Filtasock is re-usable one of the most simple and economical ways of dealing with contaminated water being pumped out of: manholes vaults sumps separators bunds retention ponds ditches Nozzle Attachment Level Indicator Filtasock Ramp Description Supplied In SOL-742 Price/Pk Filtasock 1x Filtasock, 1x Mesh Mat, 1x Nozzle attachment, 1x Ramp -5625E Page 1734 Mesh Mat

20 Filtasilt SPILL RESPONSE 742 Filtasilt is an innovative solution for sediment separation. Portable and easy to handle, Filtasilt is ideal for day to day use. It removes oil from water down to 3.5 parts per million and solids down to 80 microns, meaning it is suitable to pump onto open ground. Filtasilt: Additional Information Re-usable. Cleans contaminated water as it s being pumped away. Reduces Costs - No need to remove water by tanker. Reduces your carbon footprint. Is portable, simple and quick to operate. The Filtasilt is one of the most simple and economical ways of dealing with contaminated water being pumped out of: manholes vaults sumps trenches bunds retention ponds ditches It uses multi-stage filtration to remove hydrocarbons and sediment to almost non-detectable levels. Extremely efficient it can be used in a wide range of de-watering applications without slowing the pumping process. Description Dimensions Application SOL-742 Price/Pk Filtasilt 1200 x 400 Oil/Sediment only -5590A Plant Nappy Light and user friendly method of spill containment, designed to replace traditional drip trays. The liner sits snugly onto the base of the Plant Nappy but is easily removed for cleaning or replacement. Just as the Plant Nappy has a non-permeable base and a tough top cover so has the liner to give prolonged efficient service. Withstands all weather conditions and is rugged enough to stand plant machinery on all year round to contain any spills Ideal for providing containment for generators and other site machinery, whilst overcoming the problem of filling with water Filters and separates oil, allowing for water to discharge below the l egal oil discharge limits. Absorning only oil Manufactured from strong PVC with a non-permeable base and tough top cover The Plant Nappy liner sits snugly onto the base of the Plant Nappy and is easily removed for cleaning or replacement. SOL B SOL C Description Dimensions (cm) SOL-742 Price/Pk Small Plant Nappy 50 x ltrs -9020A Medium Plant Nappy 100 x ltrs -9021B Large Plant Nappy 200 x ltrs -9022C Small Nappy Liner 50 x ltrs -9023D Medium Nappy Liner 50 x ltrs -9024E Large Nappy Liner 50 x ltrs -9025F Plant Nappy Page 1735

21 742 SPILL RESPONSE Spill Centres Unstocked Spill Centre Oil Only Spill Centre Convenient storage & always ready to go no matter how big or small the spill Spill Centres are convenient, handy and always ready to go no matter how big or small the spill. The plastic & steel Spill Centres can come pre-stocked with pads, a roll and socks in whichever application suits your business. Ask us about our replenishment service that keeps your spill station well stocked and always ready for action. Our absorbent dispensing units ensure that absorbents are always readily available by providing a simple yet effective system for storing, dispensing and managing a variety of absorbent format. Spill dispensing units have the added advantage of ensuring that emergency spill kits are not robbed and therefore depleted of product. It is also easy to overlook the importance of proper stock management. Supplied in steel cabinet. Dimensions (cm) Application SOL-742 Price/Pk 138 x 58 x 55 Maintenance 260ltr -4905A x 58 x 55 Oil Only 260ltr -4906B x 58 x 55 Chemical 260ltr -4907C x 58 x 55 Unstocked 260ltr -9300A Page 1736 Contents for application: 1x Roll (50cm x 40cm) 100x Pads 20x Socks Total of absorbency: 260 Litres

22 Polyurethane Drain Covers Constructed from dual hardness laminated polyurethane with no fillers. High tack surface creates a tough, durable seal Low weight, easy to handle and can be used quickly for emergency spills Designed to be re-used - can be cleaned using soap and water and re-stored using the film cover Chemically resistant - can be used with a wide range of oils, fuels, solvents and other chemicals Environmentally safe Storage holdalls are also available separately, see below SPILL RESPONSE 742 Your first line of defence against environmental contamination. Re-usable polyurethane or single use clay covers which are extremely malleable for use on uneven surfaces. Single-Use Clay Drain Covers Made from chemically inert clay, that will not react to or with any chemical Extremely malleable for use on an uneven surface - will mould itself to the ground Hessian netting runs through the product to afford maximum strength - Supplied poly wrapped to enhance the storage life Can be carried on vehicles as part of an ADR kit For single-use only Pack of 2 Material Dimensions Colour SOL-742 Polyurethane 46cm x 46cm Yellow -3260K Polyurethane 61cm x 61cm Yellow -3265T Polyurethane 91cm x 91cm Yellow -3270R Drum Plug (Leak Block) Made from chemically inert bentonite clay that forms a barrier to aqueous liquids Provides temporary plugging of holes in drums or pipes Pre-mixed ready to use putty - No surface preparation is required Ideal for rapid response to unexpected releases of liquid High tack putty applies directly onto drum or tank to form a liquidtight seal For fuel and chemical leaks Non-toxic, non-flammable Material Dimensions Colour SOL-742 Price/Pk Bentonite 65cm x 65cm Grey -3255E Drain Cover Storage Bags For use with all polyurethane drain covers, can also be used to hold 1kg tubs of Drum Plug premixed clay putty Heavy duty vinyl construction Material Tub Colour SOL-741 Bentonite 1 kg Grey -2100A To Suit Drain Cover Holdall Dimensions SOL cm 15.5cm dia. x 70cm -3275X cm 15.5cm dia. x 100cm -3280R Page 1737

23 742 SPILL RESPONSE Spill Aid Caddy Kit Spill Aid Caddy Kit A quick and convenient, all in one spill kit with caution sign. The spill caddy contains all the necessary cleaning materials to respond to a general spill. The Spill Aid Power Absorber is a fast acting absorbent for all spills from chemicals to oil. It leaves surfaces dry and safe to walk or work on in seconds. Just pour Spill Aid onto the spill and brush in. It is then brushed up leaving the surface perfectly dry with no residue. One of the most difficult spills to deal with is where glass has been broken. This is always a potentially dangerous situation as the glass must be picked up then the spill dealt with. With our Spill Aid, you simply pour it over, brush in and brush up both the liquid and glass. This is both safe and efficient. The kit is ideal for use in supermarkets, highway maintenance, garages, laboratories, hospitals or anyways a liquid spill has occured onland. It will absorb oil, diesel, petrol, acids (not hydrofluoric acid), alkalis, paints, polymers, solvents, pesticides, herbicides, beverages, kitchen spills, human and animal wastes, blood, vomit, urine and many more liquids and semi-liquids. Contains; dustpan & brush, disposable waste bag, gloves, 5Ltr spill aid granules. SOL-742 5ltrs -6435E Granules Granules are a loose absorbent and a cost effective measure for dealing with general liquid spills in and around the workplace. Just pour onto the spill, brush in and brush up, leaving the surface perfectly dry with no residue. Clay Absorbent Granules Industrial general purpose granules made from a naturally occurring mineral, Attapulgite, which can be used for absorbing most fluids including water, oil and fuels. Industry s most widely used granule type. Non-toxic, chemically inert and fire retardant BS 476 Part 7, Class 1 rated. Quick and easy to use. Excellent absorbency performance - up to 12 litres per bag. Spilkleen Plus Granules MGSP10 - Lightweight Material Medium Absorbency Oil absorbency 130%, water absorbency 16%. Lightweight mix of dust-free non-slip cellulose and clay granulate. Does not break down or powder even in heavy traffic areas. Three times as absorbent as conventional clay granules. Suitable for use on oils, paints, inks, dyes, solvents and non-aggressive aqueous liquids. Granule Pack Absorbs Per Bag SOL-742 Clay 20 ltr 12 ltr -8250A 6.88 Oil & Grease Absorbent MOP High performance absorbent clay granules. Holds the absorbed fluid. Does not disintegrate. Chemically inactive and odourless. Dose not support combustion. May be reused if absorbent point not red. CARRIAGE EXTRA AT COST Soak-up CTL ltr/bag 6kg -1001N 9.80 Oil Dry Floor Grit Brown For the absorption of oil, water and all liquid spillages. Non-toxic chemically inert granules. Spread onto the spillage and when absorbed choose a safe place for disposal depending on the nature of the spillage. Bag CST ltr -2000C Page 1738 CARRIAGE EXTRA AT COST Bag CTL-742 7kg -1000A 7.36

24 FLOOD RESPONSE As more and more communities and businesses struggle to cope with flooding, it's good to know that innovation is coming to the rescue. 742 FloodSax flood defence bags are providing a real alternative to traditional sandbags when it comes to protecting homes and premises. In fact, they are being adopted by both Anglian Water and Scottish Water as part of their emergency response procedures. Made of wool pulp fluff and super-absorbent polymer, FloodSax bags look like large pillowcases and weigh just 200 grams (7 ounces). Add water and they rapidly and evenly expand to weigh 20 kilos (44 lbs) in a little over three minutes. UK manufactured and tested, FloodSax bags can be moulded into doorways or built up as walls. And because they are so easy to lift and handle, anyone can use them. Just position FloodSax bags in place and add water. Being lightweight means that they are also easy to transport (1 pallet of FloodSax is equivalent to 15 pallets of sandbags) and they have a shelf life of 5 years compared to the 6 months of a sandbag. Individual FloodSax L x W: 540 x 450mm. Available in packs of 5 and 20. INNOVATION TO THE RESCUE Absorbs up to 22 litres of water per bag Home Owner Pack Multi-application product designed with the small business and domestic user in mind. Each pack contains five FloodSax, one of which has been specifically designed to go across the bottom of a door. The pack has a collective absorbent capacity of 60 litres, and will absorb many different types of liquid making it an ideal spill kit solution. Supplied packed in a sturdy cardboard case which allows it to be delivered in good condition and can then be stored until needed. Pack contents: 4x FloodSax measuring 450 x 380mm. 1x tubular FloodSax measuring 900 x 200mm. Total absorbent capacity: 60 litres Pack Qty PRO-742 Price/Pk A A Pack Qty CTL-742 Price/Pk B Page 1739

25 904 BATTERIES Alkaline Batteries A range of alkaline batteries that offer significantly longer life than zinc carbon batteries in high-drain appliances. Suitable for torches, radios, answerphones, toys, calculators, pagers, remote controls, smoke alarms and many other portable electrical appliances. AAA AA C ALKALINE Battery Volt Pack Qty EDI-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AA 1.5V K AAA 1.5V K C 1.5V K D 1.5V K LR61 9V K Contents EDI-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk 5 Packs AA & 2 Packs AAA -5000K Page 1740 D 6LR61 Bulk Value Battery Multi Pack BATTERY SIZE CONVERSIONS Equivalent To Volts AAA MN2400/LR03/R03U 1.5 AA MN1500/LR6/HP7/R6U 1.5 C MN1400/LR14/HP11/R14U 1.5 D MN1300/LR20/HP2/R2OU 1.5 9V MN1604/6F22(U)/6LR61/PP PJ996/4R25(R) B1289/3R REMOTE MN9100/LR1 1.5 Don t Mix and Match: Don t be tempted to mix part used and new batteries in the same device. The new batteries will treat the old ones as part of the load and will try to recharge them causing them to heat up and leak. For the same reason do not mix different brands. Alkaline Batteries: Suitable for generalpurpose use. These batteries have the ability to recover slightly when not in use so they ll last longer if used intermittently. They also fade before cutting out so you ll have some warning as to when they ll need replacing. Zinc Batteries: Suitable for intermittent use. Generally cheaper to buy than alkaline batteries, but they don t last as long. Their lifetime is typically between one half and one third, making them less economical in the long run. They do, however, recover more than alkalines when not in use, so they last quite a long time in some devices, such as remote controls, or a radio that is only used for a short time day. Universal Battery Condition Checker MW333 A versatile battery checker for testing more than 12 types of batteries including AAA, AA, C, D, 9V, CR123A, CR2, CR-V3, 2CR5, CR- P2, button cells or other batteries with the same voltage. N.B. batteries not included. Never dispose of a usable battery before time ever again! Description CTL-904 Battery Tester -0009A Alkaline Batteries Industrial Batteries by Duracell Designed and manufactured to meet IEC and ISO 9000 standards. High-performance and long-lasting power across a range of professional applications. Capable of operating in temperatures from - 20 C to 54 C. Reliable performance, even after seven years of storage. For use in torches, smoke alarms and medical devices. Previously known as Duracell Procell batteries. ALKALINE Battery Volt Pack Qty. DUR-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AAA 1.5V K AAA 1.5V K AAA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K C 1.5V K D 1.5V K MN1604 9V K Duracell Plus Suitable for torches, radios, answerphones, toys, calculators, pagers, remote controls, smoke alarms and many other portable electrical appliances. ALKALINE Battery Volt Pack Qty. DUR-904 Price/PkPrice/Pk AAAA 1.5V K AAA 1.5V K AAA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K C 1.5V K C 1.5V K D 1.5V K D 1.5V K MN1604 9V K MN1604 9V K MN V K MN21 12V K MN V K M3 Ultra Batteries Lasts up to twice as long as ordinary alkaline batteries in digital cameras, takes up to 150 more pictures in flash cameras and gives up to 180 more minutes of enjoyment from high-drain toys. ALKALINE Battery Volt Pack Qty DUR-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AAA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K C 1.5V K D 1.5V K MN1604 9V K

26 Alkaline Batteries Evolta Panasonic s No.1 alkaline battery. Double the batteries but not double the price. It s the new Evolta battery from Panasonic. If performance matters and you re looking for a battery that won t let you down, choose the new Evolta from Panasonic. ALKALINE Battery Volt Pack Qty. PAN-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AAA 1.5V H AA 1.5V D C 1.5V F D 1.5V M LF22 9.0V V Alkaline Batteries New technology batteries giving 20% longer life. Anti-leakage and anti-short circuit system. ALKALINE Battery Volt Pack Qty. PAN-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AAA 1.5V F AA 1.5V D AA 1.5V E C 1.5V B D 1.5V C LF22 9V A Specialist Lithium Battery DL123A Designed for a perfect fit in specialist equipment. Guaranteed power performance. Anti-leak castings. Lithium batteries are ideal for electronic equipment requiring high rate pulses (e.g. photoflash), as well as other sophisticated electronic devices that require continuous operation or memory backup. Batteries that provide an economical power source for electronic devices requiring light to moderate drain. ZINC BATTERIES Zinc Super Batteries 904 Battery Volt Pack Qty. EVR-904 Price/PkPrice/Pk AAA 1.5V K AA 1.5V K C 1.5V K D 1.5V K F22 9V K Provide economical power source for devices requiring low drain intermittent usage. Zinc Chloride Batteries AAAA Alkaline Batteries The Energizer AAAA alkaline battery is an ideal and affordable power source to both manufacturers and consumers. The AAAA weighs 43% less, is 40% smaller in volume and 20% thinner than the standard AAA battery. LITHIUM Battery Volt Pack Qty. DUR-904 DL123A 3V K Lithium Battery PX28L Lithium manganese dioxide battery offering double the cell voltage of carbon zinc, mercury or silver oxide batteries. Like most lithium batteries they exhibit extremely long shelf lives. Despite its small size its energy density is very high, making them ideally suitable for miniature electronic equipment. ZINC Battery Volt Pack Qty. PAN-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AAA 1.5V A AA 1.5V B C 1.5V D D 1.5V E V 9V F PJ996 6V A PJ996 6V Lantern Battery The Edison PJ996 zinc chloride battery is ideal for lanterns, torches and most traffic management lighting, i.e. road construction and maintenance. ALKALINE Battery Volt Pack Qty ENR-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AAAA 1.5V K LITHIUM Battery Volt Pack Qty DUR-904 PX28L 6V K ZINC Battery Volt EDI-904 PJ996 6V -3500K Page 1741

27 904 BATTERIES Nickel Metal Hydride Batteries - Ni-MH: Ni-MH cells are similar to Ni-Cad but without the expensive and environmentally unfriendly metal cadmium and they are often called the most environmentally friendly battery type. Ni-MH batteries tend to have a higher capacity than Ni-Cad batteries and suffer far less from the voltage depression (memory) caused by overcharging. Ni-MH Rechargeable Ni-MH Rechargeable Battery Ni-MH Rechargeable Ni-MH Rechargeable Batteries Powers thousands of pictures in digital cameras. Can be recharged hundreds of times. The economical solution for performance in high tech devices. Ni-MH Rechargeable Ni-MH Rechargeable Batteries mah Pack Qty EDI-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk 9V K Ni-MH Rechargeable Rechargeable Lantern Battery PS-RB2 996 size suitable for use with Uni-lite UK46, UK260 and UK200 lanterns, Eveready 510BK lamp, JSP navigator lamps and other products that operate from a PJ996/4R25 battery. Mains charger 240V input, 6V output. UNL-904 Battery -8641D Charger 150g -2520S Universal Charger Charges C NiMH in five hours and NiCd in three hours. 9V are charged in hours. Charges four AA, AAA, C, D size batteries, or two 9V batteries at any one time. LED indicators to indicate full charge and built-in trickle charge to maximize battery life. Automatic reverse cell protection. N.B. Batteries not included. Battery mah Pack Qty ENR-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AA K AAA K C K D K V K Plug-In Rechargeable Lantern Battery PS-RB1 Ni-MH Rechargeable Can be charged up to 1500 times. 10 hour charging time. Plugs directly into standard mains domestic socket. Double insulated LED charging indicator. Fits into any PJ9969/4R25 battery compartment. UNL-904 Plug-In Battery -8640M Battery Chargers Microprocessor controlled smart chargers for NiCD and NiMH rechargeable batteries. Charging indicator for round cells and 9V. Protection against reverse polarity. N.B. Batteries not included. mah Pack Qty DUR-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AAA K AAA K AA K C K D K V K Ready-to-Use Rechargeable Batteries Evolta High capacity rechargeable batteries that come ready to use straight from the pack and can be recharged over 500 times. Ni-MH Rechargeable mah Pack Qty PAN-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk AA A C B D C AAA D AAA E AA F AA G AA H V J AAA, AA, C, D & 9V Description ENR-904 Universal Charger -0080K Page 1742 Description CTL Battery -0015A

28 Silver Oxide Battery Volt Pack Qty PAN-904 SR44 1.5V K Alkaline Battery Volt Pack Qty PAN-904 LR43 1.5V H LR44 1.5V F LR V R Lithium Specialist Batteries Lithium Coin Batteries To suit various watches, pagers, keyless entry pads, calculators and electronic devices. Battery Volt Pack Qty ENR-904 CR2016 3V K CR2025 3V K CR2032 3V K Silver Oxide Batteries 357/303 Specialist silver oxide electronic batteries, suitable for calculators, watches, cameras and other electronic devices. 904 BATTERIES Lithium Coin Battery These lithium coin batteries are commonly used in car security (alarm/key fobs), organizer back-up batteries for PDA such as Psion etc., glucometers, cameras, electric thermometers, calculators, computer equipment (memory back-up battery), toys, accutron, communication equipment, watches, clocks, car radios, video camera data packs. They are the same size and replace the following batteries: DL2032, E-CR2032 and SB-T51. Battery Volt Pack Qty EDI-904 CR2032 3V K Silver Oxide Button Battery These popular silver oxide batteries are commonly used in watches, calculators, toys and small electrical equipment. With exactly the same dimensions, they can replace: D303, D357, Gs13, 228, 357, , J, SB-B9, SR1154, SR44, SR44W, SR44H, 541,SP357, V357, 4276, KS76, 280-8, SR76E and 1131SO batteries. Battery Volt Pack Qty EDI-904 SR44 1.5V K Alkaline Button Batteries LR44 Designed for today's watches, calculators, thermometers, electronic toys, small radios, cameras, and other low drain equipment. Battery Volt Pack Qty PAN-904 CR1220 3V T CR1620 3V A CR2025B 3V D CR2032B 3V E CR2450 3V K Battery Volt Pack Qty DUR-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk D V K /384 Battery Volt Pack Qty DUR-904 Price/Pk Price/Pk LR44 1.5V K Silver Oxide Batteries Multi-Drain watch batteries, combining both high and low drain requirements into one battery. To suit watches, pagers, memory backup, keyless entry, security devices, calculators, etc. Lithium Coin Batteries DL2025 & DL2032 Designed for a perfect fit in specialist equipment. Guaranteed power performance. Anti-leak castings. Lasts up to six times longer than ordinary batteries. Battery Volt Pack Qty ENR V K V K V K V K Battery Volt Pack Qty DUR-904 D V K Battery Volt Pack Qty DUR-904 DL2032 3V K DL2025 3V K Page 1743

29 904 TORCHES Professional Aluminium Flashlights Positive push button control. Rubber safety caps. Corrosion-resistant anodised finish. Extra bright, extra long-life bulbs. Convert to lantern style lamp. Extremely powerful beam converts from spot to flood. Non-slip knurled grip. Aircraft grade aluminium. Waterproof and shockproof with neoprene O rings - superbly balanced and expertly engineered to give many years of service. Suitable for: engineers, contractors, police and security services, fire and ambulance services. Bulbs To suit Edison pocket mini torches and security flashlights. Description To Suit Torch Pack Qty EDI-913 Vacuum Bulb 2.4V/0.4A EDI K 1 dia. 5mm EDI K K 1.25 Quartz Halogen Bulb 6.0V/55W EDI K K V/55W EDI K K 1.88 Xenon Bulb 2.4V/0.85 EDI / K V/0.85 EDI K K V/ K 2.92 Batteries Required Length EDI x C g -0350K x C g -0400K Description To Suit Torch Pack Qty EDI-913 Spot Clear Bulb 12V/0.25 EDI K K 0.77 Krypton Bulb 2.4V/0.35A EDI K K V/0.4 EDI K K V/ /232/ K V/ / K V/0.75 Push in EDI K K V/0.75 Screw in EDI K K V/ K V/0.75 EDI K 6.0V/0.75 EDI K K V/0.75 EDI K K 3.15 AP ProSeries Torches With Cree LED bulbs, capable of lasting up to 100,000 hours (or 11 years). Durable and lightweight high grade aluminium body. Very economical battery life - even on high beam intensity. Three year guarantee. * Battery lives stated are for Low Beam/High Beam. A50275 A50282 A50350 Combi Stretch Light TCS060 Six LED stretch torch that can be used as either a torch or a lantern. Push the housing together for a focused beam of light, or stretch the torch to illuminate a wider area. Ultra bright energy-saving LEDs give a typical battery life of approximately 24 hours. Comes complete with a cord wrist strap. Requires 4x AAA batteries (not included). Overall length: 115mm. Pull the housing open to illuminate a wider area or push to close for a focused beam of light Product Batteries Required EDI-904 TCS060 4x AAA -2700K Super Bright LED Rechargeable Spotlight ELRW super bright LEDs. Push up telescopic design. Three light modes: 30 LED worklight - directional six LED torch - dual operation. Anti-slip rubber housing. Incorporated magnetic base. Shock, water and oil resistant. Rechargeable Li-ion battery. LED indicator and overcharge protection. Supplied with mains charger and in-car charger. Operating times: 6 LED upto 25 hours, 30 LED up to five hours, 30+6 LED up to four hours. Product EDI-904 ELRW g -2730K LED Keyring Torch 80 LUMENS PS-K1 Compact and lightweight 75 lumen torch constructed from die cast aluminium and fitted with a key chain for extra portability. Ultra clear AR coated glass lens incorporates a multi-faced reflector for smooth beam. Water resistant IPX4 rated and impact resistant to 1m. Three hours runtime and 30 metres beam range. Length: 68mm. : 24g (with battery). Battery: 1 x AAA. Model Lumens Beam Distance Batteries Required Battery Life CTL-904 A m 2 x AA -/14hr* -0004A A m 4 x C 27/90hr* -0004F A m 4 x D 8/24hr* -0004L Page 1744 Product UNL-904 PS-K1 24g -7405E

30 LED Torches Features: LED beam that focuses simply by rotating the head. Balanced Optics, combining a highly refined reflector with a quality LED, for a brilliant adjustable beam. Intelligent energy source management (patent pending) balancing high brightness with extended battery life. Use either the installed LED module or the krypton lamp (stored in the tail cap). SP2201H Model Batteries Required Length MAG-904 SP2201H 2x AA g -6600A Mag-Lite Torches Mag-Lite family of torches have precision- machined bodies. The body is anodised externally and internally to ensure that it is durable and corrosion-resistant. High-grade rubber seals are used in every torch to ensure that it is water and shock-resistant. High intensity light beam, 1/ 2 turn, cam action focus, spot-to-flood, self-cleaning rotary switch, three position, on, off, and signal (manual, momentary on/off). Spare lamp safely secured in the tail cap. High strength aluminium alloy cases. M3A012 Mini AAA-Battery Maglite Barrel diameter: 13mm. M2A01L Mini AA-Battery Mag-Lite Barrel diameter: 18mm. Batteries Required Length Barrel dia, MAG-904 2x AAA K x AA E Industrial Submersible LED Flashlights High Powered LED, two stage dimming and defence strobe, safety yellow industrial flashlights, hard anodised aluminium head, industrial strength nylon-glass polymer body, rubberised texture grip, textured single-handed micro switch. Ultra clear AR coated toughened tempered glass lens, smooth parabolic reflector for ultimate beam penetration. Weatherproof for all outdoor situations, IP68 dust proof and 1m submersible. PS-FL5 300 lumen, white Luxeon LED, 170m beam range, 2½ - 12 hours runtime, 4x AAA batteries (included). : 35 x 165mm. PS-FL7 500 lumen, white Cree LED, 210m beam range hours runtime. 4x AA batteries (included). : 43 x 188mm. Intrinsically Safe Zone 0 LED Safety Torch ATEX FL4 130 Lumen White Cree LED, ATEX Zone 0 compliant, anti-explosive, safe around sparks, safety release valve to release gases, 135m beam range, 6½ - 27½ hours runtime. Fastener prevents from opening in hazardous places, IP67 3m submersible and total dust-proof. Temperature code T4: +60 C to -20 C, chemical and corrosion-resistant. Industrial strength polycarbonate housing, rubberised head for greater durability. Easy push button micro switch, detachable pocket clip included. Rubberised handle for extra grip. Impact Compliant Zone 0 resistant to one metre. Product Batteries Required UNL-904 ATEX FL4 4x AA 115g -0160K Product UNL-904 PS-FL5 166g -8692C PS-FL7 291g -8693D LUMENS 300 LUMENS 500 LUMENS Aluminium Soft Grip LED Torches Water and impact resistant anodised aluminium case with rubber grip. Ultra bright long life LEDs with optical lens to produce a clear white light. Positive pus h button operation. All joints sealed with O rings. Never needs a replacement bulb 904 TORCHES LED Torches Six super bright white LEDs. 100,000 hour LED life. Battery life up to 50 hours (continuous). Precision machined high strength aluminium alloy case. Twist on/off. Corrosion-resistant anodised finish. Water and impact resistant. Complete with wrist strap. All joints sealed with O rings. Engineered and superbly balanced to give many years service. Model Casing Batteries Required Length EDI-904 TAL010S Aluminium 2x AA K TAL010B Black 2x AA K LED Torch Battery Set LED torches with six super bright white LEDs. 100,000 hour LED life. Never needs a replacement bulb. Contents: one LED torch plus four packs of AA batteries Casing Length EDI-904 Aluminium K Black K Model Batteries Required Length EDI-904 TAS03M 3x AAA K TAS03S 2x AA K TAS05L 2x C K TAS07L 2x D K Page 1745

31 904 TORCHES 900 LUMENS Hi-Vis USB Rechargeable LED Flashlight HV-FL9R 900 lumen white Cree LED, 250m beam range, 1m submersible. 1m impact-resistant, die cast aircraft grade aluminium, smooth parabolic reflector. Three lighting modes plus defence strobe hours runtime, indicator for charging status. 3.7V 2600 mah Li-Ion battery included, four hours charging time. Micro USB charging cable included. Pouch and carry strap included. : 33 x 139mm. Hi-Vis Submersible Aluminium LED Flashlight HV-FL1 120 lumen white Cree LED, 135m Beam Range, 1m submersible, die cast aircraft grade aluminium construction. 1m impact-resistant. Multifaceted reflector, three lighting modes plus defence strobe hours run time. Pouch and carry strap included. 1x AA battery included. : 92g (with battery). : 29 x 108mm. 120 LUMENS Prosafe Tactical Focus LED Flashlight PS-FL3 White Luxeon LED, 136m beam range, flood to spot focus control, three stage dimming function plus defence strobe. 200 LUMENS Die cast aircraft grade aluminium construction, 1m impact-resistant, scientific optical lens technology hours runtime, water resistant IPX4. Pouch and carry strap included. 2x AA batteries included. : 163g (with batteries). : 31 x 163mm. Product UNL-904 HV-FL9R 200g -0239S Product UNL V AA 87g -0239E Product UNL-904 PS-FL3 163g -8050K Prosafe Penlight LED Torch PS-P2 Product UNL-904 PS-P2 46g -7408H LUMENS The PS-P2 penlight torch offers an impressive 110 lumen output with a 45m beam range from the new LG 1W LED. The PS-P2 penlight uses 2x AAA alkaline batteries (supplied) and can operate for up to 10 hours. High quality, compact, lightweight and reliable pocket torch for work or home. Water-resistant. Regulatory compliance CE/RoHS. : 46g (with batteries). Dimensions: 14 x 131mm. Hi-Vis Lithium-Ion LED Torch HV-FL7R Hi-Vis USB rechargeable LED 350 LUMENS flashlight features a high powered CREE LED and delivers a maximum output of 350 lumens with a run-time of two hours and a beam distance of 175m, The light is easily recharged using the included Micro USB cable. Water-resistant to IPX7 and 1m submersible for 30 min. Has a hard anodised aircraft aluminium body with anti-roll, slip-resistant design. : 124g (with batteries). Battery: 1x 3.7V mah Li-Ion battery included. Dimension: 117 x 29mm. Product UNL-904 HV-FL7R 124g -7425E Bend-A-Light Mini Pro high-intensity light which will bend and hold in any position, to illuminate areas where conventional lighting will not r. Flexible Light Adjustable Beam Flexible Light Anodised aluminium handle and head, water resistant and shockproof. Flexible body can be twisted in any direction. Spot to flood adjustable. Spare bulb included. With a keyring clip. Product Shaft Length BON mm -5720C Spare Bulb -5725D Dual Function Torch Ultra compact and high powered. Four mode functions: high, low, flashing, SOS. Unique 90 angled light. Integrated clip-on attachment. Operates from a single 85 LUMENS AA battery. Supplied with head torch bracket, strap and battery. Light source: XP-E Cree LED. Beam distance: 70m (high), 24m (low). Run time: 1hr (high), 20hr (low), 4hr (flashing), 23hr (SOS). Drop resistant: 1m. Dimensions: 22 x 95mm. Description Batteries Required Length EDI-904 Adjustable Beam 2x AA K Page 1746 Batteries Required NTS-904 1x AA 62g -0210D 25.95

32 Rechargeable Sensor Light Plug-in emergency function LED light with sensor and rechargeable battery. Designed to be left on permanent charge and equipped with an emergency function, this unit will automatically illuminate in the event of a power cut. The sensor function will work in darkened rooms, with a detection range of 3m at a 60 angle. Dual mode: 15 LED flood or six LED torch. Rechargeable Li-Ion battery. Run time: 12hr (six LED), 2.5hr (15 LED). Charge time: 8hr. Battery: Li-Ion. : 170 x 80 x 55mm. Battery NTS Li-Ion -2950K Tripod Torch Patented tripod design offers hands-free convenience. 369 technology allows the flashlight to run on 3, 6, or 9 AA batteries. Single LED technology provides a strong spot beam. Multi-position head focuses light precisely where you want it. Anodised aluminum construction tripod legs. Product STN M LWL super bright LEDs. Magnetic base. Soft touch durable composite casing. 360 swivel hanging hook for hands-free applications. 3x AA batteries supplied. Lasts for 4-5 hours approx. IP20 moisture protection. Length: 208mm LED Rechargeable Worklight - 230V LRW237 Use as an inspection lamp or torch. Moisture protection IP44. Two magnets and two 360 swivel hanging hooks for hands-free applications. Lower quarter of lamp rotates 180 to use as a stand. Supplied with AC/DC mains charger and 12V DC in-car charger for portable charging. 7.2V (800mAh) Lithium-Ion battery. Main light lasts up to four hours, and directional light lasts up to 20hrs, when fully charged. PS-P1 This pocket size inspection 24 LED Worklight KEN-503 3x AA Batteries 260g -5110K Voltage KEN V 260g -5100K SMD LED Inspection Pen Light 220 LUMENS light features nine SMD LED that deliver 220 lumens of bright white light. Also has two stage dimming and 8Hz defence strobe. Contained in a strong die cast aluminium housing. Easy to carry around and fits in a pocket, the clip is also magnetic. Approximate run time of three hours. Beam range 10m. IP54 dust and waterproof. Battery: 3x AAA batteries included. : 125g (with batteries). Dimensions: 162 x 30 x 16mm. Product UNL-904 PS-P1 125g -7444D TORCHES Rechargeable Lamp ILR LED rechargeable lamp. Oil/water resistant (IP68) heavy duty rubber and polycarbonate case. Lasts up to six hours when fully charged. Adjustable brightness. Optional flashing mode. Foldaway swivel hanging hook. Powered by high capacity Lithium-Ion polymer batteries. Comes complete with bench/wall mountable charging base. Rated to IP68 Length EDI mm -1100K Rechargeable Durable and robust construction with a rubber handle and end cup, plus a sturdy swivel hanging hook. Anti-roll hexagonal shape with a grip mounted ON/OFF switch. Main light and spot light option. Lasts up to 3.5hrs when fully charged using charger supplied. LED Inspection Lamp KEN-503 Rechargeable -5080K ATEX Right Angle Torch ATEX-RA2 ATEX Zone 0 compliant ultra strength polycarbonate housing rubberised head for durability. Safety locking battery compartment. Anti-slip rubber grip handle. Ultra clear reflector. Easy push micro switch operation. Impact-resistant to 1m. Dust and water resistant to IPX4. Battery: 4x 1.5V AA alkaline (not included). Dimension: 183 x 69 x 63mm. : 250g (without batteries). Product UNL-904 ATEX-RA2 250g -7528H Page 1747

33 904 TORCHES Super Bright LED Rechargeable Spotlight ELRS001 Weatherproof. High and standard brightness mode. SOS distress signal. Emergency light/blinking light. Two position handle, to ensure comfortable and ergonomic access. Swivel stand. Battery level indicator. 6V 4Ah sealed lead acid battery. Supplied with AC/DC mains charger and 12V DC car plug adaptor. Battery operation times (18 hrs full charge): Standard brightness mode up to 8 hours. High brightness mode up to 3 hours. SOS distress mode up to 20 hours. Emergency light up to 25 hours. Emergency blinking light up to 50 hours. 247 LUMENS Product EDI-904 ELRS kg -1060K Hi-Vis LED Rechargeable Lantern Kit HV-L2R 200 lumen white Seoul LED, 160m beam range, industrial strength high impact copolymer housing to 1m. Bi-convex Beamaster lens, floats beam upright in water, polycarbonate reflector. Single-handed micro switch operation, side charging point for use with Unilite rechargeable batteries, IP44 dust- and water-resistant, five 200 LUMENS hours run time. 4.8V 2200 mah rechargeable battery (included). Mains charger and carry strap (included). : 650g (with battery). : 135 x 225mm. Hi-Vis Weatherproof LED Rubber Lantern HV-RL4 White Seoul LED, 160m beam range, synthetic industrial grade rubber housing, impact resistant to 1m, contoured grip handle. Bi-convex Beamaster lens, floats beam upright in water. Rear charging point for use with Unilite rechargeable batteries. Rubber moulded easy push micro switch, Ultra tough polycarbonate reflector, IP54 dust and water resistant. Operates using 1x 996 6V lantern battery (not included). : 450g (without battery). Dimensions: 110 x 180mm. 200 LUMENS Battery UNL V 2000mAh 650g -0280R Battery UNL-904 PS-RB1/2 450g -0285K Prosafe LED Floating Lantern PS-L2 200 lumen white Seoul LED, 160m beam range. Floating safety yellow lantern, Industrial strength high impact copolymer body, 1m impact- resistant. Weatherproof for all outdoor situations. floats beam upright in water, effortless single-handed micro switch operation, Bi-convex Beamaster lens for ultimate beam penetration, Ultra tough polycarbonate reflector. Rechargeable by using Unilite's PS-RB1 or PS-RB2 batteries. IP56 dust and water resistant, five hours run time. 1x 996 6V lantern battery (not included). : 230g (without battery). Dimensions: 175 x 105mm. 200 LUMENS Prosafe LED Swivel Head Lantern PS-L3 White Seoul LED, 180m beam range, industrial strength high impact copolymer body, 1m impact resistant. Weatherproof for all outdoor situations, bi-convex Beamaster lens. 135º Swivel head rotation, singlehanded micro switch operation. Side charging point for use with Unilite rechargeable battery, easy screw battery replacement, IPX4 water resistant, 10 Hours runtime. Operates using 1x 996 6V lantern battery (not included). Carry strap and wall mounting bracket included. : 420g (with battery). 220 LUMENS Battery UNL-904 1x 996 6V 230g -2518M Page 1748 Battery UNL-904 1x 996 6V 420g -8330D

34 2.5 Million Candle Power Rechargeable Lantern ERS million candle power super bright quartz halogen spotlight/lantern. Weatherproof. Two position handle, to ensure comfortable and ergonomic access. Swivel stand/handle. 6V 4Ah sealed lead acid battery. Supplied with AC/DC mains charger and 12V DC car plug adaptor for portable charging. Battery operation time (20 hours full charge): 20 minutes. RECHARGE ADAPTOR INCLUDED Product Candle Power EDI-904 ERS M -1050K Battery included LED Rechargeable Spotlight ELRS002 2 million candle power LED rechargeable spotlight. Super bright one watt LED light. Side LED tube light. Two position handle, to ensure comfortable and ergonomic access. Swivel handle. 6V 4Ah sealed lead acid battery. Supplied with AC/DC mains charger and 12V DC car plug adaptor for portable charging. Battery operation times (10 hours full charge): Main spot light up to 6 hours. Side LED tube light up to 70 hours. TORCHES 904 RECHARGE ADAPTOR INCLUDED Battery included Product Candle Power EDI-904 ELRS M -1070K Million Candle Power Rechargeable Lantern Super bright quartz halogen spotlight/lantern. Dual position locking handle. 6V 4Ah sealed lead acid battery. Weatherproof construction. Supplied with AC/DC mains charger with battery charging/full indicating LED lights and automotive cigarette lighter adaptor for portable charging. Fitted with automatic thermal cut-out to prevent damage to bulb. Thermal cut-out automatically switches off the power after minutes continuous use dependent upon operating temperature. Not suitable for continuous use. RECHARGE ADAPTOR INCLUDED 1 MILLION CANDLES Dual position locking handle Battery included Product Candle Power EDI-904 ERS M -2000K Page 1749

35 904 TORCHES Rechargeable LED Spotlights Ultra lightweight and highly compact. The robust casing is drop, shock and water resistant and includes an integrated adjustable stand. Adjustable handle (90 ) allowing the torch to be used for searchlight application or a general purpose hand lamp. Supplied with mains and vehicle charger. SL180 Features 10 mini LEDs, ideal for close up applications or extended running times (10hr). Adjustable handle and stand. Weatherproof casing. Battery status indicator. Light source: 3W LED, 10 LED. Beam distance: 200m (high). Run time: 4hr (high), 10hr (low). Battery: 2x 4V 0.7Ah SLA. Charge time: 4hr. Dimensions (L x W x H): 184 x 119 x 50mm. : 535g. 180 LUMENS Rechargeable Hand Lamp Nightsearcher 750 Powered by a 12V 7Ah rechargeable battery which lasts 1 1/ 2 hours on the 50W xenon main beam and eight hours on the 10W halogen worklight. When fixed in the powerpack the searchlight swivels and tilts in all directions. RECHARGE ADAPTOR INCLUDED L CIGARETTE I ADAPTOR INCLUDED G H E R T SL850 The low mode is ideal for closer applications or extended running times. Also features an amber flashing light for emergency/signalling purposes. Beam distance: 500m (high). Run time: 4hr (high), 12hr (low), 140hr (flashing). Battery: 4V 5.5Ah. Charge time: 20h. Dimensions (L x W x H): 226 x 165 x 179mm. : 1,343g. 850 LUMENS Batteries Used NTS-904 SL180-3W 2x 4V 0.7Ah SLA 535g -8120K SL850-10W 4V 5.5Ah 1343g -8126M Li-Ion Rechargeable LED Hand Lamp Torch TRIO-550 Delivers a 600m beam, with 550 lumens of light output, powered by a rechargable Li-Ion battery. It has four light modes including an emergency function which can be set to automatically turn on in powercuts. Can also be used to charge your phone via its built-in USB output. Impact-resistance up to 1.5m. Run time: 3h high, 7h half power, 5h flashing. Charge time: 12h from almost any USB source. Battery: 3.7V 4.5Ah Li-Ion. Light source: 3x CREE XP-G2 LED. (L x W x H): 193 x 117 x 132mm. 550 LUMENS Candle Power NTS M 3.5kg -0750A Replacement bulbs for 750 hand lamp Rating NTS W -1010W W -1050W 5.75 Panther Rechargeable Searchlight XHP High power rechargeable LED searchlight provides a beam of 1,200m 1500 LUMENS and is ideal for search and rescue situations. Supplied with AC charger, adjustable stand and shoulder strap. Rechargeable Li-Ion battery. Light source: CREED LED XHP. Light modes: 2 - high/low. Colour: black with battery charging indicator. Runtime: 3/6 hours. Battery: 7.4V 4.4Ah Li-Ion. Charge time: 10 hours. (L x D x H): 260 x 150 x 180mm. Colour NTS-904 Yellow Grey 646g -6833J -6833K Page 1750 Product () NTS-904 XHP 896g -7000K

36 Rechargeable LED Headlight 350 LUMENS PS-H6 350 lumens white Luxeon LED, 120m beam range, 90 rotational head. One handed speed focus slider, SOS flash function. 3M reflective strips, 1m impact resistant, IPX4 water resistant hours run time. 1x 4.8V 2200 mah NI-MH rechargeable battery (included). Helmet clips, pouch and battery extension cable (included). : 352g (with batteries). Headlight size: 95 x 66 x 78mm. LED Swivel Head Torch TORCHES 904 LSH070 Adjustable head torch with three lighting levels. Gives an ultra-bright white light provided by seven LEDs. Five stage tilting head. Adjustable top and side straps for total comfort and stability. Ideal torch for any low light activity. Batteries: 3x AAA (not supplied). Product UNL-904 PS-H6 352g -8160G Rebel LED Focus Headlight PS-H8 One handed speed focus slider and 90 rotational head. Impactresistant to 1m. Four stage dimming electronic switch plus defence strobe and red rear battery pack light for extra visibility. Reflective strips for greater visibility. Water-resistant to IPX4. Beam range: 140m. Runtime: hours. Batteries: 3x 1.5V AA (included). : 198g (with batteries). Headlight size: 73 x 54 x 38mm. 250 LUMENS Product EDI-904 LSH K USB Rechargeable Head Torch PS-H10R Up to 1100 lumens of controllable LED power, with a three stage dimming electronic switch as well as strobe and flashing SOS' functions. Designed to tilt at an angle of 90, 3M Scotchlite reflective strips. Water-resistant to IPX4 and impact-resistant to 1m. Battery: 1x 3.7V 2600 mah Li-Ion (included). : 240g (with battery). Headlight size: 51 x 69 x 45mm LUMENS Product UNL-904 PS-H8 198g -7436F Product UNL-904 PS-H10R 240g -7429K MYO RXP LED Head Torch 140 LUMENS E87AHBC Three programmable modes, ten possible power levels. Can be adjusted from 8 to 140 lumens. Boost mode can further increase the light to 160 lumens. Head strap mounting. Beam range: 230m. Runtime: hours. Batteries: 3x 1.5V AA (included). : 176g (with batteries). Prosafe Helmet Mountable LED Headlight HV-H5R 220 lumens white LED and an additional red LED for night vision hours runtime. 85m beam range. IP54 dust and water-proof. 90 rotational heads and impact resistant to 2m. Six lighting modes. Headbands and front/back 3M adhesive helmet mounts. Micro USB charging cable (included). : 88g (with batteries). Batteries: 2x 1.5V AAA. Headlight size: 38 x 70 x 50mm. 220 LUMENS USB Rechargeable Helmet LED Head Torch PS-H7R 350 lumens Luxeon LED and an additional red LED for night vision. Rubberised headbands, front and back. 90 rotational head. Micro USB charging cable (included). Water-resistant to IPX4 and a beam range of up to 140m. : 185g (with battery). Battery: 1x 3.7V 2000 mah Li-Ion (included). Headlight size: 35 x 82 x 40mm. 350 LUMENS Product PZL-904 E87AHBC 176g -3786F Product UNL-904 HV-H5R 88g -7422B Product UNL-904 PS-H7R 185g -8691H Page 1751

37 904 TORCHES ATEX compliant torches are safe for use in high risk hazardous locations. Ideal for chemical, pharmaceutical, power, oil and gas and fire rescue. For gases, vapours and mists the zone classifications are: Zone 0 A place in which an explosive atmosphere consisting of a mixture with air of dangerous substances in the form of gas, vapour or mist is present continuously or for long periods or frequently. Zone 1 A place in which an explosive atmosphere consisting of a mixture with air of dangerous substances in the form of gas, vapour or mist is likely to occur in normal operation occasionally. Zone 2 A place in which an explosive atmosphere consisting of a mixture with air of dangerous substances in the form of gas, vapour or mist is not likely to occur in normal operation but, if it does occur, will persist for a short period only. PIXA 1 Atex Head Torch E78AHB Brightness that does not gradually decrease as the battery drains. Excellent resistance to falls (2m), impacts, and crushing (80kg). Resistant to chemicals. IP 67 (waterproof to 1m for 30 minutes, no maintenance required after immersion). Three year guarantee. Certifications: CE, ATEX : Zone 2/22, ANSI/NEMA FL1. Batteries: 2x AA/LR06 batteries (included). Compliant Zone 2 60 LUMENS PIXA 2 Atex Head Torch E78BHB2 Constant lighting technology ensures brightness that does not gradually decrease as the battery drains. IP 67 (waterproof to 1m for 30 minutes, no maintenance required after immersion). Three year guarantee. May be used in explosive environments. Lighting modes include: low-intensity, mixed beam and high-intensity. Certification: CE, ATEX: Zone 2/22, ANSI/NEMA FL1. Batteries: 2x AA/LR06 batteries (included). 80 LUMENS Compliant Zone 2 Product PZL-904 E78AHB2 160g -3785L PIXA 3 Atex Head Torch E78CHB2 Constant lighting technology ensures brightness does not gradually decrease as the battery drains. May be used in explosive environments (ATEX: Zone 2/22). IP 67 (waterproof to 1m for 30 minutes, no maintenance required after immersion). Three year guarantee. Lighting modes include: wide beam, mixed beam and high-intensity. Certification: CE, ATEX: Zone 2/22, ANSI/NEMA FL1. Batteries: 2x AA/LR06 batteries (included). 100 LUMENS Compliant Zone 2 Product PZL-904 E78BHB2 160g -3785R LED Head Torch 2610 Three lighting levels. Adjustable strap fits securely on your head, while the rubber strap grips tightly to hard hats. Ideal for reading maps or for work. Certified to ATEX safe for use in hazardous Zone 1 (Category 2) locations. Uses 3x AAA batteries (included). Compliant Zone 1 Product PZL-904 E78CHB2 160g -3785Y Product PLI-904 HeadsUp Lite S LED Head Torch ATEX-H2 180 lumens white Cree LED, ATEX Zone 0 compliant with hours runtime. 110m beam range and submersible to 1m. Impactresistant with adjustable rubberised headbands. 90 rotational head and IP67 dust and waterproof. : 143g (without batteries). Headlight size: 0 x 50 x 45mm. Batteries: 3x 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries (not included). Compliant Zone LUMENS Atex Head Torch HAZ-LO For use in potentially explosive atmospheres containing gases, vapours and liquids. Includes both elastic head strap and rubber hard hat strap. Limited lifetime warranty. ATEX: II 1G EEx ia IIC 115C (T4) DEMKO 07 ATEX LUMENS Compliant Zone 0 Product UNL-904 ATEX-H2 143g -7525E Page 1752 Batteries Required STM x AA 128g -0320H 52.49

38 Prosafe Micro LED Headlight 80 LUMENS PS-H2 134m beam range, 90 rotational head. Rubberised non-slip headbands and head for greater protection. Magnifying collimator lens, emergency flash function. 3M reflective strips. Push button micro switch. Impact-resistant to 1m, IPX4 water-resistant hours run time. Battery: 1x AA battery (incl). : 80g (with battery). Headlight size: 50 x 50 x 60mm. Product UNL-904 PS-H2 80g -8120C TORCHES Prosafe Infrared Sensor LED Headlight PS-H5 White 350 lumens CREE LED, infrared motion sensor technology, 350 LUMENS 120m beam range, 90 rotational head, three stage dimming function. Red rear battery pack light for extra visibility, one handed speed focus control slider. SOS flash function. 3M reflective strips, rubberised non-slip headbands, 1m impact-resistant, IPX4 water-resistant. Batteries: 3 x AA (included). : 206g (with batteries). Headlight size: 72 x 53 x 43mm. Product UNL-904 PS-H5 206g -8150F Prosafe Helmet Mountable LED Headlight PS-H4 200 lumens white CREE LED, 85m beam range, 90 rotational head. 200 LUMENS Six lighting modes, 5mm red LED for night vision. 1m impact-resistant. Rubberised non-slip headband. 7½ - 60 hours run time. IPX4 water-resistant. : 100g (with batteries). Batteries: 3x AAA (included). Headlight size: 38 x 70 x 50mm. Product UNL-904 PS-H4 100g -8691B Fire Vulcan LED Ultra-bright beam. Bright blue tail lights ensure you can be seen from any direction, even in thick smoke. Two lightweight Li-Ion nanotechnology cells. Recharges in 5hr. PX7 rated design (1m for 30min). Lantern floats. Atex LED Lantern Compliant Zone 2 Mitylite LED Torch 1965Z0 Small enough to fit in your pocket, yet bright enough to illuminate your work space, this torch is ideal for rugged industrial use. It has long lasting, energy efficient LEDs. Approvals: ATEX Ex II 1 GD Ex ia IIC Ga Ex iad 20 IP65 T90oC Da. Light source: LED. Batteries: 2x AAA (included). Distance: 51m. Watts: 0.5. Battery burn time: 4hr. Length: 139mm. : 60g (with batteries). Compliant Zone 0 21 LUMENS Product PLI Z0-1965M MityLite 1900Z1 Zone 1 Torch A powerful, compact torch that's ATEX certified safe for use in hazardous Zone 1 (Category 2) locations. This torch is perfect for professionals who work in areas with high risk of explosion such as chemical, pharmaceutical, power, oil, gas and fire rescue and is submersible to 150m. Powered by 2x AAA alkaline batteries (included). Dimensions: 121 x 21 x 21mm. : 45g. Compliant Zone 1 Product PLI Z1 MityLite -1900R STM kg -3640K Atex LED Flashlight Survivor C4 LED technology, impervious to shock with a 50,000hr lifetime. Narrow beam, ideal for smoke-cutting applications. IPX4 rated design, water-resistant to 2m. Impact resistance tested. Dimensions (H x W x D): x 2.85 x 7.29cm. (inc. battery): NiCd 508g, Alkaline 371g. Compliant Zone 1 STM-904 NiCd - 508g Alkaline - 371g -7460M Atex Stylus R Torch Waterproof, aircraft aluminum casing. Tough PVC flexible insulated cable. High-intensity 100,000 hrs LED available in Arctic White or Ice Blue. Length: 35.5cm (extended), 17.15cm (folded). 100 LUMENS 100 LUMENS Compliant Zone 0 Product STM g -7430R Page 1753

39 906 HAND BRUSHES Twisted Wire Tube Brushes Twisted wire handle for hand use. For industrial maintenance, agricultural, workshop, machinery etc. For decarbonising and heavy duty cleaning use of tubes, struts, awkward places etc. Dia. Brush Length Overall Length KEN mm 215mm 600g/ K mm 215mm 325g/ K Steel mm 210mm 345g/ K mm 215mm 275g/ K mm 210mm 295g/ K Dia. Brush Length Overall Length KEN mm 300mm -1620K mm 300mm -1630K Brass 12 75mm 300mm -1640K mm 300mm -1650K mm 300mm -1660K mm 300mm -1700K Piece Set Contents: Tube brushes: 1x 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30mm diameter. Nylon slimline brushes: 1x curved and 1x straight. of Pieces KEN g -9010K mm Plain Shank For use in power tools. Dia. Length Brush Overall Length KEN mm 100mm 200g/ K mm 103mm 200g/ K Steel 25 60mm 120mm 230g/ K mm 115mm 485g/ K mm 110mm 275g/ K mm 100mm 200g/ K Stain mm 100mm 215g/ K less 25 70mm 120mm 460g/ K Steel 30 65mm 120mm 500g/ K mm 120mm 285g/ K Piece Set Contents KEN of above 550g -9020K Slimline Brushes Plain metal handles, with steel wire or nylon bristle filling. Suitable for heavy duty cleaning and decarbonising. Straight Head Curved Head Head Length per 20 KEN-906 Straight Head Steel 50mm 1.1kg -1800K Nylon 50mm 1.0kg -1850K Curved Head Steel 70mm 1.1kg -1900K Nylon 70mm 1.0kg -1950K Page 1754 Wire Scratch Brushes A range of plastic handled scratch brushes with cast steel bristles. *With scraper. of Rows COT K K K K * -6450K K Wire Scratch Brushes Designed for cleaning all rough surfaces on a variety of materials to remove paint, dirt, rust and stubborn deposits. Hardwood stocks. Bristle type: cast steel. For general-purpose work. * With scraper of Rows KEN g -6200K g -6300K g -6400K * 155g -6450K Stainless Steel Stainless steel wire scratch brushes are used predominantly in stainless steel welding processes, where the use of an ordinary wire scratch brush would create the risk of contamination of the weld. Bristle type: stainless steel. of Rows KEN g -7200K g -7300K g -7400K Brass These brass wire brushes are used in situations where there could be a potential fire or explosion hazard. Brass wire brushes will not cause a spark. Bristle type: brass. of Rows KEN g -8200K g -8300K g -8400K Hand Tube Brushes For manual use in cleaning tubes and removing soft deposits in condenser and heat exchanger equipment K Dia. KEN-906 1/ K / K / K / K / K Dia. KEN-906 7/ K K / K / K

40 Stephens Chalk High quality chalkboard grade chalk, non-toxic and dust free. Ideal for a vast range of nonpermanent marking uses in education, construction, fabrication, sports and other applications. Available in packs of 12 (assorted colours) and 144 (white). Pack Quantity Colour RYS-910 Price/Pk 144 White -7010K Coloured -7040K 0.72 Plunger Cans Plunger Cans help you quickly and easily moisten cleaning cloths or swabs. Pushing down on the brass pump assembly fills upper pan with a measured amount of liquid for moistening. Surplus liquid drains safely back into reservoir. The perforated pan screen serves as a flame arrester. Top rims have molded edge protectors for smooth, troublefree moistening. Steel cans are finished in a tough, chemical resistant powder paint and are backed by an industry exclusive Ten-Year Limited Warranty. Approvals: FM, TUV 10108/ FM. CHALK/SAFETY STORAGE CANS French Chalk Moulded White Giant Chalk Blocks Square Sticks - 10 x 100mm Giant chalk blocks, 100 x 50 x 50mm, are For general layout marking in a wide variety of used for temporary markings and often used applications from marking tailor s seams and for marking metal, roads and playgrounds. weld marking on sheet materials They are available in boxes of 16 blocks in in fabrication industries. white. Flat Sticks - 5 x 12 x 125mm Flat sticks can be used with separate holder (CTL D See Page 1695). Shape Pk Qty KEN-910 Price/Pk Square kg -0200K Flat kg -1000K Identity Discs Suitable for all identification uses component/batch/labelling, store/user tracking, key identification etc. 30mm outside diameter. Material per 100 KEN-937 Plain (Single) Aluminium Brass 0.5kg 2.5kg -1030K -2030K ed Aluminium 0.5kg -1130K (Pack of 100) Brass 2.5kg -2130K Oily Waste Can Rags and cloths soaked with solvents, thinners, linseed oil, combustible adhesives and other flammable liquids present a serious fire risk when improperly discarded. Lid opens to no more than 60 degrees and stays closed when not in use, isolating contents from fire sources and limiting oxygen to virtually eliminate the risk of spontaneous combustion. Round construction and elevated base allow circulation of air around can to disperse heat and reduce moisture build-up and rusting. Durable steel construction with a powder-coat finish provides chemical resistance. Exterior Dimensions (H x Dia): 403 x 302mm. Approvals: FM, UL, ULC. 910/920 Pack Block Dimensions CTL Blocks 100 x 50 x 50mm -1700G Brass Aluminium Safety Cans Approved cans for storing, carrying and pouring small quantities of flammable liquids. Spring-loaded cap prevents spillage if can is knocked over or dropped, and relieves excess internal pressure in case of fire to prevent risk of explosion. Flame arrestor in neck ensures flame cannot r flammable liquid contents. Manufactured in heavy duty prime plated steel. Approvals: FM, UL. Group 994 U L FM FM Nominal Model CTL-920 1/ 2ltr kg -1008C ltr kg -1018D ltr kg -1020E Nominal Model CTL ltr kg -0910A Nominal Model CTL-920 4ltr kg -1031G ltr kg -1081H Page 1755

41 939 LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Aluminium Ladders Standard Aluminium Ladders A high quality box section ladder with D rungs. Available in triple section models for ease of handling and storage. Manufactured to BSEN131 and Kitemarked. Heavy Duty A high quality heavy duty box section ladder. Extra large flat top twist-proof non-slip rungs for comfort and safety. Manufactured to BS2037. Double-Section Push-Up Timber Ladder HHD Bratt's timber ladders are manufactured from Douglas fir for the stiles and American Ash is used for the rungs; which are glued and pinned into blind holes at 250mm centres. All British standard ladders over 3.63M closed have automatic latching. It is recommended that two section ladders over 4.75M closed length and three section ladders over 3.00M closed length should be rope operated. All with varnished finish and all metal fittings are rustproofed. Manufactured to BS1129 Class Days Carriage Free UK Mainland Standard Aluminium Ladders Model Rungs/ Section Closed Extended TBD-939 Double Section /2 2.5m 4.0m 9.0kg -1500A /2 3.0m 5.0m 11.0kg -1510B /2 3.5m 6.0m 13.0kg -1520C /2 4.0m 7.0m 17.0kg -1530D /2 4.5m 8.0m 22.0kg -1540E /2 5.0m 9.0m 24.0kg -1550F /2 5.5m 10.0m 29.0kg -1560G Triple Section /3 2.5m 5.5m 17.0kg -1600H /3 3.0m 7.0m 20.0kg -1610J /3 3.5m 8.5m 26.0kg -1620K /3 4.0m 10.0m 33.0kg -1630L Heavy Duty (Trade) Aluminium Ladders Model Rungs/ Section Closed Extended TBD-939 Single Section m N/A 5.00kg -1000A m N/A 6.00kg -1010B m N/A 7.00kg -1020C m N/A 8.00kg -1030D m N/A 10.0kg -1040E m N/A 11.0kg -1050F m N/A 12.0kg -1060G Double Section m 4.25m 11.0kg -1100H m 5.25m 13.0kg -1110J m 6.25m 17.0kg -1120K m 7.25m 20.0kg -1130L m 8.25m 26.0kg -1140M m 9.25m 29.0kg -1150N m 10.0m 31.0kg -1160P Triple Section m 6.00m 20.0kg -1200Q m 7.50m 28.0kg -1210R m 9.00m 32.0kg -1220S m 10.0m 39.0kg -1230T Page 1756 Standard We Also Supply... Fruit Picking Ladders Roof Ladders National Grid Ladders Surveyor s Ladders Loft Ladders Rope Operated Ladders Shelf Ladders Window Cleaning Ladders Model Rungs/ Section Closed Extended BTT-939 HHD m 4.14m 15kg -2948L HHD m 4.80m 17kg -2949L HHD m 5.41m 18kg -2950L HHD m 5.79m 21kg -2951L HHD m 6.68m 24kg -2952L HHD m 7.70m 29kg -2954L HHD m 8.71m 34kg -2956L Double Extension Push-up Ladders Glass Fibre Double Extension Push-up Ladders With Aluminium D-Rungs - DGL2 Manufactured from distinctive yellow 85 x 31mm glass fibre channel. The unique fixing of the D-section aluminium rungs offer a positive anti twist connection. For use in areas where minimum metal content is required and/or clean environments (health, chemical, food and computer industries). Special stay brackets are fitted to give added strength and prevent sideways movement. Wall running wheels are also fitted to all ladders to eliminate wear. Manual push-up operation. Manufactured to ANSI 14-5 and ESI 13-1, Kitemarked BS EN 131. N.B. Rope operated version illustrated. Model Rungs/ Section Closed Extended BTT-939 DGL m 2.60m 10kg -2046L DGL m 4.05m 14kg -2049L DGL m 5.55m 18kg -2052L DGL m 6.30m 22kg -2054L DGL m 7.55m 28kg -2056L DGL m 8.85m 32kg -2059L and many more If you don t see what you need in this catalogue, please contact your local branch for details of our full range of ladder products.

42 Glassfibre Extension Ladders Incredibly tough and durable double extension ladders with rope operation for ease of adjustment. Insulated to 35,000V with comfortable D-shaped rungs, super strong reinforced stiles, rope operation and dual-action articulated feet. 150kg work load capacity. Three year warranty. Complies with EN LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Telescopic Ladder The next generation of Xtend & Climb - the all new beefier Pro version. Extends and locks rung by rung, compacts down to a remarkable 0.81m. Store in your car boot, under your desk or in a cupboard. Clean-touch anodised finish with a padded carry handle. Optional extra carry bag. 150kg work load capacity. One year warranty. Conforms to EP B Days Carriage Free UK Mainland Model Closed Height Extension Height TBD m 3.80m 13.1kg -3730S Carry Case Heavy duty bag with handy pocket for tools. Designed to hold the Xtend & Climb Pro telescopic ladder. 3-5 Days Carriage Free UK Mainland Model No. of Closed Extended Treads Length Length TBD x 8 2.6m 4.0m 16.0kg -1700A x m 5.20m 19.0kg -1710B x m 6.40m 22.0kg -1720C x m 7.60m 25.0kg -1730D Ladder Accessories Ladder Stopper - Anti-Slip Device High strength aluminium T section. Base coated in high traction rubber. Tested on wet grass, tarmac, concrete and slippery internal surfaces. Complies with WAHR and HSE Guidance. Width CTL-939 Stopper S T Stand-Off Robust aluminium U frame will hold the ladder 350mm clear of the wall giving easier access to gutters or windows. TBD-939 Stand-Off -5400B Model TBD T Vehicle Rack Clamps Simple yet strong device for securing ladders to vehicles. Fits any roof rack. TBD-939 Vehicle Clamps -5430D Steel Ladder Tie Shaped to fit the radius of a standard scaffold tube to ensure the safe positioning of ladders while in use on scaffolding. PRO-939 Steel Ladder Tie -0019A Page 1757

43 939 Classic Ladder The world s most popular multipurpose ladder system. With 24 ladders in one design! Strong hinge for superb durability and flexibility. Compacts down for storage and transport. Optional extra accessories available. 150kg work load capacity. Lifetime warranty. Conforms to EN131. LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT The most cost effective multi-purpose ladder system available. Versatile, can be used as a straight or step ladder. Supplied shrink wrapped and ready assembled. Conforms to EN131. Pinnacle Black Anodised Adjustable Ladder 3-5 Days Carriage Free UK Mainland Model Step Height Extended Length Wgt TBD m m 11.8kg -2710B m m 15.9kg -2720C m m 19.1kg -2730D Reform Combination Ladders Versatile multi-function ladder that can be used as a straight extension ladder, basic A-frame step or an extended A-frame step. Strong box-section stiles that are easy to use and light enough to carry comfortably between jobs. Strong anti-splay nylon restraint straps. Quality stile guides for smooth handling. Replaceable end caps ensure firm positioning. Stabiliser bar with oversized rubber feet to reduce slip. Anti-slip rungs. Three year warranty. 150kg work load capacity. Conforms to EN Days Carriage Free UK Mainland Model Extended Step Length Height Closed Height TBD m 1.75m 1.10m 13.0kg -2500A m 2.30m 1.30m 15.0kg -2470W Cargo Step The safer alternative to access goods vehicle trailers. Single handrail for safe access on and off trailer, complete with brackets and lock for secure vehicle storage. Step height adjusts to accommodate varying ground and load heights. Integral tie for securing to underside of vehicle. Model No. of Rungs Min. Height Max. Height TBD Section m 5.25m 14.9kg -3722L m 6.95m 21.0kg -3722N m 8.65m 26.6kg -3722Q m 10.34m 34.6kg -3722S m 11.2m 40.2kg -3722V Page Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Maximum Minimum Overall Height Height Height TBD m 0.95m 2.13m 7kg -2090H m 1.17m 2.53m 8kg -2091J

44 Safety Bridging System BRD-GF A simple glass fibre bridging system that will span desks, machinery and work benches, enabling safe access with minimum disruption. Manufactured from BS compliant materials, the Bridge is adjustable for height and folds flat for storage and transportation. Non-conductive handrails available. We can also make the bridging system to your own specification. LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Speedy Modular Tower The Speedy Modular Tower encapsulates speed, efficiency and versatility. With a 25mm patented Bluctub frame that is spun into the structure - Speedy provides a strong but light and portable single width option for the commercial user. There are no tools required to erect the Speedy, simply, slot and lock in place - it really is that quick and easy. The full unit is comprised of four module packs - enabling a potential working height of 7.15m. Four lockable castors. Platform width: 0.78m. Platform length: 1.78m. Now 3T Compliant Days Platform Height Platform Platform BTT m - 2.6m 450 x 1m 9.0kg 37.0kg -1810L m - 2.6m 450 x 2m 18.0kg 46.0kg -1811M m - 2.6m 600 x 1m 11.0kg 43.0kg -1816S m - 2.6m 600 x 2m 22.0kg 54.0kg -1817T Industrial Midi Work Platforms Providing the user with a high handrail incorporating a clip on chain gate' which completes the full surrounding guardrail system. Folds for easy transport and distribution and fabricated from industrial strength channel section material. The top tread has aluminium checker plate to give plenty of grip. Features: Extra wide working platform. Large, deep serrated treads. High handrails to both sides and back. Clip on/off chain for entry/exit. Two rear wheels for effortless manoeuvrability. Folds for storage and transportation. 5-year warranty. 175kg work load capacity. CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Description Platform Overall Height Height TBD Pk 1 Base 0.95m 1.93m 26.0kg -9000A Pk 2 Guardrail 1.80m 2.94m 9.5kg -9010B Pk 3 Extension 3.50m 4.62m 29.0kg -9020C Pk 4 Extension 5.15m 6.31m 20.5kg -9030D Smart Pods Fully protected guardrail and gate - ideal for quick jobs around site. Compliant with working at height legislation. Tough but lightweight scaffold tube construction. Four locking castors. Fixed height platform. 5-year warranty. 150kg work load capacity. Platform size: 600mm x 540mm. 3-5 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Treads Platform Closed Height Height TBD m 1.49m 15.0kg -2167D m 1.74m 16.0kg -2167E m 1.98m 18.0kg -2167F m 2.13m 19.0kg -2167G Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model TBD B C Page 1759

45 939 LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Portable Safety Work Platform - Industrial StepUp-GF Designed originally for Scottish and Southern Energy to work in domestic premises. The StepUp can be used anywhere you need a strong, safe platform that enables the user to maintain three points of contact. Manufactured from BS compliant raw materials, with heavy- duty nonconductive glass fibre frame, recycled plastic non-slip platform, safety handrail, locking hinges and folds flat for storage. : Open: 600 x 460 platform x 500mm high. Closed: 650 x 500 x 200mm. We can also make the StepUp to your own specification. Made in the UK. Glass Fibre Platform Steps - Industrial Manufactured from distinctive, yellow, heavy duty channel stiles. Fitted with heavy gauge serrated glass fibre treads. Stays and diagonal brace fitted to eliminate side sway. Industrial plastic top with tool holes and serrated solid rubber block feet. Gel coat finish to prevent weathering. 435 x 255mm platform and high self-locking safety rail. Manufactured to BS EN131 Kitemark. Complies with ANSI 14-5 and ESI Made in the UK. 3-5 Days Carriage at Extra Cost Platform Height Platform BTT mm 460 x 600mm 9.00kg -9900A Vision 360 Non-conductive extra wide platform steps. s up to four metres working height. 360 working platform. Glass fibre frame with aluminium treads. Enclosed platform on three sides for safety. Insulated and non-conductive whilst in use. HSE Work At Height Regulations 2005 compliant to work two-handed for short duration jobs. Kitemarked BS EN 131 and complies to ANSI 14-5 and ESI N.B. safety webbing strap, wheels and detachable tool tray shown are available at extra cost. Made in the UK. 3-5 Days Carriage at Extra Cost No. of Treads Platform Height Overall Length Width (m) Open Span BTT m 1.55m m 11.5kg -9002S m 1.80m m 13.5kg -9003S m 2.05m m 14.0kg -9004S m 2.31m m 16.0kg -9005S m 2.56m m 19.0kg -9006S m 2.82m m 20.0kg -9007S m 3.07m m 22.0kg -9008S m 3.32m m 23.0kg -9009S m 3.57m m 24.0kg -9010S m 3.82m m 26.0kg -9011S Page 1760 KM37107 KM Days Carriage at Extra Cost Model No. of Treads Overall Height Platform Height BTT-939 GSP m 1.43m 12.5kg -2886S GSP m 1.93m 16.5kg -2888S GSP m 2.43m 21.5kg -2890S Telescopic Podium Steps Designed to conform to the Working at Height Regulations, the telescopic podium is a fully enclosed work platform. Using the specially designed telescopic guardrail frame, you are able to use the podium at both 1m and 1.2m platform heights. The unit is fitted with four locking castors as standard making it easily portable. The unit passes easily through standard doorways. Optional anti-surf base plate pack illustrated, helps to prevent surfing when in use. (N.B. anti-surf pack is not part of the standard podium and needs to be purchased in addition to the podium step). Features: Telescopic guardrail. Additional extra integral stabilisers deliver additional stability. Fully enclosed work zone. Folds for transport. Four lockable castors fitted as standard. Anti-surf option available (illustrated). Tough scaffold tube construction. 5-year warranty. 250kg work load capacity. 3-5 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Treads Platform Height TBD & m 32.0kg -2164F & m 38.0kg -2164H PAS250 Stabiliser Pack -2164J Anti-Surf Pack -2164G

46 Safety Step The Little Giant brand is a true mark of quality and this safety step is no exception. Rugged construction, compact folded size. Large stairway type treads. Lidetime warranty. 150kg work load capacity. Conforms to EN LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Aluminium Folding Platform Steps Made from strong lightweight aluminium with non-slip treads and platform. Available in 3 and 4 step versions and featuring safety rail. Manufactured to EN131 and able to handle a maximum load of 150kg. 3 Tread - overall height including safety rail: Opened: 1234mm. Platform height: 629mm. 4 Tread - overall height including safety rail: Opened: 1452mm. Platform height: 847mm. 3-5 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Overall Height TBD m -4760M m -4770N m -4780P Glass Fibre Platform Steps - Trade If you need to work at a fixed level for a short duration, in a spark risk environment, then the Summit GRP Platform Step is ideal. Insulated to 35,000V, deep serrated treads and a reinforced checker plate platform. Large non-slip rubber feet. 150kg work load capacity. Five year warranty. Conforms to EN131. CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Product No. of Treads Platform Height MTL-939 MFP mm -5830K MFP mm -5840K Platform Steps - Industrial This industrial step has double riveted, serrated non-slip treads at 250mm intervals. Complete with platform and fitted with hinged locking stays. Manufactured to BS2037. Class 1 and Kitemarked. 3-5 Days 3-5 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model No. of Platform Closed Treads Height Height TBD m 1.67m 8.0kg -4860G m 1.91m 9.0kg -4870H m 2.14m 10.0kg -4880J m 2.65m 13.0kg -4900L m 3.15m 17.0kg -4920N CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model No. of Treads Platform Closed Height Height TBD m 1.18m 3.6kg -1880M m 1.42m 5.0kg -1890N m 1.47m 9.0kg -1900P m 1.92m 10.0kg -1910Q m 2.41m 11.8kg -1920R m 2.40m 12.0kg -1930S m 2.65m 13.6kg -1940T m 2.90m 14.0kg -1950V m 3.14m 13.2kg -1960W m 3.39m 19.0kg -1970X Page 1761

47 939 LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Timber Swing-Back Steps - Industrial Heavy construction for industrial use. Manufactured from Douglas fir, morticed, tenoned, glued and wedged. Hinged to the back board and bolted through the stiles for extra strength. Treads at 250mm rise, pinned with ring shank nails and fitted with check blocks at intervals to prevent sideways movement. Tie rods are fitted at not more than four treads apart. All with varnished finish and all metal fittings are rustproofed. Manufactured to BS1129 Class 1 and Kitemarked. Swing-Back Steps - Industrial A heavy duty aluminium step suitable for industrial and trade requirements. Double riveted, serrated, non-slip treads at 250mm intervals. Fitted with hinged locking stays. Manufactured to BS2037. Class 1 and Kitemarked. 3-5 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model No. of Treads Overall Length BTT-939 HPS m 7.0kg -2983S HPS m 8.0kg -2984S HPS m 9.0kg -2985S HPS m 10.0kg -2986S HPS m 11.0kg -2987S HPS m 13.0kg -2988S HPS m 16.0kg -2989S HPS m 20.0kg -2990S HPS m 24.0kg -2991S HPS m 28.0kg -2992S Fibreglass Swing-Back Steps - Industrial Manufactured from distinctive, yellow, heavy duty channel stiles. Fitted with heavy gauge serrated aluminium or glass fibre treads. Stays and diagonal brace fitted to eliminate side sway. Industrial plastic top with tool holes and serrated solid rubber block feet. Gel coat finish to prevent weathering. Manufactured to BS EN131 Kitemark. Complies with ANSI 14-5 and ESI Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model No. of Treads Open Height Closed Height TBD m 0.69m 2.7kg -2180G m 0.93m 3.6kg -2200H m 1.18m 4.5kg -2210J m 1.42m 5.3kg -2220K m 1.70m 6.2kg -2230L m 1.92m 7.1kg -2240M m 2.41m 8.8kg -2260P m 2.91m 12.3kg -2270Q Fibreglass Swing-Back Steps - Trade Trade glass fibre swing-back steps with aluminium treads, for light trade use. Moulded tool holder and large non-slip wrap around feet. Manufactured to EN Days KM37107 Carriage at Extra Cost Model No. of Treads Overall Height BTT-939 GSB m 9.5kg -2866S GSB m 11.0kg -2867S GSB m 12.5kg -2868S GSB m 16.5kg -2870S Page Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model No. of Treads Overall Height TBD m 6.00kg -5590J m 7.00kg -5600K m 8.5kg -5610L m 10.0kg -5630N

48 Folding Platform Steps Suitable for professional and domestic use with extra-large safety treads (50% larger treads than standard step ladders). Strong deep treads, high support rail with handy work tray and twin handrails for comfort and security. Maximum safe working load 115kg (18 stone). Kitemarked to BS EN131. LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Fixed Platform Steps - Industrial Constructed from channel sections and fitted with a large non-slip platform and serrated non-slip treads at 250mm intervals. Steps are supplied with pre-drilled holes for easy fitting of handrails. Prices quoted all include handrails. Double-Sided Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model No. of Treads Platform Closed Height Height TBD m 1.42m 5.0kg -2020B m 1.66m 6.0kg -2030C m 1.90m 6.5kg -2040D m 2.14m 7.5kg -2050E m 2.38m 9.0kg -2060F Warehouse Steps - Non-Folding Constructed from channel sections with a large platform 450 x 370mm. Side handrails and rear wheels for manoeuvrability. Supplied in easy to assemble sub sections. Single-Sided 3-5 Days 3-5 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model No. of Platform Overall Treads Height Height TBD m 1.79m 11.5kg -2280S m 2.04m 12.7kg -2290T m 2.29m 14.5kg -2300V m 2.53m 15.9kg -2310W m 3.02m 20.0kg -2320X m 3.51m 23.6kg -2330Y CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Single-Sided Steps Model No. of Treads Platform Height TBD m 4.00kg -4200H m 5.00kg -4210J m 6.00kg -4220K m 7.00kg -4230L m 8.00kg -4240M Double-Sided Steps Model No. of Treads Platform Height TBD m 5.00kg -4100A m 6.00kg -4110B m 7.50kg -4120C m 8.70kg -4130D m 10.50kg -4140E Page 1763

49 939 LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT 4-Way Combi Ladders Versatile multi-function ladder that can be used as a straight extension ladder, basic A-frame step, extended A-frame step. Strong box section stiles that is easy to use and light enough to carry comfortably between jobs. Use as a stairway ladder and step. Use as an extension ladder and free standing extending step. Large anti-slip feet. Can be used on stairs. Versatile and easy to use. Comfortable D shaped rungs. 150kg work load capacity. Conforms to EN131. Light Trade Safety Steps Ideal for accessing low shelves and wall cupboards. Features include deep comfortable platform treads with anti-slip rubber surface. Wide base for extra stability, slip resistant feet and a high knee rail for added safety. Large, non-slip rubber treads for extra safety. Folds away easily for storage. Smooth handrail surface that is comfortable to hold. Non-slip rubber feet. One year warranty. 150kg work load capacity. Conforms to EN Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Closed Ext length Rungs Length Ladder TBD m 3.99m 3 x kg -2423C m 5.69m 3 x kg -2425E m 7.14m 3 x kg -2427G Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Treads Top Tread Closed Height Height TBD m 1.08m 6.3kg -2130E m 1.31m 9.3kg -2130H Multi-Way Ladder Compact four-section hinged ladder with multiple configurations. Use it as an A-frame step, straight ladder, work bench, ladder with stand-off or stairwell ladder. Lightweight and compact. Strong square rungs. Spreader bars for additional stability. Can be used on stairs. Three year warranty. 150kg work load capacity. Conforms to EN Optional Scaffold Board 3-5 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model No. of Step Extended Treads Height Height TBD x m 3.16m 11.0kg -2492B as above inc Scaffold Board -2493D Page 1764

50 HopUp Folding Steps Ideal for quick and easy access to shelves, high cabinets or even ceilings. When you need to get up high quickly, these folding steps with the large standing area will always come in handy. Features: Tough, light and handy. Very compact when disassembled. Wide and deep ribbed aluminium steps. Ribbed feet for extra grip. 1 year warranty. 150kg work load capacity. Conforms to EN LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT SelectStep Step Ladder with AirDeck Utility Tray The world s only multi-position stepladder is also the world s most comfortable stepladder. The heavy duty rated yet lightweight Select Step is a 5, 6, 7, and 8- tread stepladder, and is the only stepladder that can be safely used on stairs and sloping ground. No matter how you set it up, the patent-pending SelectStep provides a comfortable standing platform, and the optional AirDeck utility tray and handrail makes standing at the top of the Select Step feel as good as standing on solid ground. Features: A 5, 6, 7, and 8-tread stepladder in one. Safe, easy staircase access. Deep 10cm anti-slip treads. Extra wide base for stability. Clean touch anodised finish. Integrated moulded tool tray. Tip and glide wheels. 1 year warranty. 150kg workload capacity EN Days 3-5 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Treads Top Tread Closed Height Height TBD m 0.61m 2.6kg -4784M Aluminium Swing-Back Steps Unique strengthening beam incorporated into non-slip treads. Rubber feet and aluminium side arms help prevent slips and twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break. Lightweight and easy to carry. Certified to EN-131 standard & BS2037 Class 1. CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Closed Width Height TBD m 0.68m 12kg -2830F Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps - Steel Treads Vantage Made mobile with the use of the unique Grip Lift Mechanism facilitating movement on retractable castors. Six step units and above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect. Mobile on 2x 200mm rubber wheels and 2x 100mm nylon castors. Platform height: 1610mm. Overall dimensions (H x W x D): 2610 x 700 x 1530mm. Platform handrail height: 1000mm. Platform size (D x W): 460 x 540mm. Tread size (W x D): 490 x 165mm. Model Treads Open Height Closed Height GPC-939 ATS03Z 3 580mm 660mm 2.4kg -0960C ATS04Z 4 810mm 890mm 2.4kg -0960D ATS05Z mm 1140mm 3.4kg -0960E ATS06Z mm 1380mm 4.5kg -0960F ATS07Z mm 1620mm 5.1kg -0960G ATS08Z mm 1860mm 6.0kg -0960H ATS010Z mm 2340mm 6.6kg -0960K ATS012Z mm 2820mm 7.3kg -0960M Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Model Platform Overall Overall Overall of Height Height Width Depth Treads GPC-939 MS9807M G MS9809M J Page 1765

51 939 LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Mobile Safety Steps The Klime-Ezee range of mobile steps have been ergonomically designed for their safe operation and use, allowing their ease of manoeuvrability and having a safe working load of 300 Kg. Klime-Ezee has been manufacturing and developing steps for the workplace for over 25 years, quickly becoming one of the most trusted and well known brands for workplace safety. NO ACCESS Retractor Mechanism PLEASE CONSIDER WITH CARE THE HEIGHT REQUIRED WHEN ORDERING Industrial Mobile Steps The Klime-Ezee Industrial Mobile Step is our flagship product. Suitable for all construction, retail, commercial, office, warehouse and even military applications. Platform heights from 1250 to 3750mm. Features Fully welded, steel construction 550 x 200mm tread width Central bar braking system Benefits 300kg safe working load Durable powder coated finish Easy to manoeuvre 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID ENGLAND & WALES No. of Platform Overall Overall Overall Anti-Slip PVC Punched Metal Height Height Width Length Treads KLM-939 KLM kg -4250E E kg -4260F F kg -4270G G kg -4280H H kg -4290J J kg -4300K K kg -4310L L kg -4320M M kg -4330N N kg -4340P P kg -4350Q Q Extra Wide Mobile Steps The Klime-Ezee Extra Wide Mobile Step is a wider version of our Industrial Range. Suitable for all construction, retail, commercial, office, warehouse and even military applications. Platform heights from 1250 to 3750mm. Features Fully welded, heavy duty, steel construction 700 x 200mm wide reinforceds Central bar braking system Benefits 300kg safe working load Durable powder coated finish Easy to manoeuvre 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID ENGLAND & WALES No. of Platform Overall Overall Overall Anti-Slip PVC Punched Metal Height Height Width Length Treads KLM-939 KLM kg -6250E E kg -6260F F kg -6270G G kg -6280H H kg -6290J J kg -6300K K kg -6310L L kg -6320M M kg -6330N N kg -6340P P kg -6350Q Q Page 1766

52 Light Mobile Steps The Klime-Ezee Light Mobile Step is a lighter, more mobile version of our Industrial Range. Suitable mainly for retail, office and warehouse space. Platform heights from 500 to 1500mm. Features Heavy Duty construction from 19mm tube 550 x 200mm tread width Plunger castors on smaller models (3-4 treads) Benefits 300kg safe working load Durable powder coated finish Easy to manoeuvre LADDERS & ACCESS EQUIPMENT Narrow Aisle Mobile Steps The Klime-Ezee Narrow Aisle Mobile Step is an increasingly popular variation of our Light range. Used between aisle racking or where the step is supported both sides. Platform heights from 750 to 2000mm. Features Fully welded construction 400 x 200mm narrow tread width Plunger castors on smaller models Benefits 300kg safe working load Durable powder coated finish Easy to manoeuvre Days CARRIAGE PAID ENGLAND & WALES Platform Overall Overall Overall of Height Height Width Length Treads KLM-939 Anti-Slip PVC Treads kg -3720B kg -3730C kg -3740D kg -3750E kg -3760F Punched Metal Treads kg -3620B kg -3630C kg -3640D kg -3650E kg -3660F Mini Steps Designed for use in restricted areas, these steps are ideally suited for use in office environments. Features Fully welded, heavy duty, steel construction 400mm narrow tread width 4 spring loaded castors Benefits Easy to store Easy to manoeuvre Durable powder coated finish 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID ENGLAND & WALES Platform Overall Overall Overall Anti-Slip PVC of Height Height Width Length Treads KLM kg -4830C kg -4840D kg -4850E kg -4860F kg -4870G kg -4880H Mobile Steps These single-sided mobile step units from GPC Industries are fitted with dome covered, 75mm diameter, spring loaded castors which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. When weight is removed the domes retract and the steps can be easily moved to another location. Features: Strong steel dome feet enclose the spring-loaded castor. Strong tubular welded steel construction. All-weather, non-slip, injectedmoulded treads. All with full handrail, WS511 - with one handrail Days CARRIAGE PAID ENGLAND & WALES Platform Overall Overall Overall Anti-Slip PVC of Treads Height Height Width Length KLM kg -5120B kg -5130C No Platform Overall Overall Overall Model of Height Treads Height Width Length GPC-939 WS B WS C WS D WS E WS E Page 1767

53 941 MECHANICAL LIFTING EQUIPMENT 1,000kg Folding Mobile Crane 1 TONNE Model number fmc ken k. Lifting capacity position (a) ,000kg. Lifting capacity position (b) kg. Lifting capacity position (c) kg. Lifting capacity position (d) kg. Maximum lifting height at minimum jib extension mm. Maximum lifting height at maximum jib extension..2004mm. Length of jib in position (a) mm. Length of jib in position (b) mm. Length of jib in position (c) mm. Length of jib in position (d) mm. Clearance height of legs mm. Length of frame mm. Overall clearance height mm. Maximum width of frame mm. Distance between rear wheel centres mm kg. Ideal for home workshops or garages. Folding design for easy storage and transportation. Flow control valve for precise lowering and positioning. Overload safety valve. Hydraulic operation providing easy lifting. Heavy duty swivel hook with safety latch. four different jib options. Heavy duty castors. 1 tonne (metric ton or t) = 1000kg 1 ton (imperial ton) = 2240lbs (1016kg) 730mm c d 1000mm 420mm 1555mm 1480mm 1551mm 1868mm 1913mm 1958mm 2004mm 640mm 390mm 640mm Page mm 1190mm Model Max. Hook Height KEN-941 FMC001 1,000kg kg -3670K Spares for above Description KEN-567 Seal Repair Kit 9g -8200K Replacement Ram -8800K

54 Vertical Hinged Lifting Clamps Suitable for lifting, turning (180 ) and vertical transfer of hot rolled structural steel plates and sections up to a surface hardness of 300 Brinell/32 Rockwell C. Fitted with a locking device. Lifting clamps are fitted with special hook-up facilities to enable easy fitting of the clamps in the horizontal position. NEVER Exceed Maximum. NEVER Lift UNDER 20% Of The Rated. 941 MECHANICAL LIFTING EQUIPMENT Ratchet Cable Puller kg Robustly constructed from galvanised steel with a powder coated body, hardened steel hooks with spring catches. It has a heavy-duty swivel on the anchoring hook, 3.6m of 5mm aircraft cable giving a 1.5m pull and a sprung ratchet pawl. Suitable for pulling: trees, roots, fencing wires, vehicles, machines, boats, trailers, caravans etc. Model Rated Test Load Jaw Opening TTC-941 CL05 500kg 7.35kN 0-15mm 1.9kg -1505A CL kg 14.70kN 0-20mm 4.8kg -1510B CL kg 29.40kN 0-25mm 6.5kg -1520D CL kg 44.10kN 0-30mm 15.0kg -1530F Block Trolleys - Plain Double sealed ball bearings. Built-in bumper guards. Adjustable to fit various sizes of flange and I-beam. Can be used on straight or curved track. Can be installed or removed at any point along the track. 10,000kg models available on request. MTL kg -2020K Beam Clamps 1000 to 5000kg range capacities. Clamp jaw designed to reduce flange stress by distributing load away from beam edge. Easily mounted with threaded handle. Fits a wide range of flange widths and beams. EN 13155: A2:2009 and EC Council Directive 2006/42/EC Machinery compliant. *Please allow 3-5 days delivery. Lifting Maximum Beam Flange Width TTC kg mm -3405M kg mm -3410A kg mm -3420B kg* mm -3430C kg mm -3450E Block Trolleys - Geared Double sealed ball bearings. Built-in bumper guards. Adjustable to fit various sizes of flange and I-beam. Can be used on straight or curved track. Can be installed or removed at any point along the track. 10,000 and 20,000kg models available on request. *Please allow 3-5 days delivery. Lifting Maximum Beam Flange Width TTC kg mm -3205M kg mm -3210A kg mm -3220B kg* mm -3230C kg* mm -3250E Lifting Flange Width MTL kg mm 4.8kg -1010K kg mm 5.3kg -1020K kg mm 11.1kg -1030K kg mm 11.6kg -1050K Beam Clamps One to five ton range capacities. Clamp jaw designed to reduce flange stress by distributing load away from I-beam flange edge. Easily mounted with threaded handle. Fits a wide range of flange widths and beams. Lifting Flange Width TTC kg mm -3010A kg mm -3020B kg mm -3030C kg mm -3050E Page 1769

55 941 MECHANICAL LIFTING EQUIPMENT Hand Chain Hoists Quality made 2.5m and 3m chain hoists with a capacity ranging from 500 to 3000kg. Fitted with heat treated and ground, triple-spur geared shaft and pinion. Hooks fitted with robust safety latches and 360 degree rotation. All models include mechanical load brake for extra safety. EN A1:2009 and EC Council Directive 2006/42/EC Machinery compliant. (1000kg) Standard Lift (M) Running Test Load (1000kg) No. Columns of Load Chains Load Chain Diameter Lever Hoists 750 to 3000kg range capacities. Fitted with heat treated and ground, triple-spur geared shaft and pinion. Hooks fitted with robust safety latches and rotate 360 degrees. Includes mechanical overload brake for extra safety. EN A1:2009 and EC Council Directive 2006/42/EC Machinery compliant. (1000kg) Standard Lift (M) Running Test Load (1000kg) No. Columns of Load Chains Load Chain Diameter Manual Chain Hoists MH Series Heavy duty and compact design to meet all pertinent world standards. Reliable disc brake and premium grade alloy load chain. Drop-forged and expertly heat treated for greater strength and long wearing. Conforms to CE safety standards. Chain Length TTC kg 0 3m 6m -4805D -4851D kg 3m 6m -4810F -4851K kg 3m 6m -4820K -4851R kg 3m -4830Q kg 3m -4850W Mini Lever Hoists Light duty hoists with a 250 to 500kg capacity. Ideal for every day light duty applications. It's small, robust and can be used in confined working conditions. TTC kg -4025S kg -4050W Lever Hoists 750 to 3,000kg range capacities, these versatile lever hoists are perfect for pulling, lifting and lashing of loads Closed bearing design reduces user effort and offers easy maintenance. Unique spring clutch system to hold at any desired height. New design drop forged hooks with safer tip and slowly bending performance. 1.5m of chain fitted as standard, other lengths available on request. MTL kg -4200K kg -4210K kg -4220K kg -4230K kg -4240K Page 1770 MTL kg -6200K kg -6220K kg -6250K Distance Between Hooks TTC-941 Min Max 750kg 320mm 1500mm -4075A kg 1500mm -4100D kg 360mm 1500mm -4150B kg 365mm 1500mm -4200C kg 470mm 1500mm -4300D kg 1500mm -4600G

56 Chain Slings All general purpose slings should be rated by the uniform load method as stated. BS EN Grade 8. Chain Length: 2 metres. Available in: * Leg chain sling hook with safety hook * Leg chain sling with grab shortening hook. * Leg chain sling with self locking hook. * Leg shortening sling with self locking and grab shortening hook Chain Grab Shortening Hook Chain Slings Max Load Single Leg Double Leg Four Leg Max Load (kg) Max Load (kg) Max Load (kg) mm mm mm Self Locking Hook MECHANICAL LIFTING EQUIPMENT Group Single Leg Chain Sling Double Leg Chain Sling Four Leg Chain Sling Single Leg Chain Sling Product Hook TTC-941 Chain 7mm CS071HC Safety -1720A CS071SCHC Safety+Grab -1740A CS071SH2M Self Locking -1749D CS071CSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1753D Chain 10mm CS101HC Safety -1724A CS101SCHC Safety+Grab -1744A CS101SH2M Self Locking -1750D CS101CSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1754D Chain 13mm CS0131HC Safety -1728A CS131SCHC Safety+Grab -1748A CS131SH2M Self Locking -1751D CS131SCSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1755D Yale Lift 360 Hand Chain Hoist Allows the operator to control hoist operations from any angle, any side or even from above the load. The innovative Yale Lift 360 opens up a new range of applications and can now be used even where limited space had previously made it difficult or even impossible to use a hoist. Double Leg Chain Sling Product Hook TTC-941 Chain 7mm CS072HC Safety -1720B CS072SCHC Safety+Grab -1740B CS072SH2M Self Locking -1749K CS072SCSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1753K Chain 10mm CS0102HC Safety -1724B CS102CHC Safety+Grab -1744B CS102SH2M Self Locking -1750K CS102CSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1754K Chain 13mm CS132HC Safety -1728B CS132SCHC Safety+Grab -1748B CS132SH2M Self Locking -1751K CS132CSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1755K Four Leg Chain Sling Product Hook TTC-941 Chain 7mm CS074HC Safety -1720D CS074SCHC Safety+Grab -1740D CS074SH2M Self Locking -1749R CS074CSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1753R Chain 10mm CS0104HC Safety -1724D CS104SCHC Safety+Grab -1744D CS104SH2M Self Locking -1750R CS104CSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1754R Chain 13mm CS134HC Safety -1728D CS134SCHC Safety+Grab -1748D CS134SH2M Self Locking -1751R CS134CSH2M Self Locking+Grab -1755R Yale Hand Chain Hoists Compact and robust steel housing. Zinc-plated for corrosion resistance. Drop forged steel, fracture resistant load hooks which are equipped with safety latches and also rotate 360. High strength alloy steel link chain according to DIN Fully enclosed, self-activating load brake with asbestos-free friction discs. Hardened two-stage reduction gear with hardened pinions, which are supported by roller bearings for increased efficiency. Both models can be equipped with an optional slip clutch. The low overall height allows for use in restricted areas. Height of lift: 3m. Page 1768 Standard Height of Lift CTL kg 3.0m -4100A kg 3.0m -4101B kg 3.0m -4102C Group 942 CTL kg 9.0kg -3998Z kg 11.2kg -4001A kg 18.0kg -4002B kg 28.0kg -4003C kg 38.7kg -4005E Page 1771

57 941 LOAD SKATES Fixed Load Shifting Skates For moving heavy objects. The load should be lifted using either a roller crowbar or a jack, so that the skates can be safely positioned under it. The larger diameter sealed bearing rollers ensure ease of movement and spread the load, protect floors from damage caused by high point loads or oil/grease contamination. The skates are maintenance free and are fitted with handles for ease of carrying and positioning. The platforms of the skates are fitted, with a rubber surface that helps grip and protect the object being moved. Model Tonne No of No of Roller Skate Dim Rollers Axles (D x W) (LxWxH) kg TTC-941 SF x35 330x220x A SF x35 330x220x B SF x85 330x300x C SF x85 260x230x F Load Moving System Generally used for moving heavy objects at low cost. The load can first be lifted by using the roller crowbar or a jack. These three part skate systems comprise of two fixed rear skates which are adjustable up to 1.5m and a front steerable skate c/w handle. STCM60 STCM120 Product (kg) Wheels per set TTC-941 STCM Nylon 45kg -8454D STCM Nylon 88kg -8456F STCM Steel 130kg -8458H Machine Moving Skates For short, variable transportation distances. For installation works and movement of heavy loads. The steering handle gives you precise control making it easy to manoeuvre large machinery or into tight areas. Moving speed not exceeding 5m/min. Minimum turning cycle is 3m. Product (kg) Dimensions (H x W x L) TTC-941 SK x 120 x B SK x 120 x C SK x 130 x F Ratchet Toe Jack Mechanical steel ratchet toe jack with a safety crank with folding handle. Suitable for lifting loads of any type. Lifting either with the fixed toe or on clawed head. All construction components are standardized. Capacities from 1,500 to 10,000kg. DIN 7355 (type HVS). Product (kg) TTC-941 HVS B HVS D HVS E HVS K Page 1772 Hydraulic Rotational Toe Jack A compact, well constructed jack that can be used in any position, with the housing revolving 360 degrees. The lowering speed can be accurately adjusted and the jack is protected against overloading. The pump lever is removable. Capacities from 5,000 to 25,000kg. US standard USA ASME/ANSI B Product (kg) TTC-941 HM L HM C HM R Industrial Toe Jack A heavy-duty, industrial quality, dual purpose hydraulic jack. Designed for lifting loads with very low minimum clearances (foot) or high clearances (head). Ideal for house moving, machinery installation and application at shipyard, bridge building or plant construction sites. Great companion tool for machinery type rollers. Spring assisted return and over-travel protection on 5 or 10 ton models. Safety valve for overload protection. Pump handle included. Works in extreme temperatures. Capacities from 2,000 to 10,000kg. Complies with ANSI/ASME B30.1 standards and CE safety standard. Product (kg) TTC-941 TL C TL G TL M

58 Endless Round Slings Made to BS EN 1492: WEBBING SLINGS/STEEL ROPES Webbing Slings High strength to weight ratio, light to handle and easy to use. Shock absorbing construction and wide load bearing area produce a secure grip and eliminate damage to the load. All types are made from oil and acid resistant polyester, treated with a wear resistant impregnation. All sizes are colour coded to indicate SWL (safe working load), rating and marked with traceability code. These ratings are for a straight line pull only. Other variations of pull are shown below along with the relevant SWL. Safe Working Loads Straight Line Choker Basket Basket 90 o * Basket 120 o * 1,000kg 800kg 2,000kg 1,400kg 1,000kg 2,000kg 1,600kg 4,000kg 2,800kg 2,000kg 3,000kg 2,400kg 6,000kg 4,200kg 3,000kg 4,000kg 3,200kg 8,000kg 5,600kg 4,000kg 5,000kg 4,000kg 10,000kg 7,000kg 5,000kg *Angle between sling legs. Flat Slings Flat Slings with reinforced eye at end. Made to BS EN 1492: Supplied with Certificate of Conformity Group 941 Working Length (M) Width SWL (kg) MTL-942 Simplex - Single Thickness 60 1, K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K Duplex - Double Thickness 30 1, K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K Working Length (M) Width SWL (kg) MTL , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K , K Galvanised Steel Wire Rope 6 x 19 Fibre Core - 180kg/mm 2 6 x 19 construction wire rope is with fibre core. The rope is very popular in and is used on a variety of applications. The smaller diameters (3mm to 6mm) are very flexible and used where wire ropes are running over pulleys. Applications Include: Control cables Crane cables Garage door cables General engineering applications Gym equipment cables Industrial door cables Whip checks Winch ropes Wind turbines Wire rope slings Page x 19 fibre core galvanised, for crane ropes, small hoist-block ropes, slings etc. Diameter SWL Per 100m TTC-942 TTC-942 TTC-942 TTC-942 TTC-942 Length 20m 50m 100m 200m 300m 3mm 100kg 3.02kg -6903A D H N T mm 178kg 5.37kg -6904A D H mm 278kg 8.40kg -6905A D H N mm 400kg 12.1kg -6906A D H mm 764kg 21.1kg -6908A D N mm 1.2Ton 27.5kg -6910A Page 1773

59 942 ROPE & CHAIN FITTINGS Dee Shackles US Federal specification RR-C-271D IV. Galvanised. D Safety Anchor Illustrated SWL Kg d D S TTC-942 Screw Pin Dee Shackle 500 1/ 4 5/ 16 7/ L / 16 3/ 8 1 1/ M / 8 7/ / N / 16 1/ 2 1 7/ P / 2 5/ 8 1 5/ Q / 8 3/ R Safety Anchor Dee Shackle / 2 5/ 8 1 5/ E / 4 7/ 8 2 3/ G / / H Large Dee Shackles BS With type A pins. D S S d d Supplied with Certificate of Conformity Supplied with Certificate of Conformity Bow Shackles US Federal specification RR-C-271D IV. Galvanised. SWL Kg D d D S TTC-942 Screw Pin Bow Shackle 330 3/ 16 1/ 4 7/ A / 4 5/ / B / 16 3/ 8 1 1/ C / 8 7/ / D / 16 1/ / E / 2 5/ 8 1 7/ F / 8 3/ / G / 4 7/ / H / / J / 8 3 3/ K Safety Anchor Bow Shackle / 8 7/ / G / 16 1/ / H / 2 5/ 8 1 7/ J / 8 3/ / N / 4 7/ / Q Large Bow Shackles BS With type A pins. Available as self-colour or galvanised. D S S d d Collared Eye Bolts - Metric Metric Threaded Manufactured form drop forged high tensile steel. Supplied tested and certified. For Vertical lift only. BS4278. Thread B SWL (Kg) TTC-942 M A 3.30 M C 3.69 M E 4.05 M G 4.68 M L 5.40 M N 8.25 M S M X M Z Dynamo Eye Bolts - BSW BSW Threaded Manufactured form drop forged high tensile steel. Supplied tested and certified. For Vertical lift only. BS4278. B B SWL Kg d D S TTC-942 Self-Colour Large Dee Shackle 250 1/ 4 3/ J / 8 1/ 2 1 1/ K / 2 5/ 8 2 1/ L / 8 3/ 4 2 1/ M / 4 7/ 8 2 7/ N / / P / 8 3 3/ Q / 8 1 1/ 4 4 1/ R / 4 1 3/ 8 4 1/ S / 8 1 1/ T Galvanised Large Dee Shackle 250 1/ 4 3/ A / 8 1/ 2 1 1/ C / 2 5/ 8 2 1/ E / 8 3/ 4 2 1/ G / 4 7/ 8 2 7/ J / / L / 8 3 3/ N / 8 1 1/ 4 4 1/ Q Zinc-Plated Wire Rope Grips DIN 1142 (DIN 741 and stainless steel also available). I B1 SWL Kg d D S TTC-942 Self-Colour Large Bow Shackle 450 3/ 8 1/ 2 1 5/ A / 2 5/ 8 1 7/ B / 8 3/ 4 2 3/ C / 4 7/ 8 3 3/ D / / E / 8 4 1/ F / 8 1 1/ 4 4 7/ G / 4 1 3/ 8 5 3/ H Galvanised Large Bow Shackle 450 3/ 8 1/ 2 1 5/ A / 2 5/ 8 1 7/ C / 8 3/ 4 2 3/ E / 4 7/ 8 3 3/ G / / J / 8 4 1/ L / 8 1 1/ 4 4 7/ N Collared Eye Bolts - BSW BSW Threaded Manufactured form drop forged high tensile steel. Supplied tested and certified. For Vertical lift only. BS4278. B Thread B Length SWL (kg) TTC-942 1/ A / B / C / D / E / F / G H Dynamo Eye Bolts - Metric Metric Threaded Manufactured form drop forged high tensile steel. Supplied tested and certified. For Vertical lift only. BS4278 B H1 Nominal Rope Dia. B1 H1 I TTC mm A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm G 6.00 Page 1774 Thread B SWL (Kg) TTC-942 5/ C / E / G / J / L / N Q Thread B Length SWL (kg) TTC-942 M A 3.15 M B 3.21 M C 3.57 M D 5.94 M E M F 6.30 M G 6.84 M H M J 62.55

60 UNC Threaded Manufactured form drop forged high tensile steel. Supplied tested and certified. For Vertical lift only. BS4278. Rotating Eyebolts Manufactured form drop forged high tensile steel. Supplied tested and certified. For Vertical lift only. BS4278. Standard Eyebolts Metric Threaded Manufactured form drop forged high tensile steel. Supplied tested and certified. For Vertical lift only. BS Swivel Lifting Points DIN 1142 (DIN 741 and stainless steel also available). Collared Eye Bolts Thread. B SWL (Kg) TTC-942 1/ A / C / E / G / J / L / N Q Thread. B SWL (Kg) TTC-942 M A M C M E M G M J M L M N M Q M S M V Thread. B SWL (Kg) TTC-942 M A M C M E M G M J M L M N M Q Thread. B SWL (Kg) TTC-942 M A M C M E M G M J M L M N M Q M S M V M X Ultralift PLUS A unique mechanism isolates the operating handle while the load is suspended. This ensures the load will not be released while the lifter is under tension. Every lifting magnet has a Safe Working Load (SWL) rating, which is three times less than the actual test load that the lifter has to lift before leaving the factory. Powerful - Constructed using ultra high performance neodymium magnets. Safe - A 3:1 safety factor. Zero Running Costs - Permanent magnet technology requires no energy source. Flexible - 2 pole design enables use on flat and round material. Fast - The Ultralift safely lifts ferrous components in seconds. Floor Saving - Goods are stored closer together - access is needed to the top face only. Gentle - Goods are not marked or damaged. Ultralift LM Magnetic Lifter Rare earth neodymium magnet material provides lightweight, high power performance. No power required which means no additional costs. Safety locking mechanism prevents accidental release of load. One man can attach the load, effortlessly, in seconds. Access is only required to the load s top face allowing more efficient use of your storage and handling areas. Will lift flat section and round section. Ultralift TP Lifting Magnet Specifically designed for lifting thin plate and removing single sheets from a stack. Operating handle works like a car handbrake. A button on the end operates a safety catch which prevents accidental switching while a load is being held. Simply attach the Ultralift TP to the hook of your crane or hoist and you re ready to go. Permanent magnets and manual switching mean no operating costs. Loads can be stored and accessed more efficiently as you only need access to the load s top face to attach the Ultralift TP. Description ECL-943 TP kg -7150R TP kg -7300T ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS 942 Model Safe Working Load (kg) Flat Round Maximum Diameter ECL-943 ULO kg -8012A ULO kg -8025C ULO kg -8050E UL kg -8100C Model Safe Working Load (kg) Flat Round Maximum Diameter ECL-943 LMO kg -5125A LMO kg -5200C LMO kg -5500E LM kg -5600G LM kg -5700J Material Thickness Model 5mm 6mm 8mm 10mm No. SWL Max. Lgth. SWL Max. Lgth. SWL Max. Lgth. SWL Max. Lgth. (kg) (kg) (kg) (kg) TP TP Page 1775

61 945 CASTORS Light Duty Pressed Steel Castors Plate Fixing A range of pressed steel castors for general light duty industrial or institutional applications. Available top plate or bolt hole fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Expanding adaptors for tube fixing are also available as an option with bolt hole castors (see page 1782). Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Overall To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt Height Fixing Bolt x x 38 & 48 x 48 M6 68 M x x 38 & 48 x 48 M6 98 M x x 52 & 58 x 58 M M x x 52 & 58 x 58 M8 153 M12 * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Polypropylene - Plain Bearing Cost effective hard wearing polypropylene wheeled castor with a wide range of general applications and ease of movement. Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) Rubber Non-marking Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Plain Bearing Rubber non-marking tyred castor that slightly cushion the ride and protect flooring. Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) Swivel Top Plate -0210K -0212K -0214K -0216K Swivel Top Plate -0250K -0252K -0254K -0256K Swivel Top Plate with Brake -0200K -0202K -0204K -0206K Swivel Top Plate with Brake -0240K -0242K -0244K -0246K Light Duty Twin Wheel Pressed Steel Castors A range of twin wheel pressed steel castors for general light duty industrial or institutional applications. Available top plate or bolt hole fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Expanding adaptors for tube fixing are also available as an option with bolt hole castors (see page 1782) Polypropylene - Plain Bearing Cost effective hard wearing polypropylene wheeled castor with a wide range of general applications and ease of movement. Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) x x Rubber Non-marking Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Plain Bearing Rubber non-marking tyred castor that slightly cushion the ride and protect flooring. Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) x x Page 1776 Swivel Top Plate -0350K -0352K Swivel Top Plate -0380K -0382K Bolt Hole Fixing Swivel Bolt Hole -0280K -0282K -0284K -0286K Swivel Bolt Hole -0310K -0312K -0314K -0316K Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake -0270K -0272K -0274K -0276K Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake -0300K -0302K -0304K -0306K Plate Fixing Bolt Hole Fixing Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Overall To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt Height Fixing Bolt x x 38 & 48 x 48 M6 71 M x x 38 & 48 x 48 M6 100 M10 * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Swivel Top Plate with Brake -0340K -0342K Swivel Top Plate with Brake -0370K -0372K Swivel Bolt Hole -0410K -0412K Swivel Bolt Hole -0440K -0442K Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake -0400K -0402K Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake -0430K -0432K

62 Light to Medium Duty Pressed Steel Castors A range of pressed steel castors for general light to medium duty industrial or institutional applications. Available top plate or bolt hole fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Expanding adaptors for tube fixing are also available as an option with bolt hole castors (see page 1782). Nylon Wheel - Ball Journal Bearing A slightly rounded nylon tyred wheeled castor complete with ball bearing to greatly assist in manoeuvrability. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Plate Fixing CASTORS 945 Bolt Hole Fixing Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Overall To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt Height Fixing Bolt x x 80 & 72 x 52 M8 102 M x x 80 & 72 x 52 M8 128 M x x 80 & 72 x 52 M8 155 M12 * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Grey Thermoplastic Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Grey non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyred wheeled castor complete with ball bearing to assist in manoeuvrability. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Blue Rubber Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Blue non-marking elastic rubber tyred wheeled castor complete with ball bearing. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Hard wearing polyurethane tyred wheeled castors with ball bearing to give a low rolling resistance. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Page 1777

63 945 CASTORS Medium Duty Pressed Steel Castors A range of pressed steel castors for general medium duty industrial applications. Available top plate or bolt hole fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Expanding adaptors for tube fixing are also available as an option with bolt hole castors. (See page 1782). Nylon Wheel - Roller Bearing Versatile and widely used nylon wheeled castors complete with needle roller bearing wheels. Swivel Top Plate Plate Fixing Bolt Hole Fixing Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Overall To Suit Diameter Height Swivel Fixed Centres* Fixing Bolt Height Fixing Bolt x x x 60 & 77 x 60 M8 105 M x x x 60 & 77 x 60 M8 128 M x x x 60 & 77 x 60 M8 155 M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M M12 * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Black Rubber Tyred Wheel with Polypropylene Centre - Roller Bearing Nylon centred Industrial black rubber tyred wheeled castors complete with needle roller bearing wheels. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Black Rubber Tyred Wheel with Pressed Steel Centre - Roller Bearing Steel centred Industrial black rubber tyred wheeled castors complete with needle roller bearing wheels. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Grey Rubber Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Grey elastic rubber tyred wheeled castors with ball journal bearing for a smooth movement of equipment. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Page 1778

64 Medium Duty Pressed Steel Castors Continued Blue Rubber Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Blue elastic rubber tyred wheeled castors with ball journal bearing for a smooth movement of equipment. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole CASTORS 945 Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Red Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Roller Bearing Durable polyurethane tyred wheeled castors, non marking and protective of flooring. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Medium Duty Pressed Steel Castors A range of pressed steel castors for general medium duty industrial applications. Specifications equate to pre-metric standard sizes still commonly found in many applications. Available top plate fixing and with the option of wheel brake. Nylon Wheel - Roller Bearing Durable polyurethane tyred wheeled castors, non marking and protective of flooring. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Plate Fixing Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole Centres* To Suit Diameter Height Swivel Fixed Swivel Fixed Fixing Bolt x x x x 25 M x x x x 35 M x x x 60 & 80 x x 35 M x x x 80 & 100 x x 48 M10 * Slotted fixing hole where choice of fixing hole centres offered Expanding tube adaptors to suit bolt hole castors Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO B B C C D D D E E E Blue Rubber Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Plain Bearing Blue rubber wheeled standard castors with single ball race swivel head. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO B B C C D D D E E E For square and round tube, M10 and M12 threaded, See Page 1782 Page 1779

65 945 CASTORS Medium to Heavy Duty Pressed Steel Castors A range of pressed steel castors for general medium to heavy duty industrial applications. Available top plate fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Nylon Wheel - Roller Bearing Durable long lasting nylon wheeled castors, the industry benchmark. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Plate Fixing Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Diameter Height Swivel Fixed Centres* Fixing Bolt x x x 60 M x x x 60 M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M10 * Slotted fixing hole where choice of fixing hole centres offered Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO E E E F F F G G G H H H Blue Rubber Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Roller Bearing Blue rubber wheeled standard castors with double ball race swivel head. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Page 1859 Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO E E E F F F G G G H H H Red Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Roller Bearing Hard wearing, polyurethane tyred castors complete with roller bearing. Fit and forget best seller. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO E E E F F F G G G H H H Page 1858 Standard Parts GN 300 GN Also available GN 614 GN 615 GN 617 Page 783 Page 784 Page 787 Page 787 Page 788 GN 237 GN 319 GN 420 GN 5334 GN Page 789 Page 790 Page 791 Page 792 Page 793 Page 1780

66 Heavy Duty Pressed Steel Castors A range of pressed steel castors for heavy duty industrial applications. Available top plate fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. CASTORS Plate Fixing 945 Nylon Wheel - Ball Journal Bearing Heavy Duty ball journal bearing Nylon wheeled castors. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt x x 60 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M12 * Slotted fixing hole where choice of fixing hole centres offered Swivel Top Plate with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K Black Rubber Tyred Wheel with Aluminium Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Black rubber tyred wheeled castors with ball journal bearing, suitable for towing applications. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K Yellow Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Aluminium Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Polyurethane tyred wheeled castors with ball journal bearing, suitable for towing applications. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Can t see what you need? Other sizes and styles are available... Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K Yellow Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Cast Iron Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Polyurethane tyred, cast iron centred wheeled castors with ball journal bearing, suitable for towing applications in tough situations. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K contact your local branch or representative for technical advice and further information Page 1781

67 945 CASTORS Stainless Steel Castors A range of stainless steel castors for corrosive conditions. Available top plate or bolt hole fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Swivel castors are fitted with a swivel head seal. Nylon Wheel - Plain Bore (80, 100 & 125mm) Roller Bearing (150 & 200mm) Popular nylon wheeled stainless steel castors suitable for washdown. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Overall To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt Height Fixing Bolt x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 106 M x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 128 M x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 154 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Swivel Top Plate with Brake Plate Fixing Swivel Bolt Hole Bolt Hole Fixing Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Grey Rubber Tyred Wheel with Polypropylene Centre - Plain Bore (80, 100 & 125mm) Roller Bearing (150 & 200mm) Popular nylon wheeled stainless steel castors suitable for washdown. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Orange Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Plain Bore (80, 100 & 125mm) Roller Bearing (150 & 200mm) Polyurethane tyred stainless steel castors widely used and chemical resistant. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Expanding Tube Adaptors Expanding tube adaptor set for use with any M10 or M12 bolt hole castor. Supplied fitted. Please add expander to Castor. To Suit M10 Bolt Hole Round To Suit M10 Bolt Hole Square To Suit M12 Bolt Hole Round To Suit M12 Bolt Hole Square SUPPLIED FITTED Please add Expander to Castor Expansion Range K K K K K K K K K K K K 2.90 Page 1782

68 High Temperature Castors Plate Fixing Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K -7512K -7514K Swivel Top Plate with Brake Fixed Top Plate K -7470K -7472K -7428K -7430K -7432K Stainless Steel High Temperature Castors Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K -7650K -7652K Fixed Top Plate K -9312K -9314K K -7612K -7614K Swivel Top Plate with Brake -7568K -7570K -7572K Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) FXO E -7101F -7101G -7101H Swivel Bolt Hole -7668K -7670K -7672K Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake K -7590K -7592K Plate Fixing A range of fabricated steel castors for general medium to heavy duty manual handling industrial applications. Available top plate fixing and with the option of total-stop brake or 2-way directional lock for straight line travel (sold separately), suits all sizes. Not suitable for use with braked castor. Swivel Top Plate -9300K -9302K -9304K Bolt Hole Fixing Medium to Heavy Duty Fabricated Steel Castors Nylon Wheel - Roller Bearing Fabricated industrial castor range complete with nylon wheel and roller bearing. Easy swivelling castor. Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Overall To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt Height Fixing Bolt x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 106 M x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 128 M x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 160 M14 * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Swivel Top Plate Swivel Bolt Hole with Brake Swivel Bolt Hole Plate Fixing A range of stainless steel castors for high temperature and corrosive conditions. Available top plate or bolt hole fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Swivel castors are fitted with a swivel head seal. Effective range -40 C to +270 C. Thermoplastic Wheel Plain Bore Stainless steel high temperature castors fitted with thermoplastic wheels and high temperature grease. Bolt Hole Fixing Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Overall To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt Height Fixing Bolt x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 106 M x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 128 M x x 60 & 76 x 55 M8 160 M14 * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Swivel Top Plate 945 A range of castors for high temperature conditions. Available top plate or bolt hole fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Swivel castors are fitted with a swivel head seal. Effective range -40 C to +270 C. Thermoplastic Wheel Plain Bore High temperature castors fitted with thermoplastic wheels and high temperature grease. CASTORS Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x 80 & 105 x 75 M10 * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Fixed Top Plate FXO E -7100F -7100G -7100H Swivel Top Plate with Brake FXO G -7104H Directional Lock (castor not included) FXO Z -7150Z -7150Z -7150Z Page

69 945 CASTORS Medium to Heavy Duty Fabricated Steel Castors Continued Red Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Nylon Centre - Roller Bearing Fabricated industrial castor range complete with polyurethane tyred nylon centred wheel and roller bearing. Easy swivelling castor. Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO E E Z F F Z G G G Z H H H Z Red Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Cast Iron Centre - Roller Bearing Fabricated industrial castor range complete with polyurethane tyred cast iron centred wheel and roller bearing. Easy swivelling castor. Swivel Top Plate Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Top Plate with Brake Directional Lock (castor not included) Directional Lock (castor not included) Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO-945 FXO E E Z F F Z G G G Z H H H Z Heavy Duty Fabricated Steel Castors A range of fabricated steel castors for general medium to heavy duty manual handling industrial applications. Available top plate fixing and with the option of total-stop brake or 2-way directional lock for straight line travel (sold separately), suits all sizes. Not suitable for use with braked castor. Nylon Wheel - Ball Journal Bearing Kingpinless fabricated castors with heavy duty nylon wheels with ball journal bearings. Can be towed. Swivel Top Plate Plate Fixing Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Diameter Height Swivel Fixed Centres* Fixing Bolt x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x x 80 & 105 x 75 M10 * Slotted fixing hole, choice of fixing hole centres Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Directional Lock (castor not included) Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) RVO-945 RVO-9 RVO-9 RVO G G G Z H H H Z J J J Z Polyurethane Tyred Wheel with Cast Iron Centre - Ball Journal Bearing Kingpinless fabricated castors with cast iron centred polyurethane tyred wheels complete with ball bearings. Widely used for towing applications internally and externally. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Directional Lock (castor not included) Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) RVO-945 RVO-945 RVO-945 RVO E E Z F F F Z G G G Z H H H Z J J J Z K K K Z Page 1784

70 Pneumatic Wheeled Castors A range of pressed steel castors affording protection to floor surface and load. 200mm castors (not shown) have ribbed tread style. 260mm castors (illustrated) have patterned tread. Available top plate fixing and with the option of total-stop brake. Pneumatic Tyred Wheel with Polypropylene Centre - Roller Bearing Popular pneumatic tyred wheels with plastic centres. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K Pneumatic Tyred Wheel with Pressed Steel Centre - Roller Bearing Popular pneumatic tyred wheels with steel centres. Swivel Top Plate Fixed Top Plate Swivel Top Plate with Brake CASTORS Plate Fixing Can t see what you need? Other sizes and styles are available Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt x x 80 & 105 x 75 M x x 115 & 135 x 105 M12 * Slotted fixing hole where choice of fixing hole centres Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) K K K K K K Twin Wheel Furniture Castors A range of twin wheel furniture castors with integrated, thumb-wheel operated levelling foot. Available with top plate or thread fixing and with the option of a wheel brake....contact your local branch or representative for technical advice and further information Plate Fixing Thread Fixing Nylon Wheel - Plain Bore Standard furniture castors for your general office furniture and equipment. Swivel Top Plate Wheel Overall Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Overall Fixing Diameter Height Centres* Fixing Bolt Height x x 25.4 M4 59 M8 x (M10 Thread) M10 x 15 Swivel Top Plate with Brake Swivel Thread Swivel Thread with Brake Wheel Dia. Load (kg) K K K K (M10 Thread) K K 1.80 Page 1785

71 945 CASTORS Low Level Twin Wheel Castors A range of castors with high load capacity and minimal overall height. Available with round top plate fixing. Nylon Wheels - Plain bore Low level high load castors where a low centre of gravity is required complete with nylon wheels. Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) RVO (x2) B Steel Wheels - Plain bore Low level high load castors where a low centre of gravity is required complete with steel wheels. Swivel Top Plate Swivel Top Plate Plate Fixing Fixing To Suit Wheel Overall Plate Hole Countersink Diameter Height Centres Screw 50 (M Dia. 51 pcd M6 Polyurethane Tyred Wheels with Steel Centre - Plain Bore Low level high load castors where a low centre of gravity is required complete with polyurethane tyred wheels. Swivel Top Plate Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) RVO (x2) B Wheel Dia. Tread Width Load (kg) RVO (x2) B Castors with Levelling Foot A range of castors with integrated, thumb-wheel operated levelling foot. Nylon Wheel - Plain Bore Castor with integrated levelling foot operated by enclosed thumb-wheel. Swivel Top Plate Swivel Tapped Hole Plate Fixing Tapped Hole Fixing Wheel Tread Hub Dia. Width Width K K K K K K HD K K Wheel Overall Height Plate Fixing Hole To Suit Fixing Hole To Suit Diameter Min. Max. Centres Countersink Centres Countersink x x 42 M6 40 A/F Hex M x x 58 M6 46 A/F Hex M x x 70 M x x 70 M HD x x 70 M x x 70 M Rubber Tyred Wheels Cushion Rubber Tyred Wheel with Polypropylene Centre Red centre, black tyre and choice of plain or roller bearing. Wide Cushion Rubber Tyred Wheel with Polypropylene Centre Red centre, black tyre and choice of plain or roller bearing. Wheel Tread Hub Load Bearing Bearing Diameter Width Width (kg) Bore / 2 Plain -8050K / 4 Plain -8052K Roller -8056K mm Plain -8058K / 2 Plain -8070K / 4 Plain -8072K Plain -8074K Roller -8076K mm Plain -8078K mm Roller -8080K / 4 Plain -8090K Roller -8092K mm Plain -8094K mm Roller -8096K Page 1786 Wheel Tread Hub Load Bearing Bearing Diameter Width Width (kg) Bore Plain -8120K Roller -8122K mm Roller -8124K Plain -8130K Roller -8132K mm Roller -8134K Plain -8140K Roller -8142K mm Roller -8144K Plain -8150K Roller -8152K mm Roller -8154K Plain -8160K Roller -8162K mm Roller -8164K 38.94

72 Rubber Tyred Wheels Continued Extra Wide Rubber Tyred Wheel with Polypropylene Centre Red centre, black tyre. Plain bearing. Cushion Rubber Tyred Wheel with Pressed Steel Centre Zinc coated centre, black tyre and roller bearing. CASTORS 945 Wheel Tread Hub Load Bearing Bearing Diameter Width Width (kg) Bore / 2 Plain -8200K / 4 Plain -8202K Plain -8204K Puncture-proof Microcellular Tyred Wheel with Polypropylene Centre Red centre, black tyre and choice of plain or roller bearing. Light-weight, with benefits of pneumatic tyre but without risk of puncture. Wheel Tread Hub Load Bearing Bearing Diameter Width Width (kg) Bore Roller -8240K Roller -8242K Roller -8244K Roller -8246K Roller -8248K Wide Cushion Rubber Tyred Wheel with Pressed Steel Centre Red centre, black tyre and choice of plain, roller or ball bearing. Wheel Tread Hub Load Bearing Bearing Diameter Width Width (kg) Bore mm Plain -8400K mm Roller -8402K mm Plain -8404K mm Roller -8406K Plain -8408K Roller -8410K mm Plain -8420K mm Roller -8422K mm Plain -8424K mm Roller -8426K Plain -8428K Roller -8430K Wheel Tread Hub Load Bearing Bearing Diameter Width Width (kg) Bore Plain -8300K Roller -8302K mm Roller -8304K Ball -8306K Plain -8320K Roller -8322K mm Roller -8324K Ball -8326K Plain -8340K Roller -8342K mm Roller -8344K Ball -8346K mm Ball -8360K mm Ball -8362K Pneumatic Tyred Wheel with Polypropylene Centre mm wheels (illustrated) have patterned tread mm wheels (not shown) have ribbed tread style. Tyres: 4ply, maximum 30psi. Pneumatic Tyred Wheel with Pressed Steel Centre mm wheels (illustrated) have patterned tread mm wheels (not shown) have ribbed tread style. Tyres: 4ply, maximum 30psi. Wheel Tread Hub Load Bearing Bearing Diameter Width Width (kg) Bore mm Plain -8450K mm Roller -8452K mm Plain -8454K mm Roller -8456K Plain -8458K Roller -8460K mm Plain -8470K mm Roller -8472K mm Plain -8474K mm Roller -8476K Plain -8478K Roller -8480K mm Plain -8490K mm Roller -8492K mm Plain -8494K mm Roller -8496K Plain -8498K Roller -8500K mm Plain -9050K mm Roller -9052K mm Plain -9054K mm Roller -9056K Plain -9058K Roller -9060K mm Plain -9070K mm Roller -9072K mm Plain -9074K mm Roller -9076K Plain -9078K Roller -9080K Wheel Tread Hub Load Bearing Bearing Diameter Width Width (kg) Bore mm Plain -9100K mm Roller -9102K mm Plain -9104K mm Roller -9106K Plain -9108K Roller -9112K mm Plain -9120K mm Roller -9122K mm Plain -9124K mm Roller -9126K Plain -9128K Roller -9130K mm Plain -9140K mm Roller -9142K mm Plain -9144K mm Roller -9146K Plain -9148K Roller -9150K mm Plain -9170K mm Roller -9172K mm Plain -9174K mm Roller -9176K Plain -9178K Roller -9180K mm Plain -9190K mm Roller -9192K mm Plain -9194K mm Roller -9196K Plain -9198K Roller -9200K Page 1787

73 946 FLOOR MATTING Entrance Mat Cost effective entrance mat offering good all round performance. Scrapes dirt and wipes moisture. Slip resistant PVC backing. Colour: Black. Thickness: 7mm. (metre) SSF x 0.9m -8706K x 1.5m -8709K Poly Plush Entrance Mat Traps dirt and debris, protecting interior floors. Quick-drying crush-resistant carpet surface (100% continuous filament Olefin). Slip and stain-resistant PVC backing. Thickness: 9mm. Colours: grey, brown, blue, red, green. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. Colour CBA-946 Grey -2700N Brown -2700R x 0.9m Blue 2.0kg -2700G Red -2700D Green -2700K Grey -2720N Brown -2720R x 1.5m Blue 5.5kg -2720G Green -2720K Red -2720D Grey -2740N Brown -2740R x 1.8m Blue 7.5kg -2740G Green -2740K Red -2740D Cobawash Matting Washable in a domestic washing machine (applicable to sizes 0.60 x 0.85m and 0.85 x 1.20m). Traps up to 90% of tracked-in dirt. Also traps moisture, grit and grease. Holds up to 3,5ltr/m 2 and 800g of dry dust. Bl and fade resistant - 11 year warranty against significant colour loss. Non-skid nitrile rubber backing. Thickness: 9mm. Colour: black/steel, black/brown, black/red, black/blue. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. Fingertip Matting Natural rubber flexible fingers scrape and trap dirt on shoes. Safety bevelled edging for trip prevention. Slip-resistant base holds mat in position. Easy to clean - simply shake out or hose down. Ideal for all weather conditions. Colour: black. Thickness: 16mm. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. CBA x 0.8m 5.75kg -6500A x 1.0m 7kg -6510B x 1.8m 15kg -6520C Cobascrape Matting Manufactured from 100% nitrile that offers resistance to both oils, chemicals and grease. Machine washable. s excellent slip resistance in wet, greasy environments. Ideal for use in front of machine tools and entrance areas. Traps dirt, moisture and grit when used as an entrance mat. Supplied with safety bevelled edges that also assist in containing dirt, moisture and debris. Colour: black only. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. First-Step Contamination Control Matt Manufactured from an anti-microbial agent to protect against the growth of bacteria, mould etc. Adhesive coated surface captures dirt and dust particles. Traps dirt from wheels and pedestrian foot traffic. Disposable layers - peel off soiled sheets to reveal a clean layer. Approved for direct food contact. Colour: white. (Also available in blue and grey) Pack quantity: 4 (30 layers ). : 0.45 x 1.17m. CBA x 1.17m -3730D Clean-Step Matting Protects against dirt and bacterial pollution. Adhesive surface attracts and contains both dust and dirt. Disposable, effective and economical. Simply peel off the used sheet to expose a fresh one. Each refillable pad contains 60 sheets. Colour: white. (Also available in blue and grey). Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. CBA x 0.6m 4.0kg -3700A x 1.3m 4.0kg -3710B Refill Pad (60) 1.0kg -3720C Toughrib Heavy duty ribbing provides channels to capture dirt and debris. Protects carpets and floors from foot traffic damage. 100% solution dyed polypropylene fibre carpet surface. Non-staining vinyl backing. Thickness: 9mm. Colour: grey, red, brown, green, charcoal. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. Colour CBA x 0.85m Black/Blue -6830D x 0.85m Black/Brown -6810B Black/Steel -6850A x 1.20m Black/Red -6870C Black/Blue -6880D x 1.50m Black/Blue -6930D x 1.75m Black/Blue -6980D Page 1788 Tile CBA x 0.75m -6000A x 1.4m -6010B x 1.7m -6030D Colour CBA-946 Grey -7200A x 0.9m Green 2.18kg -7230D Charcoal -7250F Grey -7300A Red -7310B x 1.2m Brown 3.48kg -7320C Charcoal -7350F Grey -7400A x 1.5m Brown 5.2kg -7420C Charcoal -7450F x 1.8m Charcoal 8.72kg -7550F 90.63

74 Anti-Slip/Spillage Matting Manufactured from 100% recycled factory waste. Hard wearing and versatile whilst providing excellent slip resistance. Its two layer tubular construction allows for fast drainage of any water or oils that may be in the workplace. Colour: black 946 FLOOR MATTING Anti-Slip Matting Light, comfortable and economical matting. Insulates against cold floors, reduces standing fatigue and provides excellent slip resistance. (DIN R11) Floorline is suitable for areas where occasional spillage may occur. Dimensions 0.5m x 10m -7160K Roll 0.75m x 10m -7170K m x 10m -7180K m x 0.9m -7190K Matt 1m x 1.2m -7200K SSF Barefoot Wet Room Matting Warm, comfortable, self draining safety matting for barefoot applications. The soft embossed surface combined with anti-bacterial and anti-fungal additives and excellent drainage, offers a safe solution for shower rooms, poolside and changing areas. Colour Dimensions Red Blue Red Blue -7010K K K K K K K K Roll 0.6m x 10m Roll 0.9m x 10m Roll 0.6m x 10m Roll 0.9m x 10m Mat 0.6m x 0.9m Mat 0.9m x 1.2m Mat 0.6m x 0.9m Mat 0.9m x 1.2m SSF Ultimate Anti Slip Matting The deep tread pattern of Vynagrip offers superior grip, and combined with a high liquid drainage, makes it the ultimate slip resistant matting solution. Vynagrip is resistant to most oils and chemicals making it suitable for the harshest environments. Oxford Blue Colour Dimensions 0.5m x 10m -7500K Ocean Blue 1m x 10m -7510K m x 10m -7520K m x 10m -7530K Oxford Blue 1m x 10m -7540K m x 10m -7550K m x 10m -7560K Charcoal Grey 1m x 10m -7570K m x 10m -7580K SSF K K K K K K K K K Colour Dimensions Roll 0.6m x 10m Red Roll 0.9m x 10m Roll 1.2m x 10m Roll 0.6m x 10m Blue Roll 0.9m x 10m Roll 1.2m x 10m Roll 0.6m x 10m Black Roll 0.9m x 10m Roll 1.2m x 10m SSF Page 1789

75 946 FLOOR MATTING Anti-Fatigue Matting Standing on a hard floor for prolonged periods without anti-fatigue matting can cause pain and discomfort in the lower legs, feet and back. Fatigue reduces concentration and therefore productivity. Anti-fatigue matting will increase comfort and productivity for workers who stand for long periods and substantially reduces stress, tiredness, aches and pains from standing on hard floors at work. Introducing anti fatigue matting into the workplace can provide staff with a more comfortable environment, which in turn encourages increased efficiency, concentration and productivity. Diamond Zone Manufactured from extremely hardwearing rubber capable of operating in high temperature environments. Diamond surface provides greater traction with extended wear and can be easily cleaned. Interlocking tile system enables the user to produce any required length. Also offers insulation against cold floors. Colour: black. Thickness: 12.5mm. Ortho Lite Cost effective anti fatigue matting. s the user relief from fatigue caused by standing. Insulates against cold concrete floors. Ideal for use in dry environments. Pebble surface provides additional traction. Colour: charcoal. Thickness: 6mm. Bubble Stand Anti Fatigue Mat Ideal for dry environments. Bubble surface stimulates constant foot movement to increase blood circulation. Ramped edges for additional safety. Colour: Black. Thickness: 14mm. Thickness SSF mm 700 x D Work Mat Hard-wearing SBR rubber construction. Raised circular surface for superior slip resistance - suitable for wet conditions. Features a moulded bevelled edge to reduce tripping. Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 Category R10. Colour: black. Thickness: 10mm. Thickness SSF x E mm 900 x F Knee Saver Mat Manufactured from a closed cell PVC/nitrile blend. Reduces knee pain and lower back stress caused by regular kneeling, ideal for pain relief during floor fitting. SSF x F x H Ribbed Mat Durable mat, manufactured from hardwearing natural rubber. Fine ribbed surface has effective slip-resistance. Provides insulation from cold concrete floors. Can also be used on workbenches to prevent component damage. Colour: black. Thickness: 3mm. SSF x 0.9m -8520K x 1.2m -8523K Premium Anti Fatigue Mat Heavy duty with Diamond Tread top surface. Comfortable foam backing. Manufactured with two yellow borders and ramped edges all round for additional safety. Colour: Black. Thickness: 12.5mm. Resistant to oils and chemicals. Colour: black. SSF x 360 x R Page 1790 Thickness SSF-946 3mm 900 x P SSF x 1.5m -8716K x 3.0m -8719K

76 Safety Orthomat Matting Designed to reduce operator fatigue. Yellow borders create a highly visible safety warning helping to prevent accidents. Rolls are manufactured from 100% closed cell vinyl foam. Ideal for use when standing for long periods. Thickness: 9mm. Colour: charcoal c/w yellow border. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. CBA x 0.9m 3.0kg -1310F x 1.5m 5.0kg -1300E x 18.3m 54.0kg -1010B x per linear m 2.95kg -1320G Orthomat Ribbed Matting Designed to reduce operator fatigue. Durable fluted surface for demanding industrial applications. Rolls are manufactured from 100% closed cell vinyl foam. Insulates against cold concrete floors. Easily cleaned with a mild detergent. Thickness: 9mm. Colour: grey only. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. Orthomat Ultimate The ultimate foam anti-fatigue mat, designed to withstand virtually any manufacturing environment. The mat is encapsulated in revolutionary PolyNit material that is resilient to most oils and chemicals found in engineering. Soft foam centre layer creates a very comfortable surface to reduce tiredness and health issues associated with prolonged standing. Raised diamond surface provides additional underfoot grip for enhanced safety. A high quality anti-fatigue mat delivering allround performance. Fire test classification of DFL-s1 according to BS EN :2002. Conforms to slip resistance Tested DIN 51130:2010 R11. Three year guarantee for normal and moderate use. Thickness: 10mm. Colour: black. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. CBA x 0.9m 2.9kg -1330G x 1.5m 7.2kg -1331H x 18.3m 27.0kg -1332J m x per linear m 1.5kg -1333K Fatigue Fighter II Manufactured from a unique, extremely hard wearing, fused dual-layered PVC. Features a high density PVC top foam surface that offers greater durability. Low-density bottom surface offers excellent fatigue relief properties. Anti-fatigue Plus stimulates blood circulation and reduces stress in the lower back and leg muscles. Colour: black only. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. 946 FLOOR MATTING Orthomat Anti-Fatigue Matting Designed to reduce operator fatigue. Rolls are manufactured from 100% closed cell vinyl foam. Insulates against cold concrete floors. Ideal for assembly lines and packaging areas. Pebble surface allows ease of cleaning. Thickness: 9mm. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. Colour CBA x 1.5 m 5.00kg -1200C Charcoal 0.9 x 18.3m 50.0kg -1000A m x per linear m 2.95kg -1220G Grey 0.9 x 1.5m 0.9 x 0.6m 5.00kg 2.00kg -1205J -1215F Orthomat Safety Ribbed Matting Rolls of closed cell vinyl sponge designed to reduce operator fatigue. Yellow borders create a highly visible safety warning helping to prevent accidents. Durable fluted surface for demanding industrial applications. Thickness: 9mm. Colour: grey with yellow borders. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. CBA x 0.9m 3.0kg -0610F x 1.5m 5.0kg -0600E Orthomat Diamond Anti-Fatigue Manufactured from 100% close cell PVC. Diamond pattern provides additional underfoot grip. Designed to offer comfortable underfoot cushioning. Reduces pressure pain caused by prolonged standing to the feet, legs and back. Encourages healthier blood circulation. Ideal for assembly areas and packing stations. Thickness: 9mm. Colour: black, black/yellow. CBA x 0.9m 3.0kg -0510D x 1.5m 5.0kg -0500C x 18.3m 54.0kg -0390A CBA x 0.9m 3kg -3810A x 18.3m 47kg -3820B x 1.5m 6kg -3830C x 3.65m 15kg -3850E m x per linear m 1.6kg -3880H Colour CBA x 0.9m 2.0kg -4200A x 1.5m Black 5.0kg -4210B x 1.5m 5.0kg -4310B x per Black/ linear metre Yellow 3.0kg -4330D Page 1791

77 946 FLOOR MATTING K-Mat Matting 100% nitrile mat with excellent resistance to grease, oils, fats and detergents. xanti-microbial properties inhibit bacteria growth. Machine washable. Ideal for food processing/ manufacturing environments. Raised, cross-grip surface for exceptional slip-resistance. Open holes for efficient drainage of spilt liquids. Effective anti-fatigue properties. Colour: black. Height: 9mm. CBA x 850mm -4182H Fatigue Step Grit Top Matting Extremely robust interlocking tiles for heavy duty use. Made from Nitrile for excellent resistance to oils and chemicals. Carbide bonded grit top surface provides exceptional grip even in oily conditions. Provides high levels of comfort underfoot to relieve fatigue. Open holes for efficient drainage of spilt liquids. Colour: black. Height: 19mm Optional extras: yellow bevelled edging.. CBA x G Optional Extras Female Edge/Corner -3466F Male Edge/Corner -3466M Solid Fatigue Step Matting New improved system no longer requires separate connectors and all edge pieces now have one built-in corner that can be cut off if used along a run. Can withstand temperatures up to 160 C. Manufactured from extremely durable rubber. Designed to offer the highest comfort factor. Tiles interlock to form a mat size and shape of your choice. Ideal for use where operators are standing for prolonged periods. Optional extras: bevelled edge units (black or yellow). : 0.9 x 0.9m. Thickness: 17mm. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery Description CBA-946 Black Matting 10.00kg -3300H Optional Extras Black Female Edge/Corner -3461D Black Male Edge/Corner -3461H Yellow Female Edge/Corner -3464E Yellow Male Edge/Corner -3464J Fatigue Step Matting Can withstand spillage of molten glass. Gives a safe operating surface as debris falls through the matting. Made from hard wearing rubber. Soft resilient material offers excellent fatigue relief. Slipresistant interlocking tiles form mat size and shape of your choice. Optional extras: bevelled edge units (black or yellow). : 0.9 x 0.9m. Thickness: 19mm. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. Description CBA-946 Black Matting 10.00kg -3500P Optional Extras Black Female Edge/Corner -3461D Black Male Edge/Corner -3461H Yellow Female Edge/Corner -3464E Yellow Male Edge/Corner -3464J Page 1792 Anti-Fatigue Ramp Mat Hard-wearing SBR rubber construction. Raised circular surface for superior slip resistance - suitable for wet conditions. Features a moulded bevelled edge to reduce tripping. Thickness: 14mm. Colour: black. : 0.9 x 1.5m (edged all round). Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 Category R10. Colour CBA x 1.5m Black 10.65kg -8300A High Duty Matting Tiles made from high quality rubber with raised holes to allow drainage of liquids and debris offering a safe operating surface. Tiles can be interlocked to provide coverage of any desired length. Raised circular surface offers slip resistance in all directions. : 900 x 1500 x 12.5mm thick. Colour: black only. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. CBA-946 All edges 10.5kg -3100A long, 1 short 10.5kg -3110B long 10.5kg -3120C short, 1 long 10.5kg -3130D short 10.5kg -3140E Worksafe Matting Manufactured from extremely hard wearing rubber. Gives a safe operating surface as debris falls through the matting. Designed to reduce operator fatigue and reduce slipping. Blue mat is suitable for use where aggressive machine oils are in use. : 900 x 1500mm. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. CBA-946 Black 12.0kg -1480L Blue 12.0kg -1490M

78 Deckplate Resistant to many industrial chemicals. Diamond surface provides greater traction with extended wear and can be easily cleaned. Foam backed designed to relieve operator fatigue. Bevelled edges to prevent accidents and allow easy access for trolleys. Thickness: 14mm. Colour: black only. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. CBA x 0.9m 5.0kg -2900A x 1.5m 9.0kg -2901B x 3.0m 18.0kg -2902C Safety Deckplate Resistant to many industrial chemicals. Yellow borders create a highly visible safety warning helping to prevent accidents. Diamond surface provides greater traction with extended wear and can be easily cleaned. Foam backed designed to relieve operator fatigue. Bevelled edges to prevent accidents and allow easy access for trolleys. Thickness: 14mm. Colour: black with yellow edges. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. Diamond Tread Matting Ideal safety matting for welding bays. Heavy duty diamond tread top surface for extended wear. Comfortable foam backing offers superior fatigue relief. Flame retardant top surface - fire test classification of Cfl-s1. Ideal for welding bays and demanding industrial use. Supplied with ramped edges all round. Colour: black. Height: 12.5mm. CBA m x 0.9m -4192C m x 1.5m -4194G m x 18.3m -4194L x per linear metre (max.18.3m) -4194P Fluted Anti-Fatigue Foam back offers fatigue relief over long periods. Durable PVC fluted surface for demanding industrial applications. Bevelled edges to prevent accidents and allow easy access for trolleys. Thickness: 10mm. Colour: black only. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. CBA x 0.9m 3.0kg -0200A x 1.5m 7.0kg -0210B x 3.0m 12.0kg -0220C Comfort Lok Matting Manufactured from extremely hardwearing rubber capable of operating in high temperature environments. Diamond surface provides greater traction with extended wear and can be easily cleaned. Interlocking tile system enables the user to produce any required length. Also offers insulation against cold floors. : 0.7 x 0.8m. Thickness: 12.5mm. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. 946 FLOOR MATTING Tough-Lock Eco Floor Tiles Made from 100% recycled PVC. Smart interlocking tile, studded surface design, effective for refurbishing floors. Suitable for heavy and light industrial use, as well as commercial locations. Can withstand the weight of most forklift trucks. Pack quantity: 4 Product height: 5mm Dimensions CBA-946 Tile 500 x 500mm -8780A Bevelled edge 500 x 500mm -8782C Bevelled 500 x 585mm corner edge -8784E Bubblemat Manufactured from a hard wearing rubber compound. Bubble surface consistently stimulates blood circulation to reduce fatigue. Insulates against cold concrete floor. Ideal for use where an operator is standing in a static position for long periods. Available in two standard sizes complete with bevel edges plus middle and end pieces for longer runs. Please allow 5-7 days for delivery. CBA x 0.9m 7.0kg -4140A x 1.2m 14.0kg -4141B x 0.9m End Piece 7.0kg -4150C x 0.9m Mid Piece 14.0kg -4160D GripSafe Ideal for work benches and lining draws. Cushions and protects. Easy to cut and trim to shape. Machine washable. Colour: black. CBA x 1.5m 9.0kg -2911F x 3.0m 18.0kg -2912G Tile CBA-946 Middle Section 5.0kg -4100L End Section 5.0kg -4110M Edged All Round 5.0kg -4120N CBA x 10m 3kg -5560A Page 1793

79 946 FLOOR MATTING Work Deck Interlocking polyethylene floor tile. Ideal for machine tool environments and many other industrial areas. Grid design allows swarf and liquid to drain through the tile. Insulates feet from cold, hard concrete floors. Suitable for trucks and trolleys. Easy to fit and clean. Edges and corners available as an optional extra. Heavy duty tile with a point loading of 40,000kg/m 2. Temperature resistant - 10 C - 80 C. Product height 25mm. Delivery 5-7 days. Cobamat Roll - Inter Hole size: 30 x 10mm, thickness 12mm. Easy to clean with mild detergent and/or steam cleaned. s user comfort even in barefoot applications. Cross ribbed in both directions for added grip. Gives a safe operating surface as debris falls through the matting. Easily cut to any shape. Gives added grip in wet/oily areas. Optional extras: bevelled safety edging (factory fitted). Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. Cobamat Roll - Light Hole size: 30 x 30mm, thickness 12mm. Cross ribbed in both directions for added grip. Designed to reduce operator fatigue. Gives a safe operating surface as debris falls through the matting. Insulates the operator from the cold concrete floor. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. Colour CBA x Blue -8960B m (Tile) Orange 4kg -8960P Green -8960F x Blue -8970B 5.84 (Edge) Orange 0.3kg -8970P 5.84 Green -8970F mm 2 Blue -8980B 3.50 (Corner) Orange 0.1kg -8980P 3.50 Green -8980F 3.50 Workstation Matting Manufactured from flexible vinyl, thickness 12mm. Yellow borders create a highly visible safety warning helping to prevent accidents. Cross ribbed in both directions for added grip. Colour: black with yellow bevelled edges. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. Standard Duty Colour CBA-946 Black -2145A mm x 5m Red Blue -2145D -2145G Green -2145K Black -2160A mm x 5m Red Blue -2160D -2160G Green -2160K Black -2170A mm x 10m Blue -2170G Green -2170K Cobamat Roll - Heavy Hole size: 22 x 10mm, thickness 12mm. Close pitch hole allows the use of trucks and trolleys. Meets the DIN 4102 specification for flame retardancy. Resists most industrial oils and chemicals. Ideal for high traffic flow areas, along main production lines and walkways. Gives a safe operating surface as debris falls through the matting. Optional extras: bevelled safety edging (factory fitted). Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. Other colours are available. Ask for details. Colour CBA mm x 5m Black Blue -2000A -2000G mm x 5m Black Blue -2020A -2020G mm x 5m Black -2035A mm x 10m Blue -2010G mm x 10m Black -2030A Blue -2030G Cobamat Roll - Standard Hole size: 22 x 22mm, thickness 12mm. Flame retardant to DIN Resistant to mild acids and alkalis. Conforms to the BIA anti-slip test. Cross ribbed in both directions for added grip. Relieves operator fatigue. Gives a safe operating surface as debris falls through the matting. Reversible. Optional extras: bevelled safety edging (factory fitted) and fixing blocks. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. CBA x 1.2m -1440A Standard-Duty 1.0 x 1.5m -1441B x 1.8m -1442C Heavy Duty CBA x 1.2m -1450A Heavy-Duty 1.0 x 1.5m -1451B x 1.8m -1452C Page 1794 Colour CBA mm x 5m Black Red -2210A -2210D Black -2230A mm x 5m Red -2230D Blue -2230G mm x 5m Black Blue -2250A -2250G Other colours are available. Ask for details. Colour CBA mm x 5m Black -2060A Blue -2060G mm x 5m Black Blue -2080A -2080G mm x 5m Black -2095A mm x 10m Black -2070A Blue -2070G mm x 10m Black Blue -2090A -2090G mm x 10m Blue -2100G

80 Cobarib Mat Fine fluted multi-purpose rubber matting. Ideal for protecting vehicle interiors from soiling. Fluted surface provides grip and comfort for safer travelling, helps to prevent cargo from slipping. Supplied in rolls that can be easily cut to any shape. Easy to clean and install. Thickness: 3mm. : 0.9 x 2.5m. Unimat Drainable rubber runner manufactured from hard wearing rubber construction. Anti-slip properties are ideal for wet environments. Fully reversible for extended wear. Insulates against cold concrete floors. Colour: black only. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. 946 FLOOR MATTING Static Dissipative Matting Essential for all areas that are static sensitive, grounded via a 10mm male stud fitted to the mat. Rolls are manufactured from 100% static dissipative closed cell vinyl. Also offers fatigue relief. Colour: grey only. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. CBA x 2.5m -5320D Cobadot Vinyl Hard wearing floor surface manufactured from PVC. Suitable for industrial, commercial and leisure environments. Provides insulation from concrete floors. Can be loose laid or bonded to the floor. Thickness: 2mm. Colours: black and navy. Delivery 7-10 days. Colour CBA x Black 50kg -5050A m roll Navy 50kg -5051B x Black 5kg -5060A linear m Navy 5kg -5061B Solid Vinyl Matting Excellent chemical resistance. Rolls manufactured from resilient PVC. Effective sound insulation properties. Embossed pyramid surface for added grip. Economical and versatile rolls of loose lay matting. Thickness: 3mm. Colour: black only. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. CBA x 0.5m 34kg -3220B x 10m 68kg -3230C Rubber Runners Made from hard wearing fine fluted rubber. Ideal for walkways and acts as an insulator against a cold concrete floor. Also used on work bench surfaces for protection against damaged parts. Colour: black only. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. CBA x 0.9m 3.0kg -3910K x 1.5m 5.0kg -3920L Electrical Switchboard Matting Black rubber matting suitable for use in high voltage areas. Specifically designed for use in front of open switchboards and high voltage equipment. Manufactured from hard wearing rubber that ensures safety for operators from electric shocks. Available in 6mm thickness tested to 11,000V for 450V rated working. 9mm available on request. Please allow 5-7 working days for delivery. Thick x Wide x Long CBA-946 6mm x 0.9 x 10m 60kg -4810A COBAswitch BS Electrical Insulating Matting Ideal for use in front of switchboards and high voltage equipment. Ribbed surface offers traction underfoot. Resistant to acid, oil, and low temperature. Manufactured with colour coded tape to depict the classification on the reverse of the matting. Working voltage; 3mm Class 0 1kV, 4mm Class 2 17kV. Conforms to BS EN 61111:2009 Product height: 5mm CBA x 5m 23.0kg -1390F x 10m 46.0kg -1400G Thickness CBA x 5m 15kg -1710A x 10m 1.2 x 5m 30kg 20kg -1720B -1730C x 10m 40kg -1740D x 5m 30kg -1760E x 10m 1.2 x 5m 60kg 40kg -1770F -1780G x 10m 80kg -1790H Class Thickness CBA mm 1m x 2m -0075A mm 1m x 1m 1m x 2m -0080G -0084K Page 1795

81 947 PVC STRIP CURTAINS PVC Strip Curtains Made-to-measure cutain kit - individual strips or full rolls. PVC Strip Curtains are used as internal and external thermal partitions, but can also act as a barrier to fumes,dust, flying insects, birds etc. They can be used to reduce noise levels between production areas and quiet areas, i.e. Quality Control in factories. Made from a high quality, low toxic, cadmium-free material they have extremely good clarity and consistency of colour and dimensional tolerances. Buffer type strips are available for extreme conditions where Standard material may have a more limited lifespan. Order a Complete Curtain Kit To order a made-to-measure PVC strip curtain with all the required accessories, please follow these simple steps: 1. Measure height and width of door opening. 2. Choose either Face or Soffit fixing (see A). 3. Choose a (see B). 4. Choose a Strip Width (see table). 5. Choose an Overlap amount (see C). 6. Decide whether you need red Marker strips either side. Strip Width Thickness Overlap Options Standard 200mm 2mm MIN or MAX 300mm 2mm MIN or MAX 300mm 3mm MIN or MAX 400mm 4mm MIN or MAX Polar 200mm 2mm MIN, MED or MAX 300mm 3mm MIN, MED or MAX 400mm 4mm MIN, MED or MAX Buffer 200mm 2mm MIN, MED or MAX 300mm 3mm MIN, MED or MAX 400mm 4mm MIN, MED or MAX Marker 200mm 2mm MIN, MED or MAX 300mm 3mm MIN, MED or MAX Welding 300mm 2mm MIN, MED or MAX A Face Fixing Soffit Fixing Order Individual Strips To order made-to-measure PVC strips with hangers preattached, please follo w these simple steps: 1. Measure height of door opening. 2. Choose a (see B). 3. Choose a Strip Width (see table). 4. Specify the number of strips required B s Ref. 1 Standard 2 Buffer 3 Polar 4 Red Marker 5 Green Welding Contact your Local Branch for more details Order a Full 50m Roll Strip Width Thickness CBA mm 2mm -0010A Standard 300mm 2mm -0020A mm 3mm -0030A mm 4mm -0040A mm 2mm -0050A Buffer 300mm 3mm -0060A mm 4mm -0070A mm 2mm -0080A Polar 300mm 3mm -0090A mm 4mm -0100A Marker 200mm 300mm 2mm 3mm -0110A -0120A Welding 300mm 2mm -0130A Page 1796 C Overlap Options MIN MED MAX

82 Commercial Black General-purpose grade for water service and dilute chemicals. Low cost waterproof seals, gaskets. 68 shore A hardness. Tensile strength at break: 3.0 Mpa. Elongation at break: 200%. Insertion Rubber Similar properties to standard commercial but embedded textile reinforcement offers increased tensile strength and tear resistance. 68 shore A hardness. Tensile strength at break: 2.5 Mpa. Elongation at break: 200%. M228 EPDM Rubber EPDM RUBBER is ideal for outdoor application because of its excellent resistance to ozone, oxidants and severe weather conditions. 67 shore A hardness. Tensile strength at break: 5 Mpa. Elongation at break: 300%. Shotblast Rubber A cost-effective, abrasion-resistant rubber. 62 shore A hardness. Tensile strength at break: 10 Mpa. Elongation at break: 350%. 946 RUBBER SHEETING Nitrile Rubber Excellent resistance to oils, fuels, petroleum, most solvents. Good abrasion resistance. 62 shore A hardness. Tensile strength at break: 5 Mpa. Elongation at break: 200%. Neoprene Rubber Good resistance to material oils, greases, dilute acids and alkalis. Good ageing and weathering properties make it suitable for outdoor applications. 65 shore A hardness. Tensile strength at break: 6 Mpa. Elongation at break: 250%. CBA-946 Width Length Thickness Commercial Insertion M228 Shotblast Nitrile Neoprene Black Rubber EPDM Rubber Rubber Rubber Rubber 1.5mm -5600A A A A A m 10m 3mm 4.5mm -5601B -5602C B -5752C B B C C B C B -5802C mm -5603D D D D D D mm -5604E mm -5605F E E m 5m 12mm -5606G F F F mm -5607H G mm -5608J H CBA-946 Width Length Thickness Commercial Insertion M228 Shotblast Nitrile Neoprene per Black Rubber EPDM Rubber Rubber Rubber Metre Rubber 1.5mm -5620A A A A A mm -5621B B B B B B mm -5622C C C C C C Per 6mm -5623D D D D E D m Linear 8mm -5624E Metre 10mm -5625F E E mm -5626G F F F mm -5627H G mm -5628J H Food Quality White Rubber White, non-marking rubber manufactured with FDA approved ingredients. Use in all food and beverage industries or sealing applications. Avoid vegetable/animal oils. 62 shore A hardness. Tensile strength at break: 4 Mpa. Elongation at break: 300%. Para Shotblast Rubber Tan coloured natural rubber. Outstanding resistance to wear and abrasion-used as protective screening in shotblasting applications but also used in strip or gasket form where durability is essential. 45 shore A hardness. Tensile strength at break: 15 Mpa. Elongation at break: 400%. Width Length Thickness CBA m 10m 1.5mm -5700A m 10m 03mm -5701B m 10m 04mm -5702C m 10m 06mm -5703D m 5m 10mm -5704E Width Length Thickness CBA m Per Linear Metre 1.5mm -5720A m Per Linear Metre 03mm -5721B m Per Linear Metre 04mm -5722C m Per Linear Metre 06mm -5723D m Per Linear Metre 10mm -5724E Width Length Thickness CBA m 10m 03mm -5901B m 10m 06mm -5903D m 5m 10mm -5904E m 5m 12mm -5905F Width Length Thickness CBA m Per Linear Metre 03mm -5921B m Per Linear Metre 06mm -5923D m Per Linear Metre 10mm -5924E m Per Linear Metre 12mm -5925F Page 1797

83 949 ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Door Controls This comprehensive range of Door Controls feature varying power sized units for many different door applications. They come with a choice of architectural covers which are available in 26 different plated or colour coated finishes. To help select the correct closer for you, unit has a listing showing their key features, certification numbers and fire ratings. Plated arms are available on certain units only, and test certificates are available upon request. BS EN1154 Classification This standard classifies door closers using a six digit coding system. Each digit relates to a particular feature of the product measured against the standards performance requirements. Digit (1) - Category of use: 3 denotes the unit is for closing doors from at least denotes the unit is for closing doors from 180 open. Digit (2) - Durability: 8 successfully completed 500,000 test cycles. Digit (3) - Test door mass/size: Seven grades are identified as shown in the table below (where a closer provides a range of power sizes both the minimum and maximum sizes shall be shown): Power size Test door mass Recommended door leaf width 1 20kg 750mm 2 40kg 850mm 3 60kg 950mm 4 80kg 1100mm 5 100kg 1250mm 6 120kg 1400mm 7 160kg 1600mm Budget Contract Door Closer 3 Mechanism Silver finish. CE tested. Closing force size 3 (EN1154). Maximum door width 950mm. Suitable for doors 40-60kg. Adjustable latch action. Fire tested to BS EN One hour fire rated. Self handing (fits to left or right hinged doors). 180 opening (retains control of door when opened 180 ). (NOT for use on fire doors). Fire tested to EN1634: 1 1/ 2 hours. Power size: 2-4. Architectural cover: mechanism only or 92 cover. Latch action: adjustable. Backcheck: no. Delayed action: no. Guarantee: 10 years K (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Page 1798 CF600 Description Mechanism only Silver -4030K Covered Unit Silver -4040K Break Glass Key Box Key box with a Snap-fit secure seal. Safe for food areas, schools, swimming pools, etc Diameter: 110mm Depth: 35mm Description Key Box -2430K Spare Glass -2440K K Overhead Door Closer 2-4 Mechanism Silver or plated finish. CE tested. Certifire approved CF600. Closing force size 3-4 (EN1154). Maximum door width mm. Suitable for doors 40-80kg. Fire tested to BS EN1634. One hour fire rated. Adjustable check action. Independent on/off latch action. Self handing (fits to left or right hinged doors). 180 opening (retains control of door when opened 180 ). (NOT for use on fire doors). Fire tested to EN1634: 2 hours. Power size: 3-4. Architectural cover: 91. Check action: adjustable. Backcheck: yes. Delayed action: yes. Guarantee: 10 years CF (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Digit (4) - Fire behaviour: 0 denotes the unit is NOT suitable for use on fire/smoke doors. 1 denotes the unit IS suitable for use on fire/smoke doors. Digit (5) - Safety in use: 1 all door closer units are required to satisfy the essential requirement of safety in use. Digit (6) - Corrosion-resistance: 0 - indicates no defined corrosion-resistance, 1 - indicates mild corrosion-resistance, 2 - indicates a moderate level of corrosion-resistance, 3 - indicates high corrosion-resistance, 4 - indicates very high corrosion-resistance. Within this section units have been tested to BS EN1154, with many units also having been tested to current Certified testing and CE test criteria. Therefore, the six digit classification is shown against of the varying units, thus indicating their performance and grading under BS EN K Description Covered Unit Silver -4010K Covered Unit Plated -4020K Fire Door Signs Fire doors need to be marked with signs identifying them as fire doors and to notify people that the doors need to be closed. Description Door Keep Shut -2100K 1.94 Door Keep Locked -2130K 1.94 Door Keep Locked Shut -2160K 1.94 Hammer and Chain Suitable for break glass call points, key boxes and panic bolts. Description Hammer & chain -2450K Concealed Chain Door Closer Brass finish. Concealed spring type closer. Spring tension closing force adjustable. Certified to BS 476 Pt. 22: / 2 hour fire rated. Left or right hand fitting. Suitable for use on doors up to 50kg. Chrome -4070K 4.41 Brass -4080K 4.66 Electro-Magnetic Fire Stay Silver or plated finish. Electro-magnetic holds open fire doors but releases in the event of fire. Closing force size 4 (EN1155). Maximum door width mm. Suitable for doors 60-80kg. Adjustable check action. Adjustable latch action. Hold open from CF (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) -4060K Description Covered Unit Silver -4050K Covered Unit Plated -4060K Panic REDLAM Bolt Aluminium panic bolt fitted with ceramic tube. For securing fire and emergency exit doors. Bolt length: 165mm Description Panic Bolt -2400K Ceramic Tube -2420K 4.34

84 Push Pad Panic Latch Suitable for offices, business premises etc. Certified for use on fire doors. CE marked for safety. Tested to BS EN 179 and EN1125. Two hour fire rated. Outside Access Device Suitable for use on fire doors. Supplied with euro cylinder. Three keys included. Two hour fire rated. 949 ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Panic Hardware This panic hardware range of emergency exit devices contains products that are certified to the European CEN standards BS EN179 & BS EN1125 and offers a design to give optimum safety and security. All products meet with the required standards in today s market. They have an anti-thrust mechanism to protect against attack, carry a ten year manufacturer s guarantee and are two hour fire rated. Standard sized units are suitable for doors up to 2440mm high and 1220mm wide. Special sized vertical shoots, horizontal bars, keeps and pullman catch kits are available on request. BS EN1125 Classification This is the European standard for Panic Exit Devices. This determines that a Panic device must be fitted where members of the public are present and have no prior knowledge of the exit or hardware. BS EN179 Classification This is the European standard for Emergency Exit Devices. This determines that in emergency situations occupants will have prior knowledge of the exit and panic situation is unlikely to occur. Each standard is tested and evaluated and a 9 digit code is produced. BS EN 1125 & BS EN 179 are harmonised under the Construction Products Directive and products must therefore carry the CE mark. Push Bar Panic Latch Suitable for public areas. Certified for use on fire doors. CE marked for safety. Tested to BS EN 179 and EN1125. Two hour fire rated. Silver -6010K Push Bar Single Panic Bolt Suitable for single and double flush fitting doors. Certified for use on fire doors. CE marked for safety. Tested to BS EN 179 and EN1125. Two hour fire rated. Silver -6020K Push Pad Panic Bolt Suitable for offices, business premises etc. Certified for use on fire doors. CE marked for safety. Tested to BS EN 179 and EN1125. Two hour fire rated. Silver -6040K Double Panic Bolt Set Suitable for rebated double doors. Certified for use on fire doors. CE marked for safety. Tested to BS EN 179 and EN1125. Two hour fire rated. Silver -5990K Door Holder with Alarm Dorgard Electronic, self-contained device that automatically releases the fire door when it recognises the sound of a fire alarm. Easy to install, no wiring required. Silver -6030K Intumescent Seals Self adhesive fire door seals to fit into the recess on fire doors or frames. BS 476 part 22 & 31.1 : 10 x 4mm x 2.1 metre. Silver -6000K Intumescent Fire Rated Letter Boxes Fitted with an intumescent liner around the telescopic sleeve section of the letterplate. BS 476 part 22 & 31.1 : 300mm. Description Door Holder with Alarm -2350K Colour White Brown Fire Only -1840K -1850K White Fire & -1860K 1.83 Brown Smoke -1870K 1.83 Hinge Strip -1880K 5.28 Description SAA (Aluminium) -1910K Brass -1920K Chrome -1930K Page 1799

85 949 ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Digital Door Locks Digital door locks suitable for: offices, banks, warehouses, laboratories, schools, hospitals, flats, apartments or any restricted areas. Features: Resettable combination. Tamperproof latch bolt. Weather resistant. Simple to fit. Internal and external applications. Available with or without key override Push Button Digital Lock Control access to your premises. Digital push button lock that requires no wiring. Ideal for preventing access to high security areas. Body Key Lock Override Satin Chrome No -5020K Satin Chrome Yes -5040K Description SEK-820 Chrome -0010K Flush Bolts For that added security, fit these flush bolts to the top and bottom of any external wooden door. ed in aluminium, stainless steel and brass. : 200mm. Night Latch - Traditional Supplied complete with cylinder, fixings and three keys plus one emergency key Traditional Bracket: 60mm Roller Bolt Bracket : 60mm Narrow Bracket : 40mm Standard Bracket : 60mm. Door Bolts Suitable for wooden doors and french windows. Undetectable from the outside. Operated with special star key. It is recommended that two bolts are fitted to door. 10 year guarantee. Pack of two Roller Bolt Group 820 Brass Aluminium -5820K 6.69 Stainless Steel -5830K Brass -5840K Cylinders Supplied with fixings and three keys plus one emergency key SC Satin Chrome Plated 70109B Polished Brass Traditional Colour PHO-949 Brass -3200H Combination Bolt Combi2 s an impressive 10,000 code options with a high pick resistance. Cast alloy with a black powder coat finish and brass combination wheels and locking bolt. Lockable in the open and closed positions. Supplied with anti-tamper security screws. Easy to install in a flush or recess position. Model 70109SC -9780K B -9790K 6.86 Page 1800 Model K K K K Overall Length (inc. catch) SQU mm -1396W

86 5-Lever Mortice Detainer Sashlock Kitemarked to BS3621. Insurance approved sashlock, easily reversible latchbolt, five detainer mechanism, 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) and 76mm (3 ) case size available. Supplied with square forend and strike. Supplied with two keys. Satin chrome plate or polished brass finish. BS3621 Satin Chrome Plated 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4090K mm (3 ) -4100K Polished Brass 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4110K mm (3 ) -4120K Lever Mortice Detainer Deadlock Kitemarked to BS3621. Insurance approved sashlock, easily reversible latchbolt, five detainer mechanism, 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) and 76mm (3 ) case size available. Supplied with square forend and strike. Supplied with two keys. Satin chrome plate or polished brass finish. Satin Chrome Plated 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4130K mm (3 ) -4140K Polished Brass 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4150K mm (3 ) -4160K Lever Mortice Sashlock Easily reversible latchbolt, adjustable springing feature, 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) and 76mm (3 ) case size available, supplied with square forend and strike. Supplied with two keys. Satin chrome plate or polished brass finish. BS Lever Mortice Deadlock 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) and 76mm (3 ) case size available. Supplied with radius forend and strike. Supplied with two keys. Satin chrome plate or polished brass finish. Satin Chrome Plated 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4250K mm (3 ) -4260K Polished Brass 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4270K mm (3 ) -4280K Bathroom Mortice Lock Easily reversible latchbolt, adjustable springing feature. 8mm turn follower for internal door applications. Latchbolt operated by lever handles, deadbolt thrown by internal turn. 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) and 76mm (3 ) case sizes available. Supplied with square forend and strike. Satin chrome plate or polished brass finish. (5mm follower) Satin Chrome Plated 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4330K mm (3 ) -4340K Polished Brass 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4350K mm (3 ) -4360K Euro Profile Mortice Sashlock Case Easily reversible latchbolt for internal and external door use. 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) and 76mm (3 ) case size available. Brass or nickel plated square forend and strike. Satin chrome plate or polished brass finish. ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Euro Profile Mortice Deadlock Case For internal and external door use. 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) and 76mm (3 ) case size available. Brass or nickel plated square forend and strike. Satin chrome plate or polished brass finish. 949 Satin Chrome Plate 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4290K mm (3 ) -4300K Polished Brass 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4310K mm (3 ) -4320K Tubular Mortice Latch 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) and 76mm (3 ) case size available. Satin chrome plate or polished brass finish. (5mm follower) Satin Chrome Plate 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4370K mm (3 ) -4380K 1.06 Polished Brass 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4390K mm (3 ) -4400K 1.06 Europrofile Cylinder & Turn 70mm (35/35). Polished brass or satin chrome plate finishes. Supplied with two keys and fixing screw. Satin Chrome Plated 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4210K mm (3 ) -4220K Polished Brass 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4230K mm (3 ) -4240K Brass Barrel Bolts Supplied polished and lacquered, 1 1/ 2" or 1" wide. Complete with brass wood screws. Satin Chrome Plated 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4170K mm (3 ) -4180K Polished Brass 64mm (2 1/ 2 ) -4190K mm (3 ) -4200K Aluminium Barrel Bolts Internal domestic locking bolt. Supplied with wood screws. Satin Chrome Plated 35mm/35mm -4430K 8.02 Polished Brass 35mm/35mm -4440K 8.02 Europrofile Double Cylinder 70mm (35/35). Polished brass or satin chrome plate finishes. Supplied with two keys and fixing screw. 1 1/ 2 x 100mm -8070K / 2 x 150mm Brass -8080K / 2 x 200mm -8090K x 50mm -8100K x 75mm Brass -8110K x 100mm -8120K K Aluminium -8150K K 2.49 Satin Chrome Plated 35mm/35mm -4410K 7.35 Polished Brass 35mm/35mm -4420K 7.35 Page 1801

87 949 Stainless Steel Stainless steel finish. Page 1802 ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Escutcheons, Turns & Indicators Aluminium Aluminium finish. Euro Oval Lock Bathroom Euro -4690K 3.33 Oval -4700K 3.33 Lock -4710K 3.33 Bathroom -4720K Euro Oval Lock Bathroom Euro -4730K 4.00 Oval -4740K 4.00 Lock -4750K 4.00 Bathroom -4760K Letter Plates ed in aluminium, stainless steel and brass. : aluminium 355 x 125mm, stainless steel/polished brass 330 x 110mm. Stainless Steel Aluminium -5850K Stainless Steel -5860K Polished Brass -5870K Coat Hooks ed in aluminium, stainless steel and brass. Stainless Steel Aluminium -5910K 2.00 Stainless Steel -5920K 4.00 Brass -5930K 9.36 Hat & Coat Hooks ed in aluminium, stainless steel and brass. Stainless Steel Aluminium -5880K 2.39 Stainless Steel -5890K 4.66 Brass -5900K Blank Push Plates ed in aluminium, satin stainless steel and brass. : 305 x 75mm. Stainless Steel Oval Door Stops ed in aluminium, stainless steel and brass. Stainless Steel Aluminium -5590K 2.67 Stainless Steel -5600K 6.69 Brass -5610K Kick Plates ed in aluminium, satin stainless steel. Aluminium 676 x 150mm -5620K x 150mm -5630K x 150mm -5640K x 150mm -5650K x 150mm -5660K x 150mm -5670K x 150mm -5680K x 150mm -5690K x 150mm -5700K x 150mm -5710K Satin Stainless Steel 676 x 150mm -5720K x 150mm -5730K x 150mm -5740K x 150mm -5750K x 150mm -5760K x 150mm -5770K x 150mm -5780K x 150mm -5790K x 150mm -5800K x 150mm -5810K Brass Aluminium -5500K 3.33 Stainless Steel -5510K 6.69 Brass -5520K 9.36 Secret Fix Door Stops Projecting door stop. ed in aluminium, stainless steel and brass. : 75mm. Projecting Door Stops Concealed fix projecting door stop. ed in aluminium, stainless steel and brass. : 75mm. Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium -5530K 3.33 Stainless Steel -5540K 6.69 Brass -5550K Aluminium -5560K 5.34 Stainless Steel -5570K 6.69 Brass -5580K Budget Lever on Pressed Backplate Aluminium finish. Oval Latch -5940K 6.01 Lock -5950K 6.69 Euro -5960K 6.69 Oval -5970K 6.69 Bath -5980K Shelf Brackets London Pattern The most popular bracket used for light/medium shelving. Epoxy coated steel. Colour 125 x K x K 1.88 White 200 x K x K x K x K x K 1.88 Grey 200 x K x K x K 2.68 Fluted Angle Brackets Galvanised A multi-purpose product often used by the plumbing and associated trades. Bright zinc plated steel. 100 x K x x 150 BZP -3230K -3240K x K 6.70 Handrail Brackets The most popular product used on handrails. Epoxy coated steel K Colour White K 2.67 Grey K 2.67 Rubber Door Stop Screw through type for fixing to floor. Sold individually, boxed in 50s. Latch Euro Lock Bathroom 35 Black -9120K 2.67

88 19mm -4490K mm -4500K Aluminium finish. 19mm return to door DDA aluminium sprung lever on concealed oblong. Backplate: 153 x 45mm. Roundbar Furniture Aluminium Lever Aluminium finish. 19 and 22mm DDA aluminium return to door lever on 50mm concealed sprung rose. Supplied with face fixing and bolt through screws. DDA & BS8300 Compliant DDA & BS8300 Compliant Stainless Steel Lever 19mm bar lever. Stainless steel and polished stainless steel finishes on 50mm concealed sprung rose. Supplied with face fixing and bolt through screws. 19mm S/S -4510K mm Polished S/S -4520K mm bar lever. Stainless steel and polished stainless steel finishes. Concealed oblong plate: 45 x 153mm. ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Polished Brass Lever Polished brass finish. 19mm brass bar lever. Concealed rose: 50mm mm -4530K Polished Brass finish. 19mm return to door sprung lever on concealed oblong. Backplate: 153 x 45mm. Latch -4540K Lock -4550K Euro -4560K Oval -4570K Bath -4580K Latch -4590K Lock -4600K Euro -4610K Bath -4630K Latch -4640K Lock -4650K Euro -4660K Oval -4670K Bath -4680K Aluminium Pull Handles Aluminium finish. 19 and 22mm roundbar pull handles. Stainless Steel Pull Handles Stainless Steel finish. 19 and 22mm roundbar pull handles. DDA & BS8300 Compliant Polished Brass Pull Handles Polished brass finish. 19mm roundbar pull handles. DDA & BS8300 Compliant Bolt Through Concealed Fix Back to Back Bolt Through Concealed Fix Back to Back Bolt Through Concealed Fix Back to Back Centres Bolt Through (19mm Dia.) 150mm -4810K mm -4840K mm -4870K 8.02 Concealed Fix (19mm Dia.) 150mm -4820K mm -4850K mm -4880K Back to Back (19mm Dia.) 150mm -4830K mm -4860K mm -4890K Bolt Through (22mm Dia.) 150mm -4900K mm -4930K mm -4960K mm 600mm } { -4990K -5120K Concealed Fix (22mm Dia.) 150mm -4910K mm -4940K mm -4970K mm -5000K mm } { -5130K Back to Back (22mm Dia.) 150mm -4920K mm -4950K mm -4980K DDA & BS8300 Compliant Centres Bolt Through (19mm Dia.) 150mm -5140K mm -5170K mm -5200K mm -5230K mm -5260K Concealed Fix (19mm Dia.) 150mm -5150K mm -5180K mm -5210K mm -5240K Back to Back (19mm Dia.) 150mm -5160K mm -5190K mm -5220K mm 600mm } { -5250K -5270K Bolt Through (22mm Dia.) 150mm -5280K mm -5310K mm -5330K mm -5360K mm } { -5390K Concealed Fix (22mm Dia.) 225mm -5320K mm 425mm } { -5340K -5370K Back to Back (22mm Dia.) 150mm -5300K mm -5325K mm -5350K mm 600mm } { -5380K -5400K Centres Bolt Through (19mm Dia.) 150mm -5410K mm -5440K mm -5470K Concealed Fix (19mm Dia.) 150mm -5420K mm -5450K mm -5480K Back to Back (19mm Dia.) 150mm -5430K mm -5460K mm -5490K Escutcheons, Turns & Indicators Polished Brass Brass plated finish. Euro Oval Lock Bathroom Euro -4770K 4.66 Oval -4780K 4.66 Lock -4790K 4.66 Bathroom -4800K Page 1803

89 949 ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Heavy Field Gate Hinge Set Each set consists of top band, 125mm bottom band, 19mm diameter hook to bolt and 1x 19mm diameter hook to drive. Complete with all fittings. Black finish. Supplied individually, boxed in 2s. 600 Black -8440K Heavy Field Gate Hinge Set Adjustable Each set consists of top band, adjustable bottom band with full nuts hook to bolt and hook to drive. Complete with all fittings. Galvanised finish. Supplied individually, boxed in 2s. 600 BZP -8470K Double Gate Fastener Set Each set consists of 460mm galvanised garage door drop bolt, BZP tubular receiver with square plate receiver, 350mm galvanised medium throw-over loop and all fixings to suit 75mm (3 ) thick gate post. Supplied individually, boxed in 5s. 350 BZP -8490K Top Band for Heavy Field Gate To fit a 75mm gate post and to suit a 19mm diameter pin. Galvanised finish. Spring Loaded Gate Wheel Medium Duty Fits to the outside edge of the lowest horizontal member of larger gates to support the weight when opening and closing. Complete with all fittings and large diameter (100mm) spring loaded wheel that provides smooth travel over uneven or bumpy ground. Bright zinc plated. Supplied individually, boxed in 5s. 284 BZP -8770K Gate Eyes for Heavy Field Gate To fit 19mm diameter pin and extended shoulder. Galvanised finish. Throw-over Gate Loops for Heavy Field Gate To fit a 75mm gate post. Galvanised finish. Supplied individually, boxed in 10s K BZP -8660K K 7.50 Bottom Band for Heavy Field Gate To fit a 75mm gate post and to suit a 19mm diameter pin. Galvanised finish. Supplied individually. 125 BZP -8570K Slotted Top Band for Heavy Field Gate To fit a 75mm gate post and to suit a 19mm diameter pin. Galvanised finish. Supplied individually. 125 BZP -8550K Adjustable Hook on Plate for Heavy Field Gate 100mm square plate with adjustable 19mm diameter pin and extended shoulder. Galvanised finish. Supplied individually. 100 x 100 BZP -8630K Gate Hook for Heavy Field Gate 200mm long x 19mm diameter hook to drive. Galvanised finish. Supplied individually. 200 BZP -8590K 6.45 Pin Field Gate Hook to Bolt For hanging gates to posts. 19mm pins. Galvanised finish. 330 BZP -8600K 9.08 Gate Hook on Plate for Heavy Field Gate 100mm square plate with 19mm diameter pin and extended shoulder. Galvanised finish. Supplied individually, boxed in 10s. Supplied individually. Gate Hooks/Eyes to Weld Square Ends For welding onto flat metal gates/posts. Supplied individually. 19 S/C -8640K S/C -8680K x 100 BZP -8610K 7.89 Cast Iron Gravity Gate Stop An automatic gate stop that can be concreted into a base slab. Black finish. Supplied individually K BZP -8520K K Page 1804 Supplied individually, -8690K and -8700K boxed in 10s, -8710K boxed in 5s K BZP -8700K K Supplied individually, K - boxed in 4s, K - boxed in 2s. Duty 180 Medium -8730K Heavy -8750K

90 Auto Gate Catches Plate Pin - Medium Duty For use on all types of gate. With cranked striker pin. Striker pin is plate type for fitting onto the surface of a post or fence. Packed complete with all fixing screws. Supplied individually, boxed in 5s K -7025K 32 BZP -7010K Black -7020K BZP -7025K BZP -7030K 6.21 Auto Gate Catches Screw Pin - Medium Duty For use on all types of gate. With cranked striker pin. Striker pin is screw type for fitting through a post. Supplied individually, boxed in 10s. Traditional Suffolk Gate Latches Suffolk latches complete with long thumb bit. For use on gates and doors. Supplied individually, boxed in 5s. No.3 Galvanised -7130K 6.39 No.3 Black -7140K 6.16 No.5 Galvanised -7150K No.5 Black -7160K Ring Gate Latches Original ring handled straight gate latches, plain or twisted pattern. *Black Plain ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Forged Straining Screws Hook to Eye Used to adjust the tension in line wire or wire rope. Galvanised steel x 110 BZP -9140K x 110 SS -9250K x 110 BZP -9150K x 110 SS -9260K x 125 BZP -9160K x 125 BZP -9170K 8.32 Eye to Eye Used to adjust the tension in line wire or wire rope. Bright zinc plated steel. 6 BZP -3010K BZP -3020K BZP -3030K 4.89 Ratchet Strainer Used on concrete or wooden posts. A cam and ratchet system makes it easy to add tension. Galvanised steel. 70 BZP -8840K Straight Bands & Hooks Supplied packed in pairs in a polythene bag and complete with all fixing screws and bolts. Supplied individually, boxed in 5s K -8910K K K BZP -8390K K K K Black -8910K -8920K K DDA & BS8300 Compliant Twisted Galvanised Latch Length 152 (6 ) *Galvanised -7105K (6 ) *Black -7106K (6 ) Galvanised -7110K (6 ) Black -7120K Cranked Bands & Hooks Supplied packed in pairs in a polythene bag, complete with all fixing screws and bolts. Supplied individually, boxed in 5s K K K BZP -8970K K K K Black -9020K -9030K K BZP -9210K 6.76 Ferrule Locking Strainer Used to put the tension into chain link fencing to prevent sagging between posts. Galvanised steel. 90 BZP -9190K 2.65 Door/Gate Stop Door and gate stop. Supplied complete with screws and rubber stopper. Length 152 (6 ) Grey Japanned -7700K 6.66 Page 1805

91 949 For general purpose use and in domestic situations. Self colour and Stainless Steel Satin. Page 1806 ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Light Butt Hinges Price/Pr x 15 x K x 18 x K x 22 x K x 25 x K x 28 x K x 40 x K 2.14 Stainless Steel - Satin x 28 x K x 40 x K 5.04 Rising Butt Hinges Self closing hinges that also provide floor to ground clearance as they are opened. Available in a choice of left or right hand opening. Self colour. Opening Price/Pr 75 x 45 x 15 Left Hand -8340K x 45 x 15 Right Hand -8350K 3.55 Strong Butt Hinges For general purpose use. Available in choice of sizes and finishes. Price/Pr 75 Self-colour -8260K Galvanised -8261K Self-colour -8265K Galvanised -8266K 3.30 Double Pressed Butt Hinges - No Holes A strong robust hinge for welding to light metal doors. Price/Pr 75 Self-colour -8255K Self-colour -8256K Self-colour -8257K Polished Brass Butt Hinge 508 Double phosphor bronze washered finish. Brass pin. One year guarantee. Price/Pr 100 x 75 x K 5.34 Stainless Steel 2 Ball Bearing Butt Hinge 523CE CE Class 13 fire hinge. Polished or satin stainless steel finish. Grade 304 stainless steel. One hour fire tested. Stainless steel pin. Complete with screws. Price/Pr Stainless Steel Satin 100 x 75 x K 6.01 Stainless Steel Polished 100 x 75 x K 7.09 Single Action Spring Hinges A very competitively priced hinge having all the features and operating abilities of more expensive products on the UK market. Supplied with screws, spare adjustment pins and cranking bar. Lacquered silver finish. Price/Pr 75 Lacquered -8310K Silver -8320K Satin Stainless -9360K Double Action Spring Hinges A very strong and durable hinge, having all the attributes of all alternatives on the UK market at considerably reduced prices. Supplied with screws, spare adjustment pins and cranking bar. Lacquered silver finish. Price/Pr x 65 x K x 70 x K x 90 x K Companion Hinge This hinge is sold as single and is for use with single action spring hinges. When purchasing a pair of spring hinges, it is necessary to purchase one companion hinge fitted to the centre of the two spring hinges. Price/Pr 100mm -9380K 7.78 Polished Brass 2 Ball Bearing Butt Hinge 525CE Polished brass or brass plated finishes. One hour fire tested. Stainless steel pin. Complete with screws. Price/Pr 100 x 75 x K Medium Strap Hinges Supplied as pairs. Commonly used for lift-up lids and traps. Length Price/Pr 203 (8 ) Self-colour -7640K (10 ) Self-colour -7650K (12 ) Self-colour -7660K Tee Hinges Light duty: suitable for low load applications such as animal hutches. Material thickness up to 1.8mm. Length Price/Pr 101 (4 ) Galvanised -7170K (4 ) Black -7180K (6 ) Galvanised -7190K (6 ) Black -7200K (8 ) Galvanised -7210K (8 ) Black -7220K (10 ) Galvanised -7230K (10 ) Black -7240K (12 ) Galvanised -7250K (12 ) Black -7260K 2.58 Medium duty: suitable for medium load applications such as stable doors. Material thickness up to 2.6mm. Length Price/Pr 254 (10 ) Black -7270K (10 ) Galvanised -7280K (12 ) Black -7290K (12 ) Galvanised -7300K (14 ) Galvanised -7310K (14 ) Black -7320K (16 ) Galvanised -7330K (16 ) Black -7340K (18 ) Galvanised -7350K (18 ) Black -7360K 6.88 Heavy duty: for high load applications such as for domestic gates and doors. Material thickness up to 3mm Length Price/Pr 254 (10 ) Galvanised -7370K (12 ) Galvanised -7380K (12 ) Black -7390K (14 ) Galvanised -7400K (14 ) Black -7410K (16 ) Galvanised -7420K (16 ) Black -7430K (18 ) Galvanised -7440K (18 ) Black -7450K (20 ) Galvanised -7460K (24 ) Galvanised -7470K (24 ) Black -7480K Extra heavy duty: for very high load applications such as for farm field gates. Material thickness up to 4mm. Length Price/Pr 152 (6 ) Self-colour -7490K (6 ) Galvanised -7500K (8 ) Self-colour -7510K (8 ) Galvanised -7520K (10 ) Self-colour -7530K (10 ) Galvanised -7540K (12 ) Self-colour -7550K (12 ) Galvanised -7560K (14 ) Self-colour -7570K (14 ) Galvanised -7580K (16 ) Self-colour -7590K (16 ) Galvanised -7600K (18 ) Self-colour -7610K (18 ) Galvanised -7620K (20 ) Galvanised -7630K 35.60

92 A simple and efficient lockable gate securing bolt. Oval Padlock Bolt 100 Galvanised -7830K Black -7835K 4.01 Garage Door Drop Bolts A very strong product with numerous applications. Made from galvanised steel. Chain Bolt Used to secure the top of a door or gate to the jamb, hand operated. Chain length: 400mm K 200 Black BZP -8000K -8010K Spring Loaded Bolts Spring loaded bolt suitable for metal or wooden gates. Length x Shoot Dia. 68 x 10 Zinc Plated -7670K x 12 Zinc Plated -7680K x 16 Zinc Plated -7690K Spring Loaded Animal Bolts Spring loaded bolt with staple on plate, suitable for gates, paddocks etc. Length x Shoot Dia. 118 x 12 Zinc Plated -7850K Tower Bolts General purpose bolts for shed doors etc. *150mm Necked Enclosed Tower Bolt ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Steel Flat Tee Plate Provide essential rigidity to assemblies and reinforce joints. Bright zinc plated steel. Five screw holes. Corner Braces Countersunk Inside & Outside Provide essential rigidity to the assemblies and reinforce right angle corner joints. Bright zinc plated steel BZP -3320K K BZP -3350K K K BZP -3380K K 9.36 Corner Plates Provide essential rigidity to the assemblies and reinforce the edges of right angle corner joints. Bright zinc plated steel. 460 Black -7060K BZP -7075K Monkey Tail Bolts General Duty 300 (12 ) Black -7040K (12 ) BZP -7046K (18 ) Black -7042K (18 ) BZP -7048K Gate Spring A general purpose return spring for assisting in the closure of gates. Supplied individually, boxed in 10s. 200 Black -7970K Black -7980K 8.84 Surface Mounted Spring Closer Suitable for outdoor use on doors or gates. Fixings supplied K Length x Shoot Dia. 75 x 11 Black -7760K x 11 Galvanised -7770K x 11 Black -7780K x 11 Galvanised -7790K x 11 Black -7800K x 13 Black -7810K x 13 Black -7820K 5.34 *150 x 11 Black -7825K 4.45 Auto Pig Lock Bolts Autolock bolts with bottom guard to prevent fouling of the latch. Length x Shoot Dia. 150 x 16 Zinc Plated -7840K Brenton Bolts Padlockable security bolt. Length x Shoot Dia. 101 x 12 Galvanised -7710K x 12 Galvanised -7720K x 12 Galvanised -7730K x 15 Galvanised -7740K x 15 Galvanised -7750K K BZP -3420K K Mending Plates With offset screw holes to avoid wood splitting. Bright zinc plated steel BZP -3450K BZP -3460K 5.08 Table Stretcher Plate With two fixed screw holes and two laterally adjusting screw holes. Bright zinc plated steel. 38mm wide BZP -3300K 2.73 Page 1807

93 949 ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE Safety Hasps & Staples Secure fixings are concealed by hasp when in locked position. Length 75 (3 ) Black -6060K (4 1/ 2 ) Black -6070K (6 ) Black -6080K (3 ) Zinc Plated -7918K (4 ) Zinc Plated -7920K (6 ) Zinc Plated -7930K 4.11 Heavy-Duty Vertical Hasp & Staples Length 150 (6 ) Black -6120K (6 ) Galvanised -6140K Short Pattern Heavy Hasp & Staple Length 150 (6 ) Black -6160K (6 ) Galvanised -6180K Swivel Hasp & Staple Security Hasps Manufactured from hardened steel with a duplex nickel plated anti- corrosive finish. The hinge pins, fixings and assembly are concealed with a folded edge for tamper protection. Supplied with fixing screws. Double Hinged: Models can be used for internal and external corner mounting. Triple Hinged: Models also allow for use on non-flush fitting (stepped) surfaces. 8120, 8110, 8100* & 8150*: For use on standard duty and domestic applications. 8200* & 8160*: For use on medium duty applications. *Supplied complete with door reinforcement plates for improved security. Traditional Cast Cabin Hooks For restraining doors and gates. Often used in stabling. Supplied individually packed and complete with all fixing screws K -8100K -8200K Product Shackle Hinge To Suit Security Shackle Rating MTL Vertical Single 92 x 37 8mm K Vertical Single 120 x 45 8mm K Horizontal Single 125 x 45 11mm K Horizontal Double 160 x 45 11mm K Horizontal Triple 200 x 45 11mm K Vertical Triple 258 x 62 13mm K Heavy Chest Handles Handles lock at 90. For lifting chests, tool boxes and cabinets. Black finish. Length 200 (8 ) Black -6220K (9 ) Black -6230K (8 ) Galvanised -6250K (9 ) Galvanised -6260K 9.73 Heavy Duty Hasp & Staples Rotating & padlockable. Length 203 (8 ) Galvanised -7080K (8 ) Black -7090K (10 ) Black -7100K Hasp & Staple 120 Diskus Use with all ABUS Diskus padlocks to protect from the fiercest of attacks. Supplied with fixings and back plates. (L x W) To Suit Shackle ABU x mm -2802H Hasp & Staple Extra thick hardened steel body. Staple Staple Dia. Clearance SQU x mm 12.5mm -1090S x 54 10mm 25mm -1100A Page Black -7905K -7915K (4 ) Galvanised -7900K (6 ) Galvanised -7910K 4.26 Cabin Hooks on Plates For restraining doors and gates. 101 (4 ) Galvanised -7860K (4 ) Black -7870K (6 ) Galvanised -7880K (6 ) Black -7890K 3.07 Cast Iron Hot Bed Handles Extremely versatile and hard wearing handle for use on doors, gates and cabinets. Black or galvanised finish finish. 150 Black -8030K Galvanised -8040K Black -8050K 6.01 Anti-Cut U-Bar Molybdenum alloy steel, anti-cut shackle. Vinyl coated U-bar. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. 7 SECURITY RATING Shackle Dia. x Clearance MTL x 270mm -6517K Open Shackle Laminated steel, four pin tumbler padlock complete with steel chain with weather resistant cover. Ideal for providing additional security for items such as tools, industrial equipment, gates, bikes and motorcycles. Chain length: 900mm. Padlock & Chain Set Product Link Shackle Dia. x Clearance SQU mm 7 x 17mm -1385J mm 9 x 24mm -1388M 23.09

94 Security Ratings All padlocks have a rating to indicate how secure they are, this is based on material, hardening, extra coating, shackle diameter, body width, and other security features such as anti-pick locks and 3, 4, 5 or 6 pin cylinders. S E C U R I T Y R AT I N G MIN MED MAX Rating Uses 1-2 Minimum security for indoor and outdoor use on tackle boxes, suitcases and drawers etc. 3-4 Minimum to medium security for indoor and outdoor use on garages, cabinets, toolboxes, gates, truck doors, lockers, sheds, bicycles etc. 5-6 Medium security for indoor and outdoor use on garages, cabinets, toolboxes, gates, truck doors, lockers, sheds, bicycles etc. 7-8 Medium to maximum security for indoor and outdoor use on store front and factory gates, large toolchests, construction site storage etc Maximum security for indoor and outdoor use on store front and factory gates, large tool chests and construction site storage etc. Brass Solid brass body with a hardened steel shackle and a double locking mechanism. For indoor and outdoor use on minimum to medium security items. 20mm: 3 pin cylinder. 30 and 40mm: 4 pin cylinder, 50 and 60mm: 5 pin cylinder. *Single locking only. HARDENED SHACKLE 2 to 4 SECURITY RATING DOUBLE LOCKING Brass Slimline Solid brass body with a hardened steel changeable shackle. For indoor and outdoor use on minimum to medium security items. EXTENDED RANGE Key Change Every 20mm 6 25mm 12 30mm mm 36 2 to 4 SECURITY RATING PADLOCKS Laminated Brass - Combination Laminated brass body with a brass shackle and a double locking mechanism. Available with four number tumbler (10,000 combinations) or three number tumbler (1,000 combinations). For indoor and outdoor use on minimum to medium security items. 950 Body Pack Width Quantity Shackle Dia. Rating x Clearance (1-10) MTL mm x 12mm 2 40g -6820K mm x 12mm 2 40g -7970K mm x 15mm 3 55g -6825K mm x 15mm 3 55g -7975K mm x 15mm 3 70g -6830K mm x 15mm 3 70g -7980K mm 1 5 x 43mm 3 90g -6832K mm 4 5 x 43mm 3 90g -7985K mm 1 6 x 20mm 4 125g -6840K mm 4 6 x 20mm 4 125g -7990K mm 1 7 x 25mm 4 200g -6850K mm 4 7 x 25mm 4 200g -7995K to 4 SECURITY RATING DOUBLE LOCKING Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL mm 3.7 x 10.3mm 2* 50g -6722K mm 4.8 x 15mm 3 100g -6733K mm 4.8 x 50mm 3 130g -6732K mm 4.8 x 22mm 3 170g -6743K mm 7.0 x 50mm 4 190g -6745K mm 7.0 x 26mm 4 280g -6754K mm 8.8 x 27mm 4 430g -6764K Key Blank to suit 20mm 5g -9900K Key Blank to suit 30 & 40mm 5g -9910K Key Blank to suit 50 & 60mm 5g -9920K Brass - Stainless Steel Shackle Traditional style brass bodied padlock with a stainless steel 2 to 4 shackle and a double locking mechanism. For indoor and SECURITY RATING outdoor use on many minimum to medium security items. 20mm: 3 pin cylinder, 30 and 40mm: 4 pin cylinder, DOUBLE 50 and 60mm: 5 pin cylinder. LOCKING * Single locking only. Key Change Every 20mm 50 30mm mm 1000 Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL mm 3.7 x 10.3mm 2* 50g -7022K mm 4.8 x 15mm 3 100g -7033K mm 4.8 x 22mm 3 170g -7043K mm 7.0 x 26mm 4 275g -7054K mm 8.8 x 27mm 4 430g -7064K Key Blank to suit 20mm 5g -9900K Key Blank to suit 30 & 40mm 5g -9910K Key Blank to suit 50 & 60mm 5g -9920K Body Width Shackle Dia. Rating Combination x Clearance(1-10) MTL mm 6 x 25mm g -6203K mm 8 x 25mm g -6263K Solid Brass Padlocks 65 Series The most popular selling ABUS padlock with rust free internal components. Hardened steel, double bolted shackle for extra resistance to attack. Precision 5 pin tumbler cylinder with anti pick mushroom pins. Suitable for interior and exterior use on toolboxes, lockers, gates, sheds etc. *Keyed alike Body Width Shackle Dia. ABU-950 *25mm 4.0mm -2034X mm 5.0mm -2052J *40mm 6.5mm -2108V mm 6.5mm -2092C mm (Pk2) 6.5mm -2116C mm (Pk4) 6.5mm -2113T *50mm 8.0mm -2192W *50mm 8.0mm -2170X mm 10.0mm -2202C Page 1809

95 950 PADLOCKS Brass - Cross Key Solid brass body with a hardened steel shackle and a double locking mechanism. Fitted with a dual lever 4 row 16 pin cylinder which has 1000 different key numbers. For indoor and outdoor use on minimum to medium security items. Key change every 100,000. HARDENED SHACKLE 4 to 5 SECURITY RATING DOUBLE LOCKING HARDENED SHACKLE Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL mm 6.8 x 25mm 4 255g -3844K mm 8.8 x 32mm 5 380g -3855K mm 11 x 35mm 5 540g -3865K Brass Anti-Pick Padlock Solid brass body with a hardened steel changeable shackle and a double locking mechanism. Fitted with a hardened steel cover plate and an anti-pick 6 pin brass cylinder. For indoor and outdoor use on minimum to medium security items. Key change every 20,000. DOUBLE LOCKING HARDENED STEEL COVER PLATE 4 to 6 SECURITY RATING ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER Old English Padlocks Four lever padlocks with forged steel shackles, cold rolled steel cases. Brass bolt levers and keyhole covers. Suitable for outdoor security applications. Product Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance SQU mm 7 x 11mm -1320C mm 8 x 18mm -1340R mm 10 x 21mm -1360H Old English Padlocks 660KA 4-lever padlock with forged steel shackles, cold rolled steel case. Brass bolt levers and keyhole cover. Suitable for outdoor security applications. Keyed alike. Body width: 64mm. Shackle dia x clearance: 10mm x 21mm. HARDENED SHACKLE Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL x x 25mm 4 310g -3054K x x 75mm 4 335g -3094K x x 50mm 6 445g -3226K x x 75mm 6 475g -3236K Key Blank 5g -9930K Brass - Anti-Pick Weatherproof Solid brass body with a hardened stainless steel changeable shackle and a double Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL mm 6.3 x 25mm 4 310g -3554K mm 6.3 x 50mm 4 320g -3574K mm 8 x 25mm 5 370g -3655K mm 8 x 50mm 5 385g -3675K mm 9.5 x 25mm 6 415g -3756K mm 9.5 x 50mm 6 450g -3776K Key Blank 5g -9930K Page 1810 locking mechanism. HARDENED Fitted with a hardened SHACKLE steel cover plate and an anti-pick 6 pin brass cylinder. Completely weatherproof padlock which is suitable for use in the harshest corrosive conditions on minimum to medium security items. Key change every 20, to 6 SECURITY RATING ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER HARDENED STEEL COVER PLATE DOUBLE LOCKING WEATHERPROOF Keyed to PES SQU J K L M N P Q R P B Q S Solid Brass Padlocks Pin tumbler padlocks with stainless steel springs and extra hick solid brass cases. Suitable for general security for both interior and exterior use. * Keyed alike ** Extruded Keyed alike Product Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance SQU-950 LN2 24.5mm 4.0 x 13.5mm -1502K LN3 31.5mm 5.5 x 19.5mm -1503L LN3/KA* 31.5mm 5.5 x 19.5mm -1507N LN4/KA* 39.5mm 6.0 x 22.1mm -1516F LN4 39.5mm 6.0 x 22.0mm -1514B LP6 20.0mm 3.2 x 10.2mm -1540A LP7/KA* 24.0mm 4.0 x 12.3mm -1548D LP8/2 28.6mm 4.8 x 14.5mm -1553F LP8/KA* 28.6mm 4.8 x 14.5mm -1559D LP9/2.5KA 37.6mm 6.3 x 63.0mm -1561L LP9/KA* 37.6mm 6.3 x 21.8mm -1566R LP10/KA* 48.0mm 7.2 x 25.8mm -1571D

96 Stronglock Laminated Padlocks Rugged laminated steel locks that have a four pin tumbler mechanism with a key variation of Shackle is made from mild hardened steel. KA type are keyed alike. Product Body Shackle Dia. Width x Clearance SQU KA 38mm 7 x 17mm -1193A -1194B KA 44mm 8 x 20mm -1230K -1232A KA 39mm 9 x 24mm -1260K -1261A Powerlok Padlock Heavy-duty padlocks constructed for extreme durability outdoors. All locks are re-keyable. Heavy duty construction for high security protection. Solid steel lock body. Soft feel body cover for easy handling. Re-keyable 5 pin tumbler cylinder. Boron steel shackle - hardened. Spring locking, double deadlocking, ball locking. Easy to use selflocking mechanism. Weather-Resistant - Long Shackle Laminated steel body with hardened steel shackle, double locking mechanism and antipick cylinder. The PU coating makes this the most weather-resistant padlock. Ideally suitable for medium security for indoor and outdoor use in the harshest corrosive environments. For use on marine/brewery storage, haulage and warehouses etc. Available in a range of colours. All fitted with a weather-resistant key cover. 5 to 6 HARDENED STEEL SECURITY RATING COVER PLATE WEATHERPROOF ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER PADLOCKS 950 Body Width Colour Shackle Dia x Clearance Rating ( 1-10 ) MTL mm Red 8.1 x 55mm K mm Yellow 10.7 x 46mm K Key Blank -9950K Laminated Brass Laminated brass body with a hardened steel shackle, a double locking mechanism and a pin cylinder. For indoor and outdoor use on minimum to medium security items. Key change every 1, SECURITY RATING Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL mm 6.3 x 20mm 4 240g -5824K mm 8.8 x 25mm 4 400g -5834K Key Blank 5g -9950K Laminated Steel Laminated steel body with a hardened steel shackle, a double locking mechanism and a 5 pin cylinder. For indoor and outdoor use on medium to maximum security items. Key change every 1,000 (30mm every 200). HARDENED SHACKLE DOUBLE LOCKING HARDENED SHACKLE 4 to 8 SECURITY RATING DOUBLE LOCKING Product Body Shackle Dia. Width x Clearance SQU-950 POL x x 20mm -1770P All Terrain Weather Protected Padlocks Hardened steel shackle with black anticorrosion coating. Solid brass lock body with special protective cover. Weatherproof dust cover. 5 pin tumbler mechanism. Special soft feel protective lock body cover. Extra attack resistance. Extra resistance against bolt cropping. Provides high internal and external corrosion resistance. 1000s of key variations. Excellent weatherproof performance. Product Body Shackle Dia. Width x Clearance SQU-950 ATL4 52mm 8 x 25mm -1392R ATL5 58mm 10 x 25mm -1393S Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL mm 5.2 x 18.5mm 4 220g -5514K mm 6.3 x 25mm 5 265g -5525K mm 7.0 x 25mm 5 330g -5555K mm 8.8 x 25mm 7 500g -5587K mm 11 x 34mm 8 600g -5598K Key Blank to suit 30mm 5g -9940K Key Blank to suit 40-65mm 5g -9950K Brass Marine - Vinyl Cover Lock body made of solid brass with steel shackle and shock absorbing vinyl casing. Inner components made from rust free materials. Double bolted. Paracentric keyway for increased protection. Sealed lock body with drainage channels and cover to protect the cylinder against water and dirt. Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance ABU mm 8 x 24mm 8 x 63mm -2330N -2334S mm 9 x 26.5mm 9 x 135mm -2338X -2339Y Laminated Galvanised Steel Laminated steel, individually galvanised plated for extreme corrosion protection. Hardened shackle and precision pin tumbler cylinder protected against drilling and pulling. Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance ABU mm 7 x 20mm -1742D mm 9 x 25mm -1762H Page 1811

97 950 PADLOCKS Laminated Steel - Combination Laminated steel, nickel plated body with a hardened steel shackle and a double locking mechanism. Available with four number tumbler (10,000 combinations) or three number tumbler (1,000 combinations). For indoor and outdoor use on minimum to medium security items. 4 SECURITY RATING Body Width Shackle Dia. Rating x Clearance (1-10) No. of Dials MTL mm 6 x 25mm g -6004K mm 6 x 45mm g -6024K mm 8 x 25mm g -6064K Pin Strong Padlocks 4 pin padlocks available in a range of colours. Designed to provide minimum to medium security for indoor and outdoor use on garages, cabinets, toolboxes, gates, truck doors, lockers, sheds and bicycles etc. Available in keyed differently and keyed alike versions. HARDENED SHACKLE Colour Body Shackle Dia. MTL-950 Width x Clearance Keyed Diff. Keyed Alike Black -7120K -7160K Blue 40mm 7 x 21.5mm -7125K -7165K Green -7130K -7170K Orange -7135K -7175K Red 40mm 7 x 21.5mm -7140K -7180K Yellow -7145K -7185K Solid Brass Combination Padlocks Solid brass padlocks designed to provide minimum to medium security for indoor and outdoor use on garages, cabinets, toolboxes, gates, truck doors, lockers, sheds and bicycles etc. Available in a range of sizes. Solid brass body with hardened steel shackle and 3 or 4 digit combination. HARDENED SHACKLE HARDENED SHACKLE -8040K Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance No. of Dials Pack Quantity MTL mm 3.0 x 21.7mm K mm 3.0 x 21.7mm K mm 5.0 x 25.0mm K mm 5.0 x 25.0mm K mm 6.0 x 26.0mm K mm 6.0 x 26.0mm K Matlock Strong/Heavy Duty Padlocks Designed to provide medium to maximum security for indoor and outdoor use on store front and factory gates, large toolchests, construction site storage etc. This heavy duty padlock has a hardened steel body, black e-coating, molybdenum shackle and 4 digit combination. 6 to 8 SECURITY RATING 6 SECURITY RATING 5 SECURITY RATING Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance No. of Dials MTL mm 9.5 x 27mm K mm 11.0 x 51mm K Page 1812 DOUBLE LOCKING Brass Combination Padlocks Mild steel shackle. Recodable combination with 10,000 variations. Product Body Width No. of Tumblers Shackle Dia. x Clearance SQU-950 CTL1 30.0mm x 12.7mm -1406H CSL1 38.0mm x 18.5mm -1405W Recodable Combination Padlock - All Weather CP50 10,000 possible combinations. Hardened steel 8mm diameter shackle. Tough die cast alloy lock body. Highly resistant to corrosion, excellent weather protection. Recodable - you choose your own code. Four combination wheels spaced comfortably apart. Can not be accidentally recoded. Dual compound body cover for comfortable handling. Shackle SQU-950 Open -1405M Closed -1405N Long -1405P Ex. Long -1405Q All-Weather Combination Padlock CP60 - High Security Padlock Hardened steel 10mm diameter shackle, 60mm wide die cast alloy lock body with dual compound cover and five easy to use spaced wheels. Recodable. Product Shackle Dia. Body Width SQU-950 CP60 10mm 60mm -1405S High Security Combination Lock Designed to inspire confidence and guaranteed for 10 years. Hardened steel shackle. 75mm wide solid brass lock body. Five wheel recodable combination lock, 100,000 code variations. For use on garages, lorries, perimeter gates and trailers. Product Shackle Dia. Shackle Clearance SQU-950 SHCB mm 15mm -2015R Combination Padlocks 158 Series Medium security combination lock. Case hardened steel shackle. Double bolted for extra security. Tough die cast body. Re-settable code - no key required. 10,000 possible combinations. Security rating (1-10): IB Series This combination lock meets most security needs, Tough brass body, with a four digit resettable combination to set your own PIN. High quality stainless steel (IB) shackle for maximum corrosion resistance. Security rating (1-10): 5. Product Body Width Shackle Dia. No. of x Clearance Tumblers ABU /40C 42mm 6.4 x 25mm G /50C 52mm 8 x 33.5mm H /65C 63mm 10 x 40mm M IB/50C 53mm 8 x 25mm A IB/50H 53mm 8 x 63mm C

98 Solid Steel Heavy-Duty Hardened solid steel, chrome and duplex nickel plated body with a hardened changeable steel shackle. Fitted with a double locking mechanism, hardened steel cover plate and an antipick six pin brass cylinder. For indoor and outdoor use on maximum security items. Key change every 20, SECURITY RATING ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER Aluminium - Anti-Pick Weatherproof Solid anodised lightweight aluminium body with a hardened stainless steel changeable shackle. Fitted with an anti-pick six pin brass cylinder and a double locking mechanism. Weatherproof padlock which is suitable for use in the harshest corrosive conditions on medium security items. Key change every 20,000. HARDENED STEEL COVER PLATE Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL x x 25mm 9 680g -1509K x x 50mm 9 725g -1529K x x 75mm 9 770g -1539K Key Blank 5g -9930K SECURITY RATING DOUBLE LOCKING WEATHERPROOF HARDENED SHACKLE ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL mm 6.3 x 50mm 5 200g -5025K mm 9.5 x 25mm 5 255g -5205K mm 9.5 x 50mm 5 280g -5225K Key Blank 5g -9930K Solid Steel - Anti-Pick Shrouded Hardened solid steel, chrome and duplex nickel plated body 7 with a hardened changeable steel shackle. Fitted with a to 9 SECURITY RATING double locking mechanism, hardened steel cover plate and an anti-pick six pin brass cylinder. For indoor and outdoor use on medium to maximum security items. DOUBLE LOCKING Key change every 20,000. ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER HARDENED STEEL COVER PLATE Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL mm 9.5 x 25mm 7 480g -2027K mm 11 x 25mm 9 830g -2039K Key Blank 5g -9930K High Security Stronghold Padlock SS50S Solid steel hardened body, chrome plated for improved corrosion resistance. Hardened boron steel shackles and six pin anti-pick lock mechanisms. Can be keyed alike or master keyed. Supplied with protective bumper band. Product SQU-950 SS50S -2020C PADLOCKS Solid Steel Anti-Pick Hardened solid steel, chrome and duplex nickel plated body with a hardened steel changeable shackle and a double locking mechanism. Fitted with a hardened steel cover plate and an antipick 6 pin brass cylinder. For indoor and outdoor use on medium to maximum security items. Key change every 20, to 9 SECURITY RATING Solid Steel - Anti-Pick, Anti-Cut Hardened solid steel, chrome and duplex nickel plated body with a molybdenum alloy anti-cut changeable steel shackle. Fitted with a double locking mechanism and an anti-pick six pin brass cylinder. For indoor and outdoor use on medium to maximum security items. Key change every 20, to 9 SECURITY RATING HARDENED STEEL COVER PLATE DOUBLE LOCKING DOUBLE LOCKING ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER ANTI-CUT SHACKLE 950 Body Width Shackle Dia. Rating x Clearance (1-10) MTL x x 25mm 7 400g -1107K x x 50mm 7 430g -1127K x x 75mm 7 460g -1137K x x 25mm 9 710g -1209K x x 75mm 9 800g -1239K Key Blank 5g -9930K Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating (1-10) MTL x x 25mm 8 400g -2508K x x 50mm 8 430g -2528K x x 75mm 8 455g -2538K x x 25mm 9 710g -2609K x x 50mm 9 755g -2629K x x 75mm 9 800g -2639K Key Blank 5g -9930K High Security Granite Padlocks 37/60C Insurance recommended for objects with a high risk of theft i.e. store rooms, containers, lorries etc. Manufactured from a solid block of hardened special steel alloy to offer a high level of security. Uses ABUS Plus disc mechanism with over 250,000 key variations. All corrosion free components. Shackle guard protects shackle from attack. Detachable shackle for ease of use. Double ball bearing locking ensures high tensile and torsion strength. Can be re-keyed to match an existing key number. Extra keys available to order. Available keyed alike, master keyed. C.E.N-DIN12320 Class 4. Body Width Shackle Dia. Rating (1-10) ABU mm 11mm S TITALIUM Padlock Sets 64TI/40 Solid lock bodies made from TITALIUM special aluminium, high security with low weight. Hardened steel shackles with NANO PROTECT coating for extreme corrosion resistance. Paracentric keyway for increased protection. All are 40mm body width and are keyed alike. *Contents: 2x 7x20mm and 1x 6x63mm (long shackle) padlocks. Padlocks per Set Keys per Set Shackle Dia. x Clearance ABU-950 Price/Pk Price/Pk x 20mm -2610L x 20mm -2611M x 20mm -2612N x 63mm -2613P* Page 1813

99 950 PADLOCKS Weather-Resistant - Shrouded Shackle Laminated steel body with hardened steel shackle, double locking mechanism and anti-pick cylinder. The PU coating makes this the most weather-resistant padlock. Ideally suitable for medium security for indoor and outdoor use in the harshest corrosive environments. For use on marine/brewery storage, haulage and warehouses etc. Available in a range of colours. All fitted with a weather-resistant key cover. Body Colour Shackle Dia Rating Width x Clearance ( 1-10 ) MTL-950 Covered Shackle 50mm Blue 8 x 33mm K mm Black 10 x 30mm K mm Yellow 11 x 34mm K Key Blank -9970K 1.63 Page to 9 SECURITY RATING ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER HARDENED STEEL COVER PLATE WEATHERPROOF Weather-Resistant Laminated steel body with hardened steel shackle, double locking mechanism and antipick cylinder. The PU coating makes this the most weather-resistant padlock. Ideally suitable for medium security for indoor and outdoor use in the harshest corrosive environments. For use on marine/brewery storage, haulage and warehouses etc. Available in a range of colours. All fitted with a weather-resistant key cover. 5 to 7 SECURITY RATING ANTI- PICK 6-PIN CYLINDER HARDENED STEEL COVER PLATE WEATHERPROOF Body Width Colour Shackle Dia Rating x Clearance (1-10) MTL-950 Standard 45mm Red 8.1 x 18mm K mm Green 10.7 x 20mm K mm Black 9 x 30mm K Key Blank to suit 45 & 54mm -9950K 1.68 Key Blank to suit 69mm -9970K 1.63 Stainless Steel Disc Padlocks With stainless steel body and hardened steel shackle, these disc padlocks are designed to provide medium to maximum security for indoor and outdoor use on store front and factory gates, large toolchests, construction site storage etc. Available in keyed differently and keyed alike versions. Shackle Dia. x Clearance: 9.5 x 17.3mm. 9 SECURITY RATING Body Width MTL-950 Keyed Differently 70mm -8240K Keyed Alike -8250K Lock Block With a solid brass body and molybdenum shackle. Designed to provide medium to maximum security for indoor and outdoor use on store front and factory gates, large toolchests, construction site storage etc. * keyed alike Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance Rating ( 1-10 ) MTL mm 8 x 13.5mm K mm 11 x 16mm K *83mm 11 x 16mm K Lock Block Guaranteed for 10 years. Hardened steel shackle, brass body. Five pin tumbler locking mechanism. For use on roller shutters, warehouses, industrial units, commercial premises and retail outlets. *keyed alike. Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance SQU mm 12 x 18mm -5003C *90mm 12 x 18mm -5004D Discus Padlocks DCL1 Stainless steel body with hardened steel shackle. Using a four pin tumbler mechanism with 500 key variations. * keyed alike. 8 SECURITY RATING Body Body Shackle Width Thickness Diameter SQU mm 26mm 9.5mm -1407P mm 26mm 9.5mm -1408C Weather Resistant Shackles Body and shackle made from hardened steel chrome plated and double bolted. High precision pin tumbler cylinder with patented pinning window. Can be keyed into many popular security keyways. * Open Shackle (no weather shield) ** Marine Grade (stainless shackle) -2476R -2475E -2477B Body Width Shackle Dia. x Clearance ABU mm 8 x 25mm -2476R mm 11 x 35mm -2476H mm 11 x 63mm -2476D mm 11 x 25mm -2475P* mm 11 x 38mm -2475E* mm 8 x 29mm -2477B** Armoured Warehouse Padlocks Commercial locks suitable for roller shutter doors, warehouses, industrial units, commercial and retail outlets. Solid armoured steel. Five pin tumbler key variations. : ASWL2. * keyed alike. Shackle Body width Dia. x thickness SQU mm 80 x 30mm -1390P *11mm 80 x 30mm -1391Q LH1 Locking Hasp The Squire LH1 lockable hasp is recommended for use on garden sheds and gates and in a commercial environment on, garages, vans and commercial vehicles. Single hinge. Concealed fixings. Hardened hasp. Width x Length SQU x 170mm -1493M Security Padlocks & Hasps 141/200 Series Hasp & Staple with Diskus Padlock Container lock is ideal for transport or storage containers or any outward opening door. Suitable for vans and trailers. With 250,000 key combinations. Supplied with locking nuts, for substantial internal strength. Special welding technology, CEN Grade 5 security. Dimensions (L x W x D) ABU x 80 x 35mm -2807M Lubricating Spray PS88 Protects, cleans and drives out dirt, humidity and icing-up. Prevents corrosion against salts, water and humidity and loosens sticky mechanism. Use for lock cylinders, car locks and tools. Formulated to extend the life of locks. ABU ml -6900R

100 Colour-Coded Dedicated Lockout Padlocks Non-conductive, non-sparking reinforced nylon with a hardened steel shackle, impact, chemical and corrosion resistant. The key will not release until the shackle is closed. Patented insulated key chamber to protect workers from shocks when the key is inserted. Each padlock supplied with one key. Dimensions: Body width: 25 x 38mm. Shackle diameter x clearance: 6.5 x 38mm. Keyed Alike and Master key options are also available. Product Code Colour BDY Red -2010A Blue -2030C Green -2040D Yellow -2050E Orange -2060F Black -2080H Colour-Coded Steel Padlocks Coloured bumpers supplied for identification and protection. Locks are supplied keyed differently (Custom Keyed Alike and Master Keyed options also available). Each padlock supplied with one key. 950 PADLOCKS Safety Lockout Padlocks - Keyed Differently Compact high security padlocks. Individually keyed to differ 6-pin lock which will not release the key until the shackle is closed. Non-conductive and non-sparking. Resistant to chemicals and corrosion. 6-pin precision-machined cylinder for extra security. Colour coded for easy identification with a photoluminescent label. Each padlock is supplied boxed with one key and keyring. Dimensions: Body width: 20 x 42mm. Shackle diameter x clearance: 6.5 x 38mm. Product Colour MTL-950 LOK007 Red -7950K LOK008 Yellow -7960K LOK009 Green -7930K LOK010 Blue -7920K LOK011 Black -7910K LOK012 Orange -7940K Standard Colour-Coded Lock-Offs Designed to stop accidental start up of machinery. When more than one person is working on plant equipment it can be secured in the off position until worker has removed his lock. Up to four locks can be fitted and the equipment cannot be restarted until all the locks have been removed. Stronglock Laminated Padlocks Rugged laminated steel locks that have a four pin tumbler mechanism with a key variation of Shackle is made from mild hardened steel. KA type are keyed alike. Product Shackle Clearance Overall Height Shackle Diameter Bumper Colour BDY Blue -1791Z Red -1790Y mm 60mm 7mm Black Yellow -1795D -1793B Green -1792A Orange -1794C Blue -1802C Red -1801B mm 87mm 7mm Black Yellow -1810L -1808J Green -1803D Orange -1809K INOX Series Colour-Coded Brass Padlocks T84MB/40 40mm solid brass body and 6.5mm diameter brass shackle which are corrosionand spark-free making them ideal for electricians and engineers. The coloured vinyl casing makes it easy to identify which personnel are working on the equipment. The keyed alike option is useful on multiple site applications where the green electrician can have one key to operate all his green locks, safe in the knowledge that his other colour coded colleagues have completely different keys and cannot switch on the equipment while he is locked off. Lock body and shackle made of solid brass. Double locking, automatic locking. Precision pin cylinder with mushroom counter pins. Paracentric key-way for greater protection against manipulation. Body Width Shackle Dia. Colour ABU-950 Black -7620L Yellow -7622N mm 6.5mm Green Red -7624Q -7626S Grey -7628V Blue -7632Z Body Width Colour Shackle Dia x Clearance SQU-950 Standard - Product 35 Blue -1193D Green -1193G mm Orange 11 x 34mm 210g -1193K Red -1193R Silver -1193V Keyed Alike - Product 35/KA Blue -1194E Green -1194H mm Orange 11 x 34mm 210g -1194L Red -1194S Silver -1194W Colour-Coded Aluminium Combination Padlocks 145 Series Precision extruded, cut and drilled pure aluminium bodies for strong security. Each mechanism & shackle is plated to avoid the chemical corrosion often found on other aluminium padlocks. Other features include: 4 digit (40mm padlocks) resetable combination, set your own PIN. Corrosion resistant anodised coating for long lasting security. Available in 9 colours. Body Width Shackle Dia x Clearance Colour ABU-950 Blue -2819C Green -2819H Orange -2819L x 185mm 27.2 x 6mm Red 40g -2819Q Silver -2819S Titanium -2819T Violet -2819V Yellow -2819Y Page 1815

101 950 LOCKOUT & TAGOUT SYSTEMS Group Lock Box LOK015 For storage of keys or other machine activation devices. Manufactured from powder coated heavy duty steel. : 13 padlocks (locks not included). Dimensions (W x H x D): 255 x 155 x 100mm. Group Lock Box The lock box is for group lockout situations involving a large number of workers and equipment, lock boxes can offer a number of advantages over hasps. Can also be used as a lock storage box. Slot in front allows keys to be inserted when box is locked. Colour: red. Material: powder coated heavy duty steel. : accommodates up to 13 padlocks (locks not included). Dimensions (W x H x D): 230 x 150 x 88mm. Product Dimensions (W x H x D) MTL-950 LOK x 155 x 100mm -9040K Standard Gate Valve Lockout Resistant to cracking and abrasion. Three padlock holes. Di-electric properties. Rotates freely around valve covers. Resistant to extreme temperatures. Suitable for hasps and padlocks. Colour: red (other colours available on request). Min/Max. shackle dia.: 6.5mm. Min. shackle clearance: 38mm. (Padlock not included) Product Dimensions (W x H x D) BDY x 150 x 88mm -3027M Lockout Warning Tags - Double-Sided Flexible polyester tags, resistant to water, oil and extreme temperatures. Matt surface allows you to write on them. Pack of 10 tags with cable ties. : 75 x 135mm. Product Hand Wheel Diameter MTL-950 LOK mm -8716K LOK mm -8726K LOK mm -8736K LOK mm -8746K & 16 Lockout Station - Boards Only Manufactured from heavy duty durable acrylic. Ideal for the storage of lockout equipment. LOK016 Two hooks for hasps. One padlock bar (takes seven padlocks). Two pockets for lockout tags. Holes for wall fixing. LOK017 Contents as LOK016 but with two padlock bars (takes 16 padlocks), and one pocket. Tags, padlocks and hasps are not included. PACKS OF 10 Product Description MTL-950 Price/Pk Price/Pk LOK050 Do Not Operate -8520K LOK051 Do Not Start -8540K Lock Board A successful lockout program begins with the right devices stored in the right places and our lockout station boards are the perfect solution to get you started. Tags, padlocks and hasps are not included. Colour: yellow. Material: acrylic. LOK016 Product of Locks Dimensions (W x H) MTL-950 LOK x 292mm -8605K LOK x 342mm -8610K Page 1816 Product of Locks Dimensions (WxH) BDY x 292mm -1589F x 342mm -1590G x 597mm -1591H

102 Scissor Lok Lockout The Brady Scissor Lok, locks out multiple gate valves simultaneously. Secures power cords, free standing equipment, tanks, cylinders or safety guards. Colour: yellow. Material type: heavy duty chemical resistant nylon. Accepts padlocks: shackle clearance 19.05mm, shackle diameter 7mm. 950 LOCKOUT & TAGOUT SYSTEMS Lockout Kit Electrical Lockout Kit Contains the most commonly required MCB lockouts, tags and labels required for routine checks, repairs or essential maintenance. Contents: 1x red safety padlock. 1x non-conductive hasp. 1x MCB lockout pin in. 1x MCB lockout pin out. 1x MCB lockout pin out wide. 2x universal MCB lockout. 1x ultra-fine permanent pen. 10x DO NOT OPERATE tags. Supplied complete in a belt bag. 18 PIECES Product Cable Length BDY cm -5022E m -5023F Mini Cable Lockout with Steel Cable The Brady mini cable lockout is perfect for use on disconnect switches, small gate valves, etc. Push-button self-winding mechanism automatically cinches cable tight. Extremely compact and portable. Cable stored internally works just like a tape measure! Body made of impact modified nylon. Superior chemical, corrosion and temperature resistant properties. Comes with 2.44m sheathed steel cable. Six lock holes accommodate most lock shackles and hasps. Labelled: DANGER LOCKED OUT DO NOT REMOVE. Colour: red. Case material: impact-resistant nylon. Cable: metal cable length: 2.44m. Dimensions (dia x depth): 102 x 45mm. Accepts padlocks: shackle clearance 20mm, shackle diameter 7mm. Part Dimensions (Dia. x Depth) BDY x 45mm -1540L Compressed Air Leak Tags An ideal complement to your compressed air leak surveys. Pack quantity: 200 tags Pieces Description MTL Lockout Kit -8650K Heavy Duty Steel Lockout - Lockout Device Solid U-shape steel bolt cannot be pried apart once locks are in place prevents vandalism. : inside diameter of U-shape bolt 25.4mm. Accepts padlocks of: shackle clearance 20mm. Shackle diameter 9mm. *With 150mm chain Part BDY * mm -4870M -5017B Multi-Purpose Metal Cable Lockout The Brady multi-purpose 2.44m cable lockout device can be used to lockout multiple control points with a single device. Perfect for your unusual energy isolating devices that are difficult to lock out. Easy to use - simply hold device in one hand and clinch tight with the other! Supplied with vinyl coated metal cable. Colour: red. Accepts padlocks: shackle clearance 20mm, shackle diameter 7mm. Cable length: 2.44m. PACK OF 200 Description CTL-964 Compressed Air Leak Tags -3352M Product Cable BDY Non-Conductive -1541M Metal Vinyl-Coated -1543P Page 1817

103 950 LOCKOUT & TAGOUT SYSTEMS Lockout/Tagout Safety Tag System Lockout/Tagout is a planned safety procedure which involves turning off the energy supply of industrial machinery and equipment whilst maintenance work or repairs are being carried out. This procedure protects workers from the risks posed by live machinery or electricity. Benefits of Lockout/Tagout Safe working while doing maintenance, cleaning or repairs. Prevention of injuries. Prevention of damage. It is also a security against the errors of yourself and others. Everybody's attention is drawn to the Lockout situation. Legal Requirements In the UK the Provision of Work Equipment Regulations - Regulation 19 - Isolation from Sources of Energy states: Every employer shall ensure, that where appropriate, work equipment is provided with suitable means to isolate it from all its sources of energy. Every employer shall take appropriate measures to ensure that reconnection of any energy source to work equipment does not expose any person using the equipment to any risk to his health or safety. The EU Guideline 89/655 specifies the minimum requirements concerning safety and health while using equipment. Paragraph 2.14 lays down that every piece of equipment must be fitted with clearly visible devices with which it can be separated from every energy source. Standard Gate Valve Lockout Locks out gate valves from 25 to 320mm. Made of durable polypropylene for superior impact and chemical resistance. Withstands temperatures from -30 C to 150 C. Comes with danger labels in English, Spanish and French. Colour: red (yellow, green and blue available on request). Max. shackle diameter: 6.5mm. Min. shackle clearance: 38mm. Butterfly Valve Lockout Made of strong polypropylene plastic. Fully dielectric (non-conductive), highly resistant to solvent and other chemical products. Highly resistant to cracking and abrasion and resistant to extreme temperature changes from -46 to 183 C. Two padlocks can be applied for extra security. Max. shackle diameter: 8mm. Min. shackle clearance: 25mm. Colour: red (yellow, green and blue available on request). Part Hand wheel diameter BDY A B C D E Part Description BDY Butterfly Valve -5200K Universal Valve Lockout Base Clamping Unit The Brady modular universal lockout removes the need for different types and sizes of lockout devices as it can do it all, you can tailor it to meet your specific requirement. Available in two sizes: Base Clamp Unit - Small Capacities: max. valve handle width: 19mm. max. handle thickness: 25mm. Accepts padlocks: shackle clearance 20mm, shackle diameter 9mm. Base Clamp Unit - Large Colour: red. Capacities: max. valve handle width: 41mm. max. handle thickness: 31.75mm. min. shackle clearance 20mm, max. shackle diameter 9mm. Cable attachment for use with small & large base clamp units. Cable attachment with 2.44m sheathed metal cable. Cable diameter 3.25mm. Accepts padlocks: shackle clearance 20mm, shackle diameter 9mm. The base clamping unit will, on its own lockout valves with butterfly handles. Using the base clamping unit and cable attachment lock out gate valve. Part BDY-950 Small - Universal Lockout Device Components Small Base Clamp 19-25mm -1524D Small Blocking Arm R Large - Universal Lockout Device Components Large Base Clamp 41-31mm -1499F Large Blocking Arm S Cable Attachment for use with Small/Large Base Clamps Cable Attachment 2.44m -2100C Page 1818 Using the base clamping unit and one blocking arm, lock out quarter-turn ball valves. Using the base unit and two locking arms you can lock out 3, 4 or 5 way valves, or to lock valves in the throttled position for operational control.

104 Ball Valve Lockout Locks quarter-turn ball valves in OFF position. Fits virtually any valve lever up to 76mm. Very compact and lightweight solution. Available in three sizes. 950 LOCKOUT & TAGOUT SYSTEMS Labelled Safety Lockout Hasp Combination of lockout and tagout. A single employee can lock out and service equipment. Up to five additional employees can apply their locks and tags. Manufactured from tough 5052 anodised aluminium alloy. Can be marked with pens, pencils and permanent markers. Print from pens and pencils can be erased. : x 76.2 x 4.7mm. Max. shackle diameter: 8mm. Min. shackle clearance: 20mm. Page 1812 Part Description BDY Do Not Operate -5400B Valve Padlock Holes Min. Shackle Material Lever x Hole Dia. Clearance BDY mm 8 x 7.5mm 25mm Nylon TM -2900H mm 15 x 7.5mm 19mm Steel -2920K mm 7 x 10mm 19mm Steel -3020W Miniature Circuit Breaker Lockout Will fit most existing types of European circuit breakers. Requires NO TOOLS to install. The Lockout easily installs with the aid of a push button. The tie bar style Lockout has a convenient thumb wheel for quick application. Available for single and multi-pole breakers. Recommended to use in combination with a padlock for added safety. The lockouts can take padlocks with a shackle diameter up to 6mm. Manufactured from very strong glass-filled nylon. Pack of 6. Tagout - Warning Tags Tagout is the placement of a tag, which indicates that the energyisolating device and the equipment being controlled MUST NOT be operated until the tag has been removed. Used to indicate who is responsible for placing a Lockout device and who is authorised to remove it or make changes to it. The tags are manufactured from flexible polyester, resistant to water, oil and extreme temperatures. Their matt surface allows you to write on them easily with a ball point or felt-tip pen. Other text versions available on request. Pack of 10 tags with cable-ties. : 75 x 160mm. Pin-Out Wide Tie-Bar Pin-Out Standard Pin-In Part Description BDY Do Not Start -5510F Do Not Open -5520G Do Not Operate -5500E Prinzing Ball Valve Lockout The two halves of the device encompass the ball valve lever to secure it from inadvertent activation of the valve. Locks out pipes from to 31mm in open and closed position. Colour: red. Material: ultra-tough polypropylene. Accepts padlocks: shackle clearance 38mm, shackle diameter 6.5mm. Part Description BDY Pin-Out Standard -3610B Pin-Out Wide -3650F Pin-In -3630D Tie-Bar -3670H Locks in open or closed position Part BDY to 31mm -5800D to 200mm -5801H Page 1819

105 950 LOCKOUT & TAGOUT SYSTEMS Aluminium Lockout Hasp & Label LOK049 Powder coated aluminium hasp combines the benefits of a standard hasp and tag simultaneously. Supplied with spare label. Safety lockout hasps are used when you wish to use multiple padlocks to isolate one energy source. : 184 x 76 x 5mm, 190 x 77 x 16mm with tab. Max. shackle diameter: 8mm. Min. shackle clearance: 20mm. Product MTL-950 LOK K Vinyl Coated Lockout Hasps Manufactured from high tensile steel sheet which has been electro-plated to prevent rusting. The padlock fixing section has been vinyl coated for grip and greater visibility. Max. padlock shackle diameter: 9.5mm. Min. padlock shackle clearance: 20mm. Colour: red. Multi-Purpose Dual Lockout Hasp LOK047 Dual scissor action hasp with steel body and powder coating to prevent rusting. Aluminium pivot provides a smooth and lasting movement. Two different jaw sizes ensure ultimate adaptability when lock out conditions vary. Min./Max. shackle diameter: 10/20mm. Product MTL-950 LOK K Safety Lockout Hasp The pivoting steel plates on a Squire Lock-Off are so close together that they cannot be prised apart. Overall: 120mm. Width: 40mm. : 25mm diameter. Padlocks not supplied. Safety Lockout Hasps Allows up to six workers to lock out a single device. Vinyl coated high tensile steel. Max. padlock shackle diameter: 9.5mm. Min. padlock shackle clearance: 20mm. Colour: red. Product Shackle Width BDY mm -5963T mm -5964V Nylon Lockout Hasp Non-conductive nylon hasp can accommodate up to 6 locks, withstands up to 450kg, yet only weighs only 30g. Colour: orange. Material: nylon. Dimensions (H x W): 177 x 44mm. : accepts up to six Lockout padlocks with shackles 7-9mm in diameter, 20mm minimum shackle clearance. Part BDY A Economy Lockout Hasp Economy lockout hasp offers lockout protection at an economy price and for use on fuse or switch boxes. Colour: red. Material: steel. Jaw capacity: 25mm. Accepts padlocks: shackle clearance 20mm shackle. diameter 10mm. Product Shackle Width MTL-950 LOK044 25mm -8334K LOK045 38mm -8336K Economy Lockout Hasp LOK048 Made from hardened powder coated steel. The hasp utilises a standard scissor action to isolate a machine. With a double locking arrangement. Colour: red. Material: steel. Jaw capacity: 25mm. Accepts padlocks: shackle clearance 20mm, shackle diameter 10mm. Dimensions SQU x 40mm -1480E Stubby Lockout Hasp To be used when lockout conditions vary in size. Designed to Lockout anything from small switch boxes up to large control units and levers with a single device. Accepts up to six padlocks. Max. padlock shackle diameter: 10mm. Min. padlock shackle clearance: 20mm. Product Jaw BDY mm -5021D Lock-off Hasps 701/702 Made of steel, takes up to six padlocks, used with T84 series colour coded padlocks for isolating electric switch gear or valves. Colour: Yellow Product MTL-950 LOK K Page 1820 Product Shackle Width BDY /38mm -5020C Overall Internal Dimensions Dia. ABU x 115mm 25mm -3502D

106 Car Seat Covers HDD covers are manufactured to the highest standards for durability and wear and tear, giving years of protection. 100% waterproof, our seat covers are made from super tough hardwearing 210 denier nylon with waterproof PVC backing and are stitched with parachute thread for added long term strength that keeps your seats looking like new. These covers are proven for use in harsh environments, protect your investment and helps reduce the wear and tear to the original seat fabric. They are resistant to oil, paint, mud, dust, dirt & grime, food and drink. Ideal for builders, carpenters, landscapers, painters and decorators, maintenance engineers, plant operators and farm workers. (Colours shown for reference only). Universal Airbag Compatible Seat Covers The Universal Airbag Compatible cover is recommended for use on all seats with seat mounted airbags. EXTENDED RANGE Universal Front Seat Covers s total seat coverage. Accepts armrests and covers the head rest. Not suitable for seats with airbags. Universal Winged Front Seat Covers Total seat coverage. Designed for wider seat types. Accepts armrests and covers the head rest. Not suitable for seats with airbags. CAR SEAT COVERS 956 Technician's Universal Front Seat Covers Used by many Motor Mechanics and Technicians to protect the single seat of vehicles while in a garage environment. Very quick and easy to fit. Can be used many times and is easily wiped clean. Colour HDC-956 Blue -0410A Grey -0420B Black -0430C Universal Fast Fit Double Rear Seat Covers VBLU-292 Designed as a quick to fit rear seat cover suitable for many Estate cars, Twin cabs and Hatchbacks. Approx. 220 x 150cms. Accepts headrests and 3 point seat belts on all seats. Use also as a boot liner, ground sheet or security cover. Colour HDC-956 Blue -8095D Grey -8070H Black -8080K Seat Covers Dispenser SC-100D Polythene seat protectors that protect all the way through the workshop process. Complete with dispenser box. (Box of 100 covers). Colour HDC-956 Blue -8020C Grey -8030D Black -8040C Colour HDC-956 Blue -8210A Grey -8220B Black -8230C Universal Fast Fit Rear Seat Covers Designed to fit most rear seat types. A fully adjustable rear car seat cover for seats between cms wide. Fits most makes of MPV and Estate car. Accepts 3 point seat belts. Does not cover head rests. Comes with full fitting instructions. Colour HDC-956 Grey -3070H Black -3080J Small Tractor Seat Covers A smaller seat cover suitable for many forklifts, excavators and tractors. Accepts armrests and headrest. Large Tractor Seat Covers Designed to fit seat of many tractors, excavators and combines. Accepts armrests and headrest. Colour HDC-956 Grey -7511M Black -7510L Universal Car Rear Seat Covers Designed as a 'quick to fit' rear seat cover suitable for many estate cars, twin cabs and hatchbacks. Approx. 220 x 150 cms. Accepts headrests and 3 point seat belts on all seats. Use also as a boot liner, ground sheet or security cover. Colour HDC-956 Blue -8000A Grey -8010B Black -8010E High Back Tractor Seat Covers Allows the use of armrests and covers the headrest. Accommodates 3 point integral seat belts. Colour PRO-956 White -0011A Colour HDC-956 Blue -7570D Grey -7570G Black -7570B Colour HDC-956 Blue -7575D Grey -7575G Black -7575B Colour HDC-956 Blue -7580D Grey -7580G Black -7580B Page 1821

107 964 ANTI-SLIP FLOOR TAPES Anti-Slip Self Adhesive Floor Tape Provides extra traction on slippery surfaces such as hazardous floor areas, industrial machinery, playgroup apparatus, stair treads and various other potentially slippery areas. It is designed to provide a quick, effective and economical solution to the problem with a self-adhesive back for ease of installation. It can be used indoors or outdoors and is resistant to water, motor oil, detergents, solvents and UV light, providing a wide variety of anti-slip solutions. BEST SELLER Anti-Slip Cleats Self-adhesive treads that provide an antislip finish to improve safety on concrete, metal or wood surfaces. Colour: black. Pack size: 10. Tread size: 610 x 150mm. Roll length: 18m. Colour Width KEN-964 Black K Colour Black Width AVN K K Safety-Walk General-Purpose Abrasive particles bonded by tough, durable polymer to a dimensionally stable plastic film to provide an effective anti-slip surface in most shoe traffic applications. Applications: used for all slippery surfaces with intensive pedestrian or light vehicle traffic, stairways, production and storage rooms, ramps, ladders and machine footplates. High quality abrasive particles to ensure long-lasting friction in any application Black and Yellow Stripe Use where visibility is of high priority. i.e. Cellar stairs, unlit steps, hidden changes in floor height etc. Colour Width CTL-964 Black/Yellow H Safety-Walk Coarse Large abrasive particles bonded by a tough, durable polymer to a dimension ally stable plastic film to resist clogging when subjected to mud or oil. Applications: agriculture equipment, civil engineering, construction vehicles. Can be painted without losing friction properties. Pack mm Qty ANG-707 Price/Pk Price/Pk 610 x G Safe Step Tapes and Treads (Cleats) Safe Step self-adhesive tapes and treads provide an economical, efficient answer to slip problems indoors or outdoors, on steps and walkways or around machinery. Standard Tape - Black Extremely durable, mineral coated generalpurpose anti-slip tape. Water, oil and chemical resistant. Can be used internally or externally (e.g. doorways, entrances, steps, walkways, ramps and porches). High Vis Tape - Fluorescent Yellow As standard tape. For use where visibility is of importance (e.g. basement stairways). Plastic film to grant outstanding durability High performance adhesive Roll length: 18.3m Colour Width MMM-964 Black 51mm -8220K Portable Access Ramp Folding, portable, heavy gauge aluminium ramp for pedestrians and wheelchairs. 740mm internal track width with 30mm high safety edges. 350kg load bearing capacity. Complete with fasteners and carrying handles. Folds for easy transport and storage. Tough, slip-resistant surface. Roll length: 18.25m Colour Width ROC-771 Black 50mm -6823J mm -6825L Yellow 50mm -6817R Standard Treads - Black Particularly suitable where greater area coverage is required, e.g. stairs, ramps, walkways and platforms. Resistant to water, motor oil, detergents, solvents and UV light. Roll length: 18.3m. Colour Width MMM-964 Black 51mm -8020K Hi-Vis Yellow 51mm -8120K Page 1822 ANG mm -5010B Pack Qty ROC-771 Price/Pk Price/Pk 600 x Q x M

108 Gripfoot Anti-Slip Tapes, Tiles & Treads Abrasive grit anti-slip' tapes, tiles and treads with self-adhesive backing. Provides additional grip underfoot on smooth surfaces. Hard wearing and easy to install. Conforms to Slip Resistant Test EN Category R13. Anti-Slip Tape Suitable for stairs and ladder treads, ramps, walkways, entrances, loading docks, machinery, plant equipment, vehicles and boats. Roll length: 18.3m. Anti-Slip Hazard Tape Suitable for floor surfaces, machinery, vehicles and marine use. Provides high visibility in darkness or low light conditions. Roll length: 18.3m. Anti-Slip Tiles Provides additional grip underfoot on smooth surfaces. Hard wearing and easy to install. Suitable for floor surfaces, machinery, vehicles and marine use. PACK OF 10 Aluminum Treads Hard wearing and easy to install. PACK OF 5 ANTI-SLIP FLOOR TAPES 610 x 150mm 964 Anti-slip Cleats Provides extra grip on smooth surfaces. Hard wearing, durable and easily installed. Pad size 610mm x 150mm. Supplied in black. General Purpose Ideal for stairways, ramps, ladders and machine footplates. Pack Qty AVN K K Coarse Ideal for indoor and outdoor use. Colour (W x L) CBA mm x 1.83m -5500A Tape Black 50mm x 18.3m 102mm x 18.3m -5510B -5520C mm x 18.3m -5530D Hazard Black/Yellow 50mm x 18.3m -5410B Tape Red/White 50mm x 18.3m -5450B Tiles Black 140mm x 140mm 152mm x 610mm -5554E -5556K Aluminium Black Black/Yellow 625mm x 114mm 625mm x 114mm -5558D -5558L COBAGRiP A range of UV stabilised glass reinforced plastic (GRP) sheets, treads and stair nosing offering exceptional levels of slip resistance both indoors and out. Outstanding wear and tear qualities. An ideal underfoot safety solution. The silicone carbide gritted top surface provides effective underfoot grip and is resistant to most solvents and chemicals. Flame retardant. Easy to install, simply bond or screw to the existing floor surface. Easy to clean (pressure wash). Sheets In three colours to meet all DDA requirements. Suitable for use with forklift traffic. Height: 3mm GRP base overall 5mm. Light Sheets Ideal for use on undulating surfaces. Can be used in food production areas. Height: 1mm GRP base overall 3mm. Colour (W x L) CBA-946 Black 1.2m x 1.2m 1.2m x 2.4m -6310F K Sheets Grey 1.2m x 1.2m 1.2m x 2.4m -6320F K Yellow 1.2m x 1.2m 1.2m x 2.4m -6360F K Black 1.2m x 1.2m -6330F Light 1.2m x 2.4m -6330K Sheets Grey 1.2m x 1.2m 1.2m x 2.4m -6340F K mm x 55mm x 1m -6430D Treads Black/ 345mm x 55mm x 1.5m -6430G Yellow 345mm x 55mm x 2m -6430K mm x 55mm x 3m -6430N mm x 55mm x 1m -6470D Nosing Yellow 55mm x 55mm x 1.5m -6470G 55mm x 55mm x 2m -6470K mm x 55mm x 3m -6470N Stair Treads Silicone carbide surface helps to prevent slip accidents on stairs. Fully covers the stair area. 55 x 55mm contrasting coloured nosing to meet DDA requirements. Can be used in conjunction with COBAGRiP sheet. Height: 3mm GRP base overall 5mm. Stair Nosing Designed to help prevent slips on stairs. Manufactured with a chamfered back edge for additional safety. Bright colour for visibility meeting DDA requirements. Height: 3mm GRP base overall 5mm. 610 x 150mm Pack Qty AVN K K Safety-Walk General-Purpose Cleats Abrasive particles bonded by tough, durable polymer to a dimensionally stable plastic Provides an effective anti-slip surface for all slippery surfaces with intensive pedestrian or light vehicle traffic, stairways, ramps, ladders and machine footplates. MMM x 152mm -8050K 6.48 Safety-Walk Coarse Cleats Large abrasive particles bonded by a tough, durable polymer to a dimension ally stable plastic film to resist clogging when subjected to mud or oil. Can be painted without losing friction properties. Applications: agriculture and forestry equipment, road building, civil engineering, construction vehicles, building equipment. MMM x 152mm -8250K 6.98 Page 1823

109 964 HAZARD TAPES Pipeline Marking Legislation Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) Regulations 1996 The purpose of the Directive is to encourage standardisation of safety signs throughout all of the member states of the European Union. This regulation requires employers to label pipe work that contains hazardous substances. The colour of the label is defined by British Standard BS 1710 or European Standard RAL. Pipe work marking tape should be positioned on both sides close to all valves, changes in pipe direction, where pipes pass through other walls or floors and every 7-14m on straight runs of pipe work. BS Pipeline Marking & Identification Tape Suitable for use at filling points, drain valves, stops and flanging points. It is recommended that pipes be clearly labelled at points where contents of the pipes could be exposed. Polypropylene coated vinyl tape for durability. 50mm x 33m. Text Width AVN-964 Gas g -2100K Steam g -2110K Water g -2120K Electricity g -2130K Flow g -2140K Return g -2150K á (Arrows) g -2160K Air g -2170K Oxygen g -2180K Acid g -2190K Hot g -2200K Fire g -2210K Page 1824 PVC Phase Marking Tape AT4000 Bold, easy to read white print on contrasting background - L1, L2, L3, N. Flame retardant, self-extinguishing and flexible. Excellent conformability. Good resistance to ageing and UV resistant. Applications: electrical insulation and alpha-numeric coding of 3 phase electrical installations. Service temperature: -5 C to +70 C. Roll size: 15mm x 10m. Colour ADT-986 L1 Black -0600K mm x 10m L2 L3 Black Black -0610K -0620K N Blue -0630K 0.98 Scotchcode ed Tape Dispenser Kit Classic easy to use marking solution pre-loaded with pre-printed numbered self adhesive tape (0-9). The dispenser has 10 refillable compartments. Simply pull and tear off as much as you need and apply, meaning no wastage. Rugged construction withstands day-to day tool box abuse. Dispenser kit contains 1 dispenser filled with numbered tape 0-9 plus 1 refill roll of number. Dispenser refill pack: 10 rolls of numbered tape (one of 0-9). Description MMM-979 Tape Dispenser Kit -0040K Tape Refill Rolls (10 rolls) -0041L 14.40

110 HAZARD TAPES 964 Hazard Tape Legislation Regulation 13 of the Workplace Regulations 1992 (Part V of Schedule I) requires: All dangerous locations, obstacles and traffic routes must be marked in yellow/black diagonal stripes. Regulation 17 of the Workplace Regulations 1992 (Part V of Schedule I) requires: All traffic routes within workplaces are indicated where necessary for health and safety reasons, using markings consisting of a continuous highly visible line. Lane Marking & Hazard Tape 3M Hazard Warning Tape - black/yellow and red/white - is excellent for marking floors, walls or machinery both internally and externally. It has a super tough backing that resists scuffing and a strong adhesive that prevents lifting. Highly weather resistant and can be used both internally and externally. Printed vinyl backing with a rubber adhesive together with high abrasion resistance. Colour Width x Length MMM-964 Yellow/Black 50mm x 33m -5010K 4.37 Red/White 50mm x 33m -5050K 4.12 Blue 50mm x 33m -6020K 3.44 Green 50mm x 33m -6030K 3.44 Red 50mm x 33m -6050K 3.44 White 50mm x 33m -6080K 3.44 Yellow 50mm x 33m -6100K 3.44 Barrier Tapes - Non-Adhesive High visibility yellow with black text repeated along 300m length. 75mm width. Ideal for warning of danger and cordoning off potential hazards. Barrier Tape, Lane & Hazard Tape High quality self-adhesive diagonal stripe hazard tape. High grade PVC. Hazard Warning Tape Conventional usage: For low head room, obstructions to be avoided, changes in floor levels, mobile equipment and placing around warning notices. For locating fire equipment, placing around prohibition and indicating inflammable areas. For placing around fire escapes, safety equipment, first aid posters and equipment and breathing apparatus. Colour Width x Length AVN-964 White 50mm x 33m 400g -4020B Yellow 50mm x 33m 400g -4010A Yellow/Black 50mm x 33m 400g -4030C Red/White 50mm x 33m 400g -4040D Green/White 50mm x 33m 400g -4080H Green 50mm x 33m 400g -4050E Blue 50mm x 33m 400g -4060F Black 50mm x 33m 400g -4070G Red 50mm x 33m 400g -4090J Yellow/Black 75mm x 33m 600g -4230C Text CED-964 Caution Hard Hat Area 650g -7520K Caution Wet Paint 650g -7530K Caution Do Not Enter 650g -7540K Caution Man Working 650g -7550K Danger 650g -7560K Caution High voltage 650g -7570K Illuminous Fire Exit Tape Illuminous exit tape, typically used on hand rails and skirting boards to indicate escape routes. Barrier Tape - Non-Adhesive Non-adhesive hazard tape. Red & white or yellow & black diagonal stripe. (30 micron). With dispenser box. Width x Length CED mm x Left 210g -6060K m Right 210g -6050K Colour Width x Length AVN-964 Red/White 75mm x 500m 1130g -3750K Yellow/Black 75mm x 500m 1130g -3760K Page 1825

111 964 SAFETY SIGNS Create your own safety signs quickly and easily. We guarantee: All signs will comply to all relevant UK safety sign legislation, now including the new ISO 7010 legends. Orders received before 4pm will be despatched on the same day. Can t see the sign you need? Step 1 Choose a layout (portrait, landscape or square) and the symbol for your safety sign. Step 2 Specify the relevant text (up to 30 words) required for your sign. Step 3 Select your preferred material. Rigid plastic or self-adhesive vinyl. Step 4 Determine what size you would like your safety sign to be. Self-Adhesive Pads Durable double-sided sticky tabs with strong adhesive. Quick and easy to apply. Ideal for fixing safety signs and posters. Supplied in packs of 4 or 80. Each tab is 15 x 15mm in size and 2mm thick. BS states that fixings should be selected to ensure that safety signs remain in situ for the duration or life expectancy of the safety message. Step 5 Call your local branch for a quote! Double-Faced Sign Mounting Foam Tapes Bonds to crinkled or rough surfaces. Resists moisture, chemicals and cold temperatures. Temperature range of -18 C to +66 C. Supplied as 15m (12 or 25mm width) or 50m (25mm width) long rolls. Description SSF mm x 15m Double-Sided Sign Mounting Foam -7812K mm x 15m Double-Sided Sign Mounting Foam -7813K mm x 50m Novabond Sign Fixing Tape -7919K Hanging Kit Ideal for fixing signs where a message needs to be seen from two directions or from a ceiling. Description Pack Quantity SSF-964 Self-Adhesive Fixing Pads K 2.05 Description SSF mm Double Hook Kit -7811K 5.46 Aluminium Snap Frames Lightweight frames for indoor or outdoor use. Attractive cushion profile frames made from smooth satin finish aluminium. A clear flexible plastic front sheet protects the contents from dust and contact. Dimensions: A4 = 210 x 297mm A3 = 297 x 420mm A2 = 420 x 594mm A1 = 594 x 841mm Wall Mounting With four pre-drilled hanging holes on back for portrait or landscape hanging. Freestanding Height adjustable tubular steel stand features a ratchet slider mechanism to allow rapid adjustment. Mirror chrome finish. Ideal for use in lobbies, receptions or as a temporary traffic direction sign. Large Format Freestanding Can be used in multiples to promote a series of information to people on the move. Double- sided to display alternate traffic directions simultaneously. A4 A3 OFI-836 A4 Plain -0220K 9.19 A3 Plain -0230K A2 Plain -0670K A1 Plain -0680K Page 1826 A4 Frame Height Range OFI-836 A K A1 OFI-836 A1-0190K 54.73

112 Health & Safety Wallcharts 0.3mm rigid plastic. SAFETY SIGNS Legislation TIP Wallcharts can be used to aid compliance with you legal responsibilities to keep your staff informed of workplace Health & Safety at all times. 964 Design SSF-964 A 595 x K Design SSF-964 C 600 x K Design SSF-964 D 600 x K Design SSF-964 E 600 x K Design SSF-964 F 600 x K Design SSF-964 G 600 x K Design SSF-964 H 600 x K Design SSF-964 I 600 x K Design SSF-964 J 600 x K Design SSF-964 K 590 x K Design SSF-964 L 600 x K Design SSF-964 M 590 x K Page 1827

113 964 SAFETY SIGNS Fire & Emergency Signs Rigid PVC and Self-Adhesive. Legislation TIP BEST SELLER A safe route out of your premises should be clear at all times and from all areas. Fire exit signs should be placed at every change in direction and floor level along potential escape route. Assembly points should be marked with a sign, ensure employees know which assembly point to use in an emergency. Design I Design K Design F Design A Design J Design B Design C Design D Design E Design G Design H Design L Design M Design N Design Dimensions H x W SSF-964 A 150 x 50 Rigid PVC -7931K 4.38 Self-Adhesive -7932K 2.72 B 150 x 50 Rigid PVC -7933K 4.37 Self-Adhesive -7934K 2.72 C 150 x 450 Rigid PVC -0390K Self-Adhesive -0400K 7.14 D 150 x 450 Rigid PVC -0430K Self-Adhesive -0440K 7.14 E 150 x 450 Rigid PVC -0470K Self-Adhesive -0480K 7.14 F 150 x 450 Rigid PVC -0410K Self-Adhesive -0420K 7.14 G 150 x 450 Rigid PVC -0350K Self-Adhesive -0360K 7.14 H 150 x 450 Rigid PVC -7828K Self-Adhesive -7829K 7.43 I 150 x 300 Rigid PVC -0290K 8.10 Self-Adhesive -0300K 5.39 J 150 x 300 Rigid PVC -0310K 8.10 Self-Adhesive -0320K 5.39 K 0150 x 450 Rigid PVC -0330K Self-Adhesive -0340K 7.14 L 0150 x 450 Rigid PVC -0490K Self-Adhesive -0500K 7.14 M 0150 x 450 Rigid PVC -7826K Self-Adhesive -7827K 7.43 N 075 x 600 Rigid PVC -0550K 9.72 Self-Adhesive -0560K 6.55 Design O Design Dimensions H x W SSF-964 O 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7844K x K P 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7822K x 297 S/Adhesive -7823K 9.50 Page 1828 Design P Design Q Design R Design Dimensions H x W SSF-964 Q 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7991K x 297 S/Adhesive -7992K 9.50 R 420 x x 420 Rigid PVC -7838K -7839K Design S Design T Design Dimensions H x W SSF-964 S 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7840K x K T 420 x x 420 Rigid PVC -7842K -7843K

114 First Aid & Emergency Equipment Signs Rigid PVC and Self-Adhesive. Legislation TIP SAFETY SIGNS 964 You must provide adequate and appropriate equipment, facilities and personnel to allow your employees to receive immediate treatment if injured at work. It must be absolutely clear how to find care in an emergency, both the location of first aiders as well as first aid equipment. Design A Design B Design C Design D Design F BEST SELLER Design G Design H Design I Design E Spill Kit Sign Design L Design J Design K Design Dimensions H x W SSF x 148 Rigid PVC -5000K 6.73 A 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -5051K x 297 Rigid PVC -7867K B 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7869K C 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7868K x 148 Rigid PVC -7870K 6.55 D 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7871K x 297 Rigid PVC -7872K E 250 x 100 Rigid PVC -4920K x 297 Rigid PVC -1780K Design Dimensions H x W SSF-964 F 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -5060K G 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -1630K H 250 x 200 Rigid PVC -7810K 9.88 I 250 x 100 Self-Adhesive -7774K x 297 Rigid PVC -7775K J 300 x 200 Rigid PVC -7830K x 200 Self-Adhesive -7831K 7.83 K 0420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7939K L 0100 x 75 Self-Adhesive -7825K 2.08 Design Dimensions H x W SSF-964 A 400 x 600 Rigid PVC -7824K Page 1829

115 964 SAFETY SIGNS Mandatory Signs Rigid PVC and Self-Adhesive. BEST SELLER Design A Design B Legislation TIP Design C Mandatory signage advises of actions that must be performed to minimise any risks. Consider safe use of machinery, necessary protective clothing requirements and safe movement of people around your premises. If an injury happens as a result of a mandatory action not taking place and you did not make this action clear, you may be held responsible for the accident. Design D Design E Design F Design G Design H Design I Design J Design K Design L Design M Design N Design O Design P Design Q Design R Design S Design T Design U Design V Design W Design X Design Dimensions SSF x 210 Rigid PVC -0090K 7.11 A 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -0100K x 420 Rigid PVC -7881K x 210 Rigid PVC -0050K 7.11 B 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -0060K x 420 Rigid PVC -1870K x 200 Rigid PVC -0030K 7.11 C 300 x 200 Self-Adhesive -0040K x 420 Rigid PVC -2280K x 75 Self-Adhesive -2010K 1.77 D 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -1940K x 297 Self-Adhesive -1950K x 125 Self-Adhesive -7878K 3.51 E 297 x 210 Rigid PVC -7879K x 210 Self-Adhesive -7880K x 210 Rigid PVC -7873K F 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7874K x 420 Rigid PVC -2040K x 210 Rigid PVC -7781K G 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7782K x 420 Rigid PVC -7783K Page 1830 Design Dimensions SSF-964 I 297 x 210 Rigid PVC -7927K x 210 Rigid PVC -7777K J 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7778K x 297 Rigid PVC -7779K K 0420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7776K L 0420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7780K x 148 Rigid PVC -6010K 6.73 M 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -6020K x 300 Self-Adhesive -6028K x 210 Rigid PVC -7816K N 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7817K x 240 Rigid PVC -7818K x 297 Rigid PVC -5830K O 420 x 297 Self-Adhesive -7888K x 420 Rigid PVC -5840K x 297 Rigid PVC -7889K P 420 x 297 Self-Adhesive -7890K x 420 Rigid PVC -7891K x 148 Rigid PVC -3420K 6.73 Q 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -3430K x 210 Rigid PVC -7988K Design Dimensions SSF-964 R 297 x 210 Rigid PVC 594 x 297 Rigid PVC -7895K -7896K x 148 Rigid PVC -7832K 6.55 S 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7833K x 210 Rigid PVC -0170K 7.11 T 300 x 250 Rigid PVC -7968K 300 x 250 Self-Adhesive -7969K x 100 Rigid PVC -0950K 3.24 U 100 x 100 Self-Adhesive -0960K x 200 Rigid PVC -7848K x 148 Rigid PVC -7849K 6.55 V 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7850K x 210 Rigid PVC -7851K x 210 Rigid PVC -7965K W 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7966K x 420 Rigid PVC -5700K X 100 x 75 Self-Adhesive -7975K 297 x 210 Rigid -7976K

116 Prohibition Signs Rigid PVC and Self-Adhesive. Design A BEST SELLER Legislation TIP SAFETY SIGNS 964 You have a legal requirement to display a no smoking sign (Design A) at the entrance to your premises, if you do not you could face a fine. Other prohibition signage should be used to advise of what cannot be done, be this entry into certain areas of your premises or the use of particular machinery for example. Design B Design C Design D Design E Design F Design G Design H Design I Design J Design K Design L Design M Design N Design O Design P Design Q Design R Design S Design T Design U Design V Design Dimensions SSF x 148 Rigid PVC -1360K 6.57 A 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -1370K x 210 Rigid PVC -1390K B 400 x 300 Rigid PVC -7914K x 100 Rigid PVC -1450K 2.90 C 100 x 100 Self-Adhesive -1460K x 200 Rigid PVC -7910K x 148 Rigid PVC -6220K 6.76 D 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -6230K x 210 Rigid PVC -7913K x 148 Rigid PVC -1480K 6.73 E 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -1490K 297 x 210 Rigid PVC -7911K x 297 Rigid PVC -7912K x 148 Rigid PVC -7907K 6.55 F 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7908K x 210 Rigid PVC -7909K x 148 Rigid PVC -1560K 6.73 G 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7963K x 210 Rigid PVC -7964K Design Dimensions SSF-964 H 210 x 148 Rigid PVC -1250K x 148 Self-Adhesive -1260K x 148 Rigid PVC -2817K 6.73 I 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -2818K x 210 Rigid PVC -0280K x 297 Rigid PVC -2820K x 148 Rigid PVC -2880K 6.73 J 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -2890K x 297 Rigid PVC -2860K x 297 Rigid PVC -7901K K 594 x 420 Rigid PVC -7902K x 594 Rigid PVC -7903K L 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7915K x 420 Rigid PVC -7916K M 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7920K N 175 x 125 Rigid PVC -7807K x 200 Rigid PVC -7809K 9.88 Design Dimensions SSF x 210 Rigid PVC -7953K O 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7954K x 420 Rigid PVC -7952K x 148 Rigid PVC -6350K 6.73 P 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -6360K x 210 Rigid PVC -7940K x 75 Rigid PVC -7803K 3.00 Q 100 x 75 Self-Adhesive -7804K x 148 Rigid PVC -6140K x 148 Rigid PVC -7904K 6.55 R 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7905K x 210 Rigid PVC -7906K S 150 x 300 Rigid PVC -7805K 150 x 300 Self-Adhesive -7806K x 210 Rigid PVC -0150K 7.11 T 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7945K x 420 Rigid PVC -0160K U 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -7941K V 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -3010K Page 1831

117 964 SAFETY SIGNS Fire Equipment Signs Rigid PVC and Self-Adhesive. Legislation TIP As with most Health & Safety legislation, the requirements are fairly logical. In the case of fire, it must be clear to employees how to raise the alarm and what to do in a fire emergency. Ensure your alarm points are clearly visible, and make sure fire equipment can easily be found and used by the appropriate people. Design A Design B Design H Design I Design J Design K Design M Design N BEST SELLER Design C Design D Design E Design F Design G Group 949 Page 1832 Design L Design O Design Dimensions SSF x 200 Rigid PVC -1170K 5.30 A 100 x 200 Self-Adhesive -1180K x 400 Rigid PVC -1190K B 100 x 100 Self-Adhesive -5370K x 400 Rigid PVC -5350K C 300 x 100 Rigid PVC -1050K 300 x 100 Self-Adhesive -1060K D 300 x 100 Rigid PVC -1010K 300 x 100 Self-Adhesive -1020K E 300 x 100 Rigid PVC -7989K 300 x 100 Self-Adhesive -7990K F 300 x 100 Rigid PVC -1030K 300 x 100 Self-Adhesive -1040K G 300 x 100 Rigid PVC -1070K 300 x 100 Self-Adhesive -1080K H 200 x 400 Rigid PVC -5420K Design P Design Q Design R Design Dimensions SSF x 200 Rigid PVC -1100K 4.07 I 100 x 200 Self-Adhesive -1090K x 400 Rigid PVC -1120K 7.79 J 100 x 200 Rigid PVC -7835K 5.26 K 200 x 400 Rigid PVC -7865K L 300 x 500 Rigid PVC -5200K M 100 x 200 Rigid PVC -1210K 100 x 200 Self-Adhesive -1220K N 200 x 400 Rigid PVC -7917K 200 x 400 Self-Adhesive -7918K x 150 Rigid PVC -7863K 5.29 O 150 x 150 Self-Adhesive -7864K x 200 Rigid PVC -5310K 7.83 P 200 x 200 Rigid PVC -1130K 200 x 200 Self-Adhesive -1140K Q 100 x 100 Self-Adhesive -7882K x 210 Rigid PVC -7993K R 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7994K x 297 Rigid PVC -7995K 19.12

118 Photoluminescent Signs Clearly identify escape routes and emergency exits - even in the event of a power failure. Available in self-adhesive vinyl for indoor use or 1.2mm polypropylene material for indoor and outdoor use. SAFETY SIGNS 964 Made using an environmentally friendly polyester film which is white in appearance in daylight and glows brightly when lighting is no longer available. Compliant with PSPA, DIN, IMO and British Standard requirements. All symbols, where applicable, conform to ISO Ensure the correct use of a directional arrow within an escape route sign. Use of any upper and lower case lettering - visually impaired people read and more clearly understand written messages with only an initial upper case letter. Design A Design B Design C EXTENDED RANGE Design D Design E Design F Design L Design G Design H Design I Design J Design K Group 949 Design M Design N Design O Design P Design Q Design Dimensions SSF-964 A 150 x 450 Rigid PVC -7530K x 450 Self-Adhesive -7856K B 150 x 450 Rigid PVC -7560K x 450 Self-Adhesive -7857K C 150 x 300 Rigid PVC -7570K x 300 Self-Adhesive -7860K D 150 x 450 Self-Adhesive -7540K x 450 Rigid PVC -7855K E 150 x 450 Self-Adhesive -7550K x 450 Rigid PVC -7854K F 150 x 300 Self-Adhesive -7858K x 300 Rigid PVC -7859K Design R Design Dimensions SSF-964 G 280 x 90 Rigid PVC -7660K x 90 Self-Adhesive -7819K H 280 x 90 Self-Adhesive -7670K x 90 Rigid PVC -7789K I 280 x 90 Rigid PVC -9020K x 90 Self-Adhesive -9021K 4.33 J 280 x 90 Rigid PVC -9025K x 90 Self-Adhesive -9026K 4.33 K 280 x 90 Rigid PVC -9030K x 90 Self-Adhesive -9031K 4.33 L 300 x 250 Self-Adhesive -7620K x 250 Rigid PVC -7834K Design Dimensions SSF-964 M 300 x 300 Self-Adhesive -7883K x 300 Rigid PVC -7884K N 150 x 150 Self-Adhesive -7852K x 150 Rigid PVC -7853K 7.19 O 150 x 150 Self-Adhesive -7861K x 150 Rigid PVC -7862K 9.62 P 100 x 100 Self-Adhesive -7846K x 100 Rigid PVC -7847K 6.17 Q 200 x 200 Self-Adhesive -7836K x 200 Rigid PVC -7837K R 75 x 600 Self-Adhesive -7935K x 600 Rigid PVC -7936K Page 1833

119 964 SAFETY SIGNS Site Safety Multi-Message Signs Provide a clear safety message around your sites. Ensures compliance under the latest Health & Safety regulations. All symbols, where applicable, conform to ISO Signs are available in the sizes shown below illustration. Available in two quality materials: Self-adhesive vinyl - ideal for indoor use. 1.2mm rigid plastic - suitable for use indoors or out, fixings required. Design A Design B Design C Design D Design E BEST SELLER Design F Design G Design H Design I Design J Design K Design L Design M Design N Design O Design P Design Q Design R Design Dimensions A SSF x 300 Rigid PVC -5140K x 600 Rigid PVC -6720K B 800 x 600 Rigid PVC -6780K C 800 x 600 Rigid PVC -6820K D 400 x 300 Rigid PVC -7962K E 400 x 300 Rigid PVC -7987K F 600 x 800 Rigid PVC -6850K G 400 x 300 Rigid PVC -7979K x 300 Self-Adhesive -7980K Page 1834 Design Dimensions SSF-964 H 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7798K x 297 Self-Adhesive -7799K I 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -2970K J 300 x 500 Rigid PVC -7793K x 500 Self-Adhesive -7794K x 500 Rigid PVC K -7790K x 500 Self-Adhesive -7791K Design Dimensions L SSF x 500 Rigid PVC -2910K x 500 Self-Adhesive -2920K M 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -7981K N 150 x 150 Rigid PVC -4370K 5.31 O 150 x 150 Rigid PVC -4350K 5.31 P 150 x 150 Rigid PVC -4360K 5.31 Q 50 x 200 Rigid PVC -7971K 3.59 R 100 x 200 Rigid PVC -7961K 5.29

120 Hazard Warning Signs Rigid PVC and Self-Adhesive. SAFETY SIGNS 964 Legislation You have a legal responsibility to carry out a risk assessment TIP of your premises, any hazards that cannot be eliminated, must be marked with a sign. Consider all potential hazards to both employees and visitors to your site. Design A Design B Design C Design D Design E Can t see the sign you need? See page 1822 BEST SELLER Design G Design H Design I Design J Design K Design L Design M Design N Design O Design P Design Q Design F Design R Design S Design T Design U Design V Design W Design X Design Dimensions SSF-964 A 400 x 300 Rigid PVC -7797K x 50 Rigid PVC -7340K 2.47 B 210 x 148 Rigid PVC -6980K x 148 Self-Adhesive -6990K x 148 Rigid PVC -7230K 6.73 C 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7240K x 297 Rigid PVC -7796K x 148 Rigid PVC -2380K 6.73 D 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -2390K x 297 Rigid PVC -6490K x 148 Rigid PVC -2420K 6.73 E 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -2430K x 297 Rigid PVC -2440K x 148 Rigid PVC -7150K 6.73 F 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7160K 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -7170K x 297 Rigid PVC -7180K 9.26 G 210 x 148 Rigid PVC -3550K 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -3560K Design Dimensions SSF-964 H 400 x 300 Rigid PVC -7250K x 210 Rigid PVC -7800K I 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7801K x 420 Rigid PVC -7802K J 420 x 297 Rigid PVC 594 x 420 Rigid PVC -3070K -7100K x 148 Rigid PVC -3610K 6.73 K 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -3620K x 297 Rigid PVC -4990K 9.26 L 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -3300K x 148 Rigid PVC -3170K 6.73 M 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -3180K 3.81 N 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -3190K x 148 Rigid PVC -7792K x 300 Self-Adhesive -7030K x 148 Rigid PVC -2460K 6.73 O 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -2470K x 297 Rigid PVC -2500K Design Dimensions P SSF x 210 Rigid PVC -7978K x 297 Rigid PVC -7350K x 210 Rigid PVC -7984K Q 297 x 210 Self-Adhesive -7985K x 297 Rigid PVC -3090K x 148 Rigid PVC -6940K 6.73 R 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -6950K x 297 Rigid PVC -6960K x 148 Rigid PVC -7110K 6.73 S 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -7120K x 297 Rigid PVC -7130K T 420 x 297 Rigid PVC -6750K U 210 x 148 Rigid PVC -7986K x 297 Rigid PVC -2360K x 148 Rigid PVC -3340K 6.73 V 210 x 148 Self-Adhesive -3350K x 297 Rigid PVC -3360K W 297 x 210 Rigid PVC -7973K X 210 x 148 Rigid PVC -7814K x 148 Self-Adhesive -7815K 4.18 Page 1835

121 964 SAFETY SIGNS Construction Signs General Construction Signs Ensure safe site navigation with this range of durable 1mm rigid plastic construction signs. Design A Design B Design C Design D Design E Design F Design G Design H Design I Design J Design K Design L Design M Design N Design Dimensions SSF-964 A 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5490K B 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5500K C 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5510K D 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5520K E 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5530K Temporary Stanchions These robust stanchions are the ideal way of displaying signs on a temporary basis. Made from steel and painted with primer to discourage rusting. Clips are provided for retaining either two signs into the double-sided stanchion or one sign into the single-sided. Design Dimensions SSF-964 F 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5540K G 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5550K H 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5560K I 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5570K J 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5580K Design Dimensions SSF-964 K 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5590K L 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5600K M 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5610K N 450 x 600 Rigid PVC -5620K Product Design SSF-964 STA10 Double-sided Steel -6590K STA01 Single-sided Steel -6580K Detachable Scaffolding Safety Signs Design A Design B Design C Design D Design E Design F Design G Design Dimensions SSF-964 A 500 x 300 Aluminium -6930K B 500 x 300 Aluminium -6890K C 500 x 300 Aluminium -6920K Page 1836 Design Dimensions SSF-964 D 500 x 300 Aluminium -6900K E 500 x 300 Aluminium -6870K F 500 x 300 Aluminium -6880K Design Dimensions SSF-964 G 500 x 300 Aluminium -6910K Large order? Call your nearest branch for a quote.

122 Class Ref 2 Reflective Traffic & Works Safety Signs Improve safety on your site, loading areas and approach roads to your premises. Manufactured from 3mm Dibond with a durable Class Ref 2 reflective face. CE marked traffic signs comply with BS EN Suitable for either wall or post mounting. SAFETY SIGNS 964 Design A Design B Design C Design D Design E Design F Design G Design H Design I Design J Design K Design L Design Dimensions SSF-964 A 600 x x 680 Post Fix Wall Fix -7759K -7771K B 600 x x 600 Post Fix Wall Fix -7753K -7760K C 600 x 600 Post Fix -7758K x 600 Wall Fix -7770K D 600 x 600 Post Fix -7751K x 600 Wall Fix -7762K Posts and Fixings Plastic coated, hollow steel posts and 76mm clips to securely mount your Reflective Traffic Safety Signs. Available in three lengths, we recommend the use of a baseplate and to allow approximately 600mm sink below the ground. Plastic end caps are available for the tops of posts. The screwband fixing and universal channel clamp will allow fixing to existing posts up to 160mm in diameter. Each sign requires 2 x 76mm clips, or two of the screwband and universal fixing clamp for post fixing. Design Dimensions SSF-964 E 600 x x 600 Post Fix Wall Fix -7721K -7761K F 600 x x 600 Post Fix Wall Fix -7720K -7763K G 450 x 600 Post Fix -7755K x 600 Wall Fix -7767K H 450 x 600 Post Fix -7756K x 600 Wall Fix -7768K Universal Channel Clamp Design Dimensions SSF-964 I 450 x x 600 Post Fix Wall Fix -7750K -7765K J 450 x x 600 Post Fix Wall Fix -7757K -7769K K 600 x 450 Post Fix -7754K x 450 Wall Fix -7766K L 600 x 680 Post Fix -7752K x 680 Wall Fix -7764K mm Clips Plastic end cap Screwband Plastic-coated mild steel tube (76mm diameter) Galvanised steel base plate Description SSF m Grey Post -7877K Grey Plastic End Cap -7876K 1.49 Galvanised Steel Baseplate -7875K mm Clips (Pk-2) -7795K 5.10 Screwband Fixing -7956K Universal Channel Clamp -7974K 6.16 Page 1837

123 964 SAFETY SIGNS Laddertag A must for all ladders, kick stools and podiums. Regular and detailed inspections of ladders, both temporary and fixed, must be carried out. Laddertag is robust and highly visible, displaying information on the ladder class and inspection period. The reverse of the insert displays a quick reference inspection checklist. Laddertag Kit contains 10 holders, 10 inserts and one pen. We recommend that the Wallchart should be used to highlight safety awareness. Insert Insert Holder Wallchart Description SSF-964 Laddertag Kit -9009A Laddertag Inserts (Pk 10) -9009N Laddertag Inserts (Pk 50) -7894K Ladder Inspection Pocket Guide (Pk 5) -9010B Laddertag Holders (Pk 10) -9011B x 420 Ladder Inspection Guide -9012M Ladder Yellow Book -7893K Towertag Ideal for all types of mobile towers. Working in the same fashion as Scafftag (opposite) the up-to-date status of the tower is instantly visible. The insert allows specific information on the movement of tower scaffold and maximum safe working loads to be clearly displayed at the point of use. Simply slide the insert into the DO NOT USE SCAFFOLD all weatherproof, UV resistant holder. The Towertag Kit (SCF06) includes 10 holders, 20 standard inserts and 2 pens. A wallchart is also available to train employees and create awareness of this unique product. Holder Wallchart Plant & Machinery Microtag The most popular status management system for electrical testing. Enables maximum visibility with minimal attachment space, the tags are a heavy-duty alternative to labels which are prone to damage in industrial environment. The holder displays DO NOT USE EQUIPMENT prior to inspection when a choice of three colour inserts are available to use. The holder can be attached to the equipment with adhesive or to the power lead with cable ties. Plant & Machinery Microtag Kit contains 20 holders, 40 cable ties (150mm long) and 1 pen. Inserts are available separately. Description SSF-964 Towertag Kit -9007M Towertag Inserts (Pk 10) -9008B Towertag Inserts (Pk 50) -7972K Tower Inspection Pocket Guide (Pk 5) -9008N x 420 Alum & Fibreglass Tower -9011M Inserts Description SSF-964 Microtag Kit -7899K Microtag Insert Green (Pk 20) -7928G Microtag Insert Red (Pk 20) -7928R Microtag Insert Yellow (Pk 20) -7928Y Microtag Holders (Pk 20) -7898K Permanent Marker Pens Black (Pk 10) -7922B Page 1838 Holder -7928R -7928G -7928Y

124 An Introduction... SAFETY SIGNS 964 Status Management Systems Scafftag is the innovative tagging system which creates a complete safety management system for your workplace. The tagging system comprises of two components, a permanent holder which is attached to the equipment and a replaceable status insert. Key benefits: Empowers employees to make informed and accurate decisions by making information instantly visible. Allows the tracking, usage, maintenance and inspection status of equipment helping safeguard employees and others. Ensures your company complies with key working legislation: Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations Construction (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations Fitted to all legal access points the unique holder and insert ensure that the latest scaffold status is instantly visible from the scaffold buildstage to dismantle. The Scafftag Kit (SCF01) includes 10 holders, two standard inserts and two pens. Replacement inserts are available in packs of 10 and 50. We recommend that you accompany your Scafftag equipment with the Wallchart and Pocket Guide (semi-rigid PVC). These will increase employee knowledge and encourage the use of Scafftag into their routine. Holder Prohibition Insert Standard Inspection Insert Product Description Pack Quantity SSF-964 Price/Pk SCF01 Scafftag Kit A SCF02A Prohibition Inserts N SCF02B Prohibition Inserts K SCF03A Standard Inspection Inserts B SCF03B Standard Scafftag Mk1 Inserts K SCF04B Scaftag Load Classification Inserts K SCF28 Scaftag Holders N SCF05 Scaffold Inspection Pocket Guide K WC x 420mm Wall Chart K SCF33 Scaffold Inspection Report - Blue Book K SCF35 Scaffold Inspection Report - Green Book K Load Classification Table Colour Load Classification Pack Quantity SSF-964 Price/Pk Grey Very Light-Duty L Pink Light-Duty S Orange General-Purpose T Blue Heavy-Duty V Maroon Special-Purpose W Isotag Isotag is a complete tagging system to help control mechanical and electrical isolation procedures. Current operational status is instantly visible to all individuals. Prevents the inadvertent energising of a system, reducing the potential for accident. Two-part perforation allows tag to remain on asset with permitting authority holding detached section. Both parts can be consolidated when task has been completed. Description Pk Qty SSF-964 Isotag K Isotag K Perm Marker Pens Black B Page 1839

125 964 VIBRATION LABELS Rigid Tags Rigid hand arm vibration warning tabs provide a convenient user friendly method of labelling tools with the relevant vibration data. Using the original traffic light system, tools can be tagged according to vibration levels and usage time, for example a high vibration tool would require a red tag. The tags are durable and flexible; has UVresistant properties and are extremely resistant to the elements. All designs are permanently laser etched into the plastic surface to make them easily read and long lasting. Designs can either be template layouts for completion with an indelible marker (self-write) or available with a range of pre-printed vibration data. Vibration Level Specific Hand arm vibration warning tags printed with vibration magnitude from 2.5m/s2 to 15m/s2 in 0.5m/s2 increments. Eg. 2.5, 3, 3.5 etc. The tags are also printed with the corresponding usage times in Points per Hour, EAV and ELV format. Pre-Printed Warning Vibration Tags Self-Write Warning Vibration Tags Self-Write EAV & ELV Warning Vibration Tags Colour Print CTL-964 Pre-Printed Warning Vibration Tags Red -8001A 1.25 Green Front -8002B 1.25 Amber -8003C 1.25 Self-Write Warning Vibration Tags Red -8007G 1.25 Green Front -8008H 1.25 Amber -8009J 1.25 Self-Write EAV & ELV Warning Vibration Tags Red -8013N 1.25 Green Front -8014P 1.25 Amber -8015Q 1.25 BACK PRINT OPTIONS ON THE ABOVE CODES ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL BRANCH FOR DETAILS. Back Print Options All the rigid tags can be back printed with additional safety information. There are many more to chose from so please contact your branch for more details. Risk reduction advice PPE advice Tool check list Exposure chart Page 1840

126 Flexi Tags Flexi tags are an alternative to rigid tags but due to the design, they cannot be back printed. However these tags are durable, weatherproof and very lightweight. Flexi tags are pre-slit with eight holes for attachment versatility and can be affixed in a multitude of different ways using cable ties or wire. General Flexi Vibration Labels These labels are already printed for your convenience using the original traffic light system, tools can be tagged according to vibration levels and usage time, for example a low vibration tool would require a green tag. Safety Adhesive Labels Safety adhesive labels are made from a gloss vinyl material. This allows the label to be attached to almost any surface; providing it is clean and grease free. VIBRATION LABELS For most designs there are two sizes available: 51 x 51mm and 51 x 27mm. 964 N.B. Other sizes are available on request. Flexi Tags - Pre-Printed Warning Vibration Colour Print CTL-964 Red -8019V 0.85 Green Printed -8020W 0.85 Self-Write Flexi Vibration Labels These labels are printed on one side with a pre-empt chart for you to fill out with an indelible marker. Points Per Hour PPH. EAV and ELV trigger times. Supplied are two types of label in this range with the traffic light system to help determine vibration levels warnings. Pre-Printed - Hand Arm Vibration Warning Stickers Colour Print CTL-964 Red 51 x D 0.75 Green Printed 51 x E 0.75 Amber 51 x F 0.75 Red 51 x G 0.65 Green Printed 51 x H 0.65 Amber 51 x J 0.65 Points Per Hour (51 x 27mm) EAV & ELV (51 x 51mm) EAV & ELV Points Per Hour Flexi Tags - Self-Write Vibration Warning Stickers Colour Print CTL-964 Red Points Per Hour -8022Y 0.85 Red -8025A 0.85 Green EAV & ELV -8026B 0.85 Amber -8027C 0.85 Self-Write - Hand Arm Vibration Warning Stickers Colour Print CTL-964 Red 51 x K 0.75 Green Points Per Hour 51 x L 0.75 Amber 51 x M 0.75 Red 51 x N 0.65 Green Points Per Hour 51 x P 0.65 Amber 51 x Q 0.65 Red 51 x R 0.75 Green EAV & ELV 51 x S 0.75 Amber 51 x T 0.75 Red 51 x V 0.65 Green EAV & ELV 51 x W 0.65 Amber 51 x X 0.65 Page 1841

127 966 QUALITY CONTROL LABELLING & MARKING PRODUCTS Quality Control Labels A range of labels perfect for managing your company s maintenance and warehouse procedures. A choice of two materials: 1. Self-adhesive vinyl - hard wearing, adhesive labels that are suitable for most applications. 250 labels per roll. 2. Vinyl cloth - highly versatile and adheres to most surfaces. These firmly adhering labels can be deliberately removed on several occasions. 250 labels per roll. Design Dimensions SSF-964 A 25 x 40 Self-Adhesive -6520K 40 x 75 Vinyl -7921K B 25 x 40 Self-Adhesive -6550K 40 x 75 Vinyl -7970K C 25 x 40 Self-Adhesive -7946K 40 x 75 Vinyl -7947K D 25 x 40 Self-Adhesive -6540K 40 x 75 Vinyl -7885K Design A Warehouse Floor Signalling Simple and effective solution for marking areas on the warehouse floor. A range of inexpensive high-visibility signals to highlight walkways, forklift truck routes and pallet position on the warehouse floor. The range includes circles for walkways, directional arrows, as route markers to indicate traffic flow. For marking out block stack pallet areas, the signals include a L shape corner, a T for between pallets and a + for centre pallet positions. Tough PVC with an aggressive adhesive that has been selected to withstand the everyday traffic of a fully operational warehouse. Design B Design C Design D Design E Design F Design G Design H Design I Design J Design Dimensions SSF-964 E 25 x x 75 Vinyl Vinyl -7784K -7785K F 25 x x 75 Vinyl Vinyl -7959K -7960K G 25 x x 75 Vinyl Vinyl -7787K -7788K H 25 x 40 Self-Adhesive -6570K 40 x 75 Vinyl -7938K Design Dimensions SSF-964 I 25 x 40 Self-Adhesive -6530K 40 x 75 Vinyl -7937K J 25 x 40 Self-Adhesive -6560K 40 x 75 Vinyl -7786K Pack Qty BVW-966 Yellow BVW-966 Red BVW-966 Blue BVW-966 Green BVW-966 Black BVW-966 White Price/Pk Price/Pk 300x R -1321X -1326C -1331H -1336N -1316T x S -1322Y -1327D -1332J -1337P -1317V x T -1323Z -1328E -1333K -1338Q -1318W Dia V -1324A -1329F -1334L -1339R -1319X High W -1325B -1330G -1335M -1340S -1320Y L & R 300 x Q -1409K -1403D -1405F -1401B -1412N Identification Tags With String Strong, high quality tags ideal for a wide range of uses. Made from 100% recycled board. Reinforced with washers for added strength. Available in buff, blue, green, red, white and yellow. Please note, colours are for guidance only. Colour Quantity Dimensions AVN-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk x K Buff x K x K x K Buff x K x K Blue x K Green x K Red x K White x K Yellow x K Page 1842 Identification Tags - Stringless Strong, high quality tags ideal for a wide range of uses. Made from 100% recycled board. Reinforced with washers for added strength. PACK OF 1000 STRINGLESS Colour Quantity Dimensions FIV-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk x K x K Buff x K x K x K

128 STORES LABELLING & MARKING PRODUCTS Aisle Markers Management of a modern warehouse needs clear and precise identification that can be understood quickly and easily by all employees. The high-visibility aisle markers provide instant identification for all areas, saving time and reducing costs. Available in white or yellow. (AM4 only available in yellow). Customised To Your Needs Select your own combination of letters, numbers, colour and sizes to suit your requirements. Please specify exact content and colours when ordering. Product H x W BVW-966 AM1 95 x 160 includes up to three 50mm high digits -0930K AM1F * 95 x 130 includes up to three 50mm high digits -0940K Drilled 4 Corners Self- Adhesive Magnetic AM1FM ** 95 x 130 includes up to three 50mm high digits ** -0950K Self- AM1T * 95 x 160 includes up to Adhesive three 50mm high digits -0960K Magnetic AM1TM ** 95 x 160 includes up to three 50mm high digits -0970K Drilled 4 AM2 220 x 270 for up to Corners two 180mm high digits -0980K Drilled 4 AM3 220 x 450 for up to Corners three 180mm high digits -0990K plus 3.00 per digit Drilled 4 AM3X 300 x 300 for up to Corners two 180mm high digits -1000K plus 3.00 per digit Drilled 4 AM4 660 x 343 includes Corners one 500mm high digit -1010K Drilled 4 AM6 600 x 600 includes Corners two 400mm high digit -1020K Available in White or Yellow 966 Graphic Floor Signs and Identification Markers A range of high-visibility graphic floor signs. Each sign is 430mm in diameter and designed to highlight warnings or special requirements required by industry. Each marker is printed onto the underside of a clear PVC film that has been selected to withstand the traffic in a modern warehouse and then laminated on the back surface with an aggressive permanent adhesive. They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces and have been independently tested for slip resistance, performing well in all conditions. Although designed for the floor, the markers can be used on walls or anywhere a tough permanent sign is needed. EXTENDED RANGE Product Description BVW-966 FM 01 Arrow -1301A FM 02 No Entry -1302B FM 03 Authorised Personnel Only -1303C FM 04 Keep Aisles Clear -1304D FM 05 Forklift Truck Area -1305E FM 06 Pedestrian Traffic -1306F FM 07 No Smoking -1307G FM 08 No Naked Lights -1308H FM 09 No Food or Drink -1309J FM 10 Safety Helmets Must Be Worn -1310K FM 11 Eye Protection Area -1311L FM 12 Ear Protection Must Be Worn -1312M FM 13 Protective Footwear Must Be Worn -1313N FM 14 Floor Slippery When Wet -1314P FM 15 Watch Your Step -1315Q FM 16 Stop -1290N FM 17 Fire Exit -1291P FM 18 Keep Clear -1292Q FM 19 No Pedestrian Traffic -1293R FM 20 Pedestrian Route -1294S FM 21 5mph -1295T FM 22 No Forklift Trucks -1296V FM 23 Hi-Vis Vest & Footwear -1299M FM 24 No Pedestrian Access -1293Y FM 25 Eye Protection -1311P FM 26 Ear Protection -1312S FM 27 Protective Footwear -1313T FM 28 Fire Exit -1300R FM 29 No Forklift -1297D FM 30 Forklift Area Symbol -1298H FM 31 Stop/Man C/W Hand -1300A FM 32 No Pallets -1300D FM 33 Hi-Vis Vests Must Be Worn -1300J FM 34 No Mobile Phones -1306T FM 35 Exit with Arrow -1300V Page 1843

129 966 STORES LABELLING & MARKING PRODUCTS Magnetic Easy-Wipe Location Markers White-faced magnetic markers perfect for steel racking or shelving. Use a wet-wipe marker pen, write on, update and move when required. Yellow faced available on request. PACK OF 100 Product Pack H x W Qty BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk LM18W 10 x A LM158W 15 x A LM28W 20 x K LM38W 30 x K LM48W 40 x A LM58W 50 x K LM105W 56 x K LM410W 40 x A LM515W 50 x A LM520W 50 x A LM610W 60 x A LM710W 70 x A LM810W 80 x A LM815W 80 x A LM820W 80 x A LM219W 90 x K LM1015W 100 x A LM1020W 100 x A Magnetic Letters and s Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets as a combination of mixed alpha or numeric digits. Two tile heights, either 23mm with a 17mm high digit or 43mm with a 39mm high digit. Available with black digits on a white or yellow background. Allows for fast and easy labelling on any steel surface. (H) Characters Per Sheet Colour BVW mm 2x(XY), 3x(QW), 5x(KP), 6x(BHV), 7x(DFGLU), 8x(CMST), White -4001A mm 9x(R), 12x(AO), 21x(E), 11x(N), 4x(JZ), 14x(I) Yellow -4003C mm 23mm 9x(9), 17x( ), 31x(1), 39x(0) White Yellow -4002B -4004D mm 43mm 1x(JKQWXY), 2x(BCDFGHLMOPVZ), 3x(AINRSTU), 4x(E) White Yellow -4011A -4013C mm 43mm 5x( ), 9x(1), 10x(0) White Yellow -4012B -4014D Magnetic & Letter Tiles The 70mm square tiles are printed with a single digit on a white background and are sold in packs of individual characters. This enables the user to purchase only the digits they need for the job in hand. These magnetic tiles can be used on a steel surface in many industrial applications. In the warehouse to identify locations on racking, in the office the magnetic tile can be used to identify filing locations on steel cabinets, in education for use on magnetic white boards. Wherever they are used, they provide a system that can be moved and relocated. The tiles are available in packs of five identical characters, A - Z and 0-9 please specify characters required when ordering. (H x W) Pack Qty BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk 70 x 70mm K Page 1844

130 Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip Adheres to any steel racking. Cut to any length to suit. Write on - wipe off. Yellow, white, blue, green or red. State colour required. 10, 15, 60, 80, and 100mm width strips also available on request. Product W x L Colour BVW-966 MSR2W White -0320K MSR2Y Yellow -0330K MSR2B MSR2G 20mm x 10m Blue Green -0640K -0650K MSR2R Red -0660K MSR2BK Matt Black -2610K MSR25W White -0414K MSR25Y Yellow -0415K MSR25B MSR25G 25mm x 10m Blue Green -0411K -0412K MSR325R Red -0413K MSR25BK Matt Black -2620K MSR3W White -0340K MSR3Y Yellow -0350K MSR3B MSR3G 30mm x 10m Blue Green -0670K -0680K MSR3R Red -0690K MSR3BK Matt Black -2630K MSR4W White -0880K MSR4Y Yellow -0890K MSR4B MSR4G 40mm x 10m Blue Green -0850K -0860K MSR4R Red -0870K MSR4BK Matt Black -2640K MSR5W White -0360K MSR5Y Yellow -0370K MSR5B MSR5G 50mm x 10m Blue Green -0700K -0710K MSR5R Red -0720K MSR5BK Matt Black -2650K MSR7W White -0380K MSR7Y Yellow -0390K MSR7B MSR7G 70mm x 10m Blue Green -0730K -0740K MSR7R Red -0750K MSR7BK Matt Black -2660K MSR9W White -0400K MSR9Y Yellow -0410K MSR9B MSR9G 90mm x 10m Blue Green -0760K -0770K MSR9R Red -0780K MSR9BK Matt Black -2680K PB/5 Black Marker Pen -0840K Magnetic/Self-Adhesive Document Pockets Industrial quality pockets that will locate on steel racking or shelving and can be used in the factory or office. Magnetic pockets enable easy relocation. Self-adhesive pockets have an aggressive tape along the top and the bottom edge. Made in tough clear polypropylene, the pockets provide ample room for A7, A6, A5, A4 and A3 sized documents. To Pack H x W Fit Quantity BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk 60 x 110 A K x A x 155 A E x B x F Magnetic 155 x 230 A K x K x 310 A K x K x 436 A C x D x 110 A K x A x 155 A C Self- 110 x B Adhesive 150 x D x 230 A K x K x 310 A K x K STORES LABELLING & MARKING PRODUCTS Magnetic Self- Adhesive Strip Backed with a strong, permanent selfadhesive for mounting items onto steel surfaces. Suitable for countless tasks at home, in the office, factory or warehouse. Avoids the need to drill or EXTENDED glue creating portable and removable RANGE fixings for signs, holders etc. Can be applied in seconds and adheres to any ferrous surface. 966 Label W x L AVN mm x 30m -0160K mm x 10m -0170K Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip A flexible magnetic strip which adheres to any steel surface. Easily cut to size with a gloss vinyl surface that can be written on. For use with drywipe pens and solvent cleaner for wiping. 10m white rolls. Label W x L AVN mm x 10m -0130K mm x 10m -0140K mm x 10m -0150K Magnetic Self-Adhesive Strip Backed with strong permanent adhesive, allows items to be easily mounted onto steel racking, without the need for drilling. Makes anything magnetic in seconds. 13mm includes premium adhesive backing, 20, 25 and 50mm all have foam adhesive backing which is ideal for smoothing out irregular surfaces. Product Label W x L BVW-966 MSSA/13 13mm x 30m -1070K MSSA/20 20mm x 10m -1080K MSSA/25 25mm x 10m -1082K MSSA/50 50mm x 10m -1090K Self Adhesive Steel Tape Self adhesive steel tape allows non-metallic surfaces to accept magnetic products. Ideal where metal surfaces are not present. W x L BVW mm x 30m -5260A mm x 30m -5261B mm x 30m -5262C Page 1845

131 966 STORES LABELLING & MARKING PRODUCTS Magnetic Wrap-Round Pockets for Roll Cages These magnetic wrap around pockets are durable and hard wearing, designed for industrial roll cages or mesh containers. Each is manufactured in tough plastic and has a unique looped magnetic header that is designed to wrap around the mesh of a cage. A special flap shields the opening of pocket providing your documentation with protection from the elements. Fits around a maximum diameter of 30mm. Pack Quantity BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk 210 x 297 (A4) D x (A5) E x 105 (A6) F Ticket Pockets An economical range of flexible PVC ticket pockets, which have a clear front and yellow back designed for use on racking and shelving. The clear front enables barcodes to be scanned without removing the ticket. Self-Adhesive The self-adhesive pocket enables it to be permanently fixed. Magnetic The magnetic pocket can be easily relocated without removing the ticket. EXTENDED RANGE PACK OF 10 PACKS OF 100 (H x W) Pack Quantity BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk Self-Adhesive 30 x 100mm -3201A x 120mm 60 x 100mm M -3202B x 140mm -3203C Magnetic 30 x 100mm -3301A x 120mm 60 x 100mm M -3302B x 140mm -3303C Floor Identification Markers Designed to identify, aisle, bay or other warehouse floor areas. Each marker is 190mm diameter. Printed with a bold black numeric digit or letter of your choice on a yellow background. They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces and have been independently tested for slip resistance, performing well in all conditions. Available s 0 to 25 and Letters A to Z. *When ordering individual characters please complete the order code by adding the character required to the end of the (incomplete) code given below. e.g. for number 15 please order BVW e.g. for a letter D please order BVW D Description * (Diameter) BVW-966 s 190mm Letters 190mm -1200_-1200A Page 1846

132 Semi-rigid notices suitable for mounting on racking, shelving, BLS5 mezzanine floors etc. They detail the procedures for the maintenance of racking, shelving and mezzanine structures.the illustrations allow for maximum shelf and bay load weights, to be labelled, or written in with a permanent marker pen, plus installation details and reference numbers. BLS1-5 are manufactured from tough and durable PVC, BLS6&7 are made from 1.5mm thick white rigid styrene. Safe Load Notices STORES LABELLING & MARKING PRODUCTS BLS1 BLS6 BLS2 EXTENDED RANGE BLS3 BLS4 BLS7 966 Display Frames Frames4Docs A unique range of colour coded frames designed for easy and prominent document display. Can be used in vertical or horizontal formats, suitable for documents up to 1.5mm in thickness. Perfect for use in offices, shops, libraries and throughout industry to display all types of literature, certificates and information. Colour coded using red, blue, yellow, green and black, all five of these safety colours comply with British Safety Standards and are therefore ideal for displaying health and safety information including fire and hazard notices. Supplied in packs of 10. PACK OF 10 Product Description BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk BLS1 Shelving 356 x A BLS2 Cantilever Racking 356 x B BLS3 Drive Thru Racking 356 x C BLS4 Mezzanine Floor 210 x F BLS5 Racking 470 x E BLS6 Racking 297 x F BLS7 Shelving 215 x F EXTENDED RANGE BVW-966 BVW-966 BVW-966 BVW-966 BVW-966 BVW-966 BVW-966 BVW-966 BVW-966 Blue Black Green Red Yellow Mixed Blk/Ylw Red/Wht Grn/Wht A5 A5 Self Adhesive Magnetic -5231H -5212N -5232J -5213P -5233K -5214Q -5235M -5216S -5236N -5217T -5234L -5215R A4 Self Adhesive -5225B -5226C -5227D -5229F -5230G -5228E -5230L -5230Q -5230V A4 Magnetic -5206G -5207H -5208J -5210L -5211M -5209K -5211R -5211X -5212G A3 Self Adhesive -5218V -5219W -5220X -5222Z -5224A -5221Y A3 Magnetic -5200A -5201B -5202C -5204E -5205F -5203D A2 A2 Self Adhesive Magnetic -1870K -1810K -1880K -1820K -1890K -1830K -1910K -1850K -1920K -1860K -1900K -1840K Page 1847

133 Group 966 STORES LABELLING & MARKING PRODUCTS Identification Self-Adhesive s & Letters These self-adhesive numbers and letters are printed black on yellow, enabling high-visibility identification. Simply applied, they can be quickly removed and leave no adhesive residue. They are available in eight sizes, and are suitable for a variety of uses throughout the holder. warehouse including labelling of shelves, racking, bins and other areas. They are also suitable for use in the office for labelling files etc. Eight sizes in black on yellow with identical digits on card. Colours are only available in sizes F1, F2 and F3. Cards can be supplied in packs of A - Z and 0-9 or as mixed numbers and letters on request. Cards of directional arrows are available in sizes F3, F4, F5, and F6. PLEASE ALLOW 2-3 WORKING DAYS DELIVERY *When ordering individual characters please complete the order code by adding the character required to the end of the (incomplete) code given below. e.g. for a sheet of letter T in size F2 please order BVW T. NB: See ordering notes, above Product Label of * H x W Characters per sheet BVW-966 Individual Characters F1 9.5 x _-0020A F x _-0020A F3 19 x _-0030A F4 38 x _-0040A F5 56 x _-0050A F6 90 x _-0060A F7 130 x _-0070A F8 230 x _-0080A Label H x W of Characters per sheet Page 1848 of sheets 0-9 Pack BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk 9.5 x A x A x A x A x A x A x A x A A - Z Letter Pack 9.5 x M x M x M x M x M x M x M x M Magnetic & Self-Adhesive Label Holders Label holders provide instant identification for steel racking or shelving warehouses, store rooms or offices. Each label holder is supplied complete with white card so that a specific area can be colour-coded. A protective transparent PVC strip is also supplied with EXTENDED RANGE Pack H x W Quantity BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk Magnetic - Brown 15 x 80mm K x 80mm K x 80mm K x 80mm K x 80mm K x 100mm K x 200mm K x 200mm R x 200mm W x 5m K x 10m K Self-Adhesive - White 15 x 80mm K x 80mm K x 80mm K x 1m K x 1m K x 1m K Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders Clear plastic ticket holders, where the front pulls forward allowing a card to be inserted, enabling quick and easy update. Self-adhesive or magnetic backing. Product Pack H x W Quantity BVW-966 Price/Pk Price/Pk Self-Adhesive TS x K TS x K TS25/10 25 x K TS25/20 25 x K TS x K TS x K TS38/10 38 x K TS38/20 38 x K TS x K TS x K TS54/10 54 x K TS54/20 54 x K TS x K TS x K TS80/10 80 x K TS80/20 80 x K Magnetic TS210M 25 x K TS220M 25 x K TS25M/10 25 x K TS310M 38 x K TS320M 38 x K TS38M/10 38 x K TS510M 54 x K TS520M 54 x K TS54M/10 54 x K TS810M 80 x K TS820M 80 x K TS80M/10 80 x K

134 Jute Rope 6mm x 10m hank and 00m reel. No.4 type. Eight plait construction with core. 100% natural jute fibre. Rustic feel. Knots well. Hard-wearing and tactile. Resistant to heat and fire. Low stretch. Fully biodegradable. Store in a dry place. A general-purpose rope used by builders, DIY and gardeners. Dia x Length MTL-978 6mm x 10m 0185g -5510K mm x 100m 1850g -5520K Hi Vis Braided Cord 4mm x 100m reel. Solid 16 plait construction. Highly flexible with polypropylene for added strength and durability, weather-resistant and will float on water. Low stretch and smooth running. Dia x Length MTL-978 4mm x 100m 600g -6840K grip. Robust construction and abrasion resistant. 30m Mini Coils Waxed Cotton Rope 6mm x 10m hank and 100m reel. No.4 type. 16 plait construction. Waxed for longer life. Polypropylene core for added strength. Hard-wearing and tactile. Weather-resistant. Low stretch. Smooth running. Used in the building trade and DIY for sash window repair, household refurbishment and outdoor use. Dia x Length MTL-978 6mm x 10m 240g -5710K mm x 100m 2.4kg -5720K Polyester Rope 6mm x 100m reel. No.4 type. 8 plait construction. Centre core. 100% polyester. Multi-filament. High tenacity. Round section. Easy to handle, knot and splice. High abrasionresistance. Resistant to organic and mineral acids, oxidising agents and diluted alkalis. UV-resistant. Weather-resistant. Low stretch. Smooth running. A generalpurpose high strength rope, suitable for repairing sash windows. Dia x Length MTL-978 6mm x 100m 2.3kg -5620K Polypropylene Rope Three strand rope made from double-twined polypropylene yarns giving the rope very good 500m Reels Supplied on industrial wooden reel. 978 ROPE, STRAPS & CHAIN Polished Cotton Rope 6mm x 10m hank. No.8 type. Solid 12 braid construction. Centre core. 100% pure cotton. Traditional red spot design. Polished finish for longer life. Round section. High abrasion resistance. Moisture-resistant. Low stretch. Smooth running. For sash window repair and industrial and domestic pulley systems. Dia x Length MTL-978 6mm x 10m 285g -5910K 6.84 Polyester White Sash Cord 100% polyester with low stretch and high abrasion resistance. Suitable for use on sash windows and for all year outdoor use. UV and weather resistant and easy to handle, knot and splice. 8 plait construction. Dia x Length MTL-978 6mm x 10m 225g -5610K mm x 100m 3.02kg -5920K Nylon Rope Three strand, 220m rope made of polyamide, giving the rope high strength and very good abrasionresistance. Thickness CTL-978 6mm 4.80kg -4956A mm 8.50kg -4958B mm 13.20kg -4960C mm 19.10kg -4962D Diameter x Length CTL-978 6mm x 30m 0.40kg -5006A mm x 30m 0.70kg -5008B mm x 30m 1.50kg -5010C mm x 30m 1.60kg -5012D m Coils Dia x Length CTL-978 4mm x 220m 2.90kg -5054D mm x 220m 3.20kg -5056E mm x 220m 5.70kg -5058F mm x 220m 8.90kg -5060G mm x 220m 12.80kg -5062H mm x 220m 21.50kg -5070H Dia x Length CTL-978 6mm x 500m 8.10kg -5106J Lorry Rope Three strand polypropylene rope. 10mm x 27m lorry rope with eye on one end. Ideal for tying down loads on lorries, vans, etc. Diameter x Length CTL mm x 27m 1.05kg -4910T 5.72 Sisal 2.5kg 100% hemp fibre for use in industry, home and garden. Ideal for general material securing and handling use. CTL mm -5700V mm -5710W Cotton Twine 500g reel, 100% cotton fibre high quality for use in industry, home and garden, general material and handling use. Available in three thicknesses. CTL-978 Thin -6000L 5.04 Medium -6010M 5.04 Thick -6020N 5.04 Page 1849

135 978 ROPE, STRAPS & CHAIN Bungees & Cargo Net Elasticated rope for temporary holding and securing of tarpaulins, luggage and many other uses. Quick and easy alternative to rope or twine. Simple to remove. Elastic stretches to 2x its length for maximum versatility. BSAU Standard Bungees or elasticated rope with a steel hook at both ends. Supplied in packs of two. For generalpurpose use. PACK OF Colour Pack Quantity JUM-978 Price/Pk Yellow H 2.49 Blue J 3.49 Spider Bungee 8x arms with steel hooks linked to a central holding ring. For holding down larger items. Flat Bungee This bungee with strong carabiner hooks from Jumbo can withstand a maximum weight of 20kg. Perfect for using on luggage, boxes, and keeping things together and held tight whilst on the move. Produced to British and TUV standards. Pack Quantity JUM-978 1m (40 ) A 5.22 Assorted Bungee Pack This Jumbo Assorted Bungee Pack is a useful collection of six durable bungees with different lengths, which are ideal for securing many different types of cargo. For easy ordering every length has its own color (color coded by length). Each bungee end features a strong industrial grade steel hook with vinyl coating. All these bungees are produced with British and TUV standards. Pack contains 1x 45cm bungee (yellow), 2x 25cm (black) bungee, 1x 60cm bungee (blue), 1x 80cm bungee (green) and 1x 100cm bungee (red) and cords. Using 100% natural rubber inner core for better stretchability. Cargo Net 750 x 750mm elasticated mesh with securing hooks. For securing larger or awkward loads. Pack Quantity JUM x 750mm A 9.99 Cargo Net Trailer Cover The registered-design Jumbo Cargo Net Trailer Cover is specially made to secure your cargo during transport in smaller-sized trailers. This item is packed in a black zipper bag and features cords/stoppers to secure it to the trailer. Pack Quantity JUM-978 1m (16-32 ) x R 5.50 Adjustable Bungee elasticated rope with length adjustable plastic hooks. Hooks incorporate a closing catch to prevent accidental removal. Supplied in packs of two. For use where bungee hook security is a concern. PACK OF 2 Pack Quantity JUM-978 Various A 6.08 Mini Bungees c/w Double Folded Hooks This Jumbo 8 pack is a useful collection of 8x 25cm durable mini bungee cords. The zinc coated double folded hooks or safety hooks are rounded to prevent scratch on surface of equipment. It also prevents tear on skin in case cord is broken and hook repels back as a safety feature. Using 100% natural rubber inner core for better stretchability. Ideal for carrying luggage and organising things in place. Produced to British and TUV standards. Pack Quantity JUM x 250cm A x 300cm B Tie Downs with Cam Buckles Jumbo is the most trusted and well known towropes, tie downs and bungee cords manufacturer in Europe, producing the highest quality products available, all with BS and TUV certification. These tie-down straps have high quality industrial grade polypropylene webbing and strong zinc casting buckles for added safety on the road. Pack Quantity JUM m (40-80 ) A 4.30 Ratchet Load-Binders Capable of tensioning a chain safely. Won t spring open when in use and they do not open if the chain looses tension whilst in transit. When released there is no sudden release of pressure. Manufactured from drop-forged heat-treated steel for extra strength, and fitted with a quality easy action incremental ratchet. Supplied with a welded link and grab hook at both ends. Pack Quantity JUM cm (10 ) H 4.77 Pack Quantity JUM cm ( 8ft) A cm (16ft) B 4.32 Grade 8 Load-Binder Chain High tensile short link chain with a black powder coated finish. It is designed to be used in conjunction with a Load Binder. Certificate of Conformity issued as standard. Also available in longer lengths. Product Code Min/Max Chain Min. Breaking Handle load Length TTC-941 RLB mm 03,500kg 182mm 1.60kg -6080D RLB mm 08,600kg 341mm 4.77kg -6100F RLB mm 14,900kg 354mm 5.86kg -6120H Page 1850 Product Code Chain Working Load (Tonne) TTC-941 G8L/6 6mm x 1m A G8L/8 8mm x 1m A G8L/10 10mm x 1m N 22.40

136 Cargo Strap Designed and moulded out of custom high stretch' compounded rubber (50%) with reinforced ends and heavy duty hooks. Manufactured with the graduated teardrop design at end for added strength. Strong end hooks, zinc-plated for added rust protection. Length x Width MTL x 40mm 134g -4200K 4.81 Strap with Handle This strap enables awkward objects to be carried with ease, strong and durable with an easy grip handle. Colour: black. Elastic Shock Cord Manufactured from hard-wearing and rot-proof elastic shock cord with a multi-stranded elastic core, the outer polythene cover is UV- resistant, weatherproof and heat cut and sealed to prevent fraying, for increased durability. Ideal for securing awkward items and countless other applications. MTL-978 6mm x 8m -6560K mm x 8m -6580K 8.41 ROPE, STRAPS & CHAIN Tarpaulin Cord Ball Ties Manufactured from hard-wearing and rot- proof 5mm elastic shock cord with a multi-stranded elastic core, the outer polythene cover is V-resistant and weatherproof for increased durability. 978 MTL-978 Price/Pk 150mm (6 ) -9160K mm (10 ) -9200K 6.64 The Velcro brand offers easy and cost effective solutions for cable management which is both adjustable, reusable and a neat fastening that can never be overtightened. Adjustable Hanging Straps Bulky equipment can be hung on walls to create a more spacious and tidy environment. Colour: black. Self-Gripping Ties Simply cut self-gripping ties to size and wrap on itself to secure. Colour: black. PACK OF 10 VEL mm x 1.8m -0370K Adjustable Straps The fully adjustable straps enable you to maximise your space and keep your gardening environment safer and more organised. Colour: blue. VEL-807 Wide 50 x K Adjustable Ties Ideal for bundling shortening or simply tidying wires and cables. Quick and easy to use, simply wrap and press to secure. PACK OF 5 Colour VEL mm x 5m Black -0320K mm x 5m Black -0330K Tree Ties A quick and easy to use securing solution for staking and training - simply wrap the soft tie around the plant then press to secure in place. Colour: green. VEL x 460mm -0390K x 920mm -0380K Industrial Load Straps Load Strap Plain End Supplied as a single strap with ratchet unit attached to one end. Tension is applied by looping the strap around the cargo and threading back through the ratchet. Designed to safely secure cargo for transport. EN Pack Colour Qty VEL-807 Price/Pk Price/Pk 12 x Multi -0290K VEL-807 Tree 50mm x 5.49m -0410K Hook-Ended Two-Part Load Strap Supplied as two pieces. The first strap is hooked on one end and plain on the other. The second is a shorter strap with a hook on one end and ratchet on the other. Tension is applied by looping the strap around the cargo and threading back through the ratchet. Designed to safely secure cargo for transport. Product Code (Width x Length) Min. Breaking load MTL-978 LS11-0.3T 25mm x 2.5m 0300kg -8020K* 3.84 LS05-0.8T 25mm x 4.5m 0800kg -8040K 6.47 LS05-1T 25mm x 4.5m 1,000kg -8060K 9.23 LS05-0.8T 25mm x 6.0m 800kg -8080K 7.31 LS05-1T 25mm x 6.0m 01,000kg -8100K LS05-2T 25mm x 7.5m 02,000kg -8120K LS05-2.5T 25mm x 7.5m 2,500kg -8140K LS05-5T 50mm x 8.0m 5,000kg -8180K Product Code (Width x Length) Min. Breaking load MTL-978 LS02-1.5T 25mm x 4.0m 01,500kg -8300K LS02-0.8T 25mm x 4.5m 0800kg -8340K 7.78 LS02-1T 25mm x 4.5m 1,000kg -8360K LS02-1T 25mm x 6.0m 1,000kg -8380K LS02-1.5T 25mm x 6.0m 01,500kg -8400K LS02-3T 35mm x 6.0m 03,000kg -8420K LS02-2T 35mm x 7.5m 2,000kg -8440K LS02-2.5T 35mm x 7.5m 2,500kg -8460K LS02-5T 50mm x 8.0m 5,000kg -8500K LS02-4T 50mm x 9.0m 04,000kg -8540K LS02-5T 50mm x 9.0m 05,000kg -8560K LS02-4T 50mm x 10.0m 4,000kg -8600K LS02-5T 50mm x 10.0m 5,000kg -8620K Page 1851

137 978 ROPE & CHAIN FITTINGS Welded Straight Link Chain Often used for common everyday uses such as trailer ties and door stays as well as the handling of materials in industry. The chain has the weld placed at the side of link of chain. A popular and versatile product. Welded chain is light and strong, ideal for general-purpose applications such as park swings, garden use, security etc. Manufactured from mild steel. Supplied in 10m length packs in boxes. c b Link Sizing Japanned From the ancient Japanese method of stove enamelling. Results in an attractive shiny black surface. Ideal for outdoor use. Link a x b x c Recommended Loading (kg)* Length per Box (kg) MTL x 21 x m K x 26 x m K x 28 x m K x 33 x m K x 40 x m K Galvanised Gives a high standard of corrosion resistance in all exterior environments. The thickness of the zinc coating may be variable due to the process of dipping in molten zinc. Recommended for exterior use. Link Recommended Length a x b x c Loading (kg)* per Box (kg) MTL x 21 x m K x 26 x m K x 28 x m K x 33 x m K x 40 x m K Bright Zinc-Plated (BZP) Zinc-plating involves the electrolytic application of zinc by immersing clean steel parts in a zinc salt solution and applying an electric current. This process applies a layer of pure zinc. Ideal for exterior use. Link Recommended Length a x b x c Loading (kg)* per Box (kg) MTL x 21 x m K x 26 x m K x 28 x m K x 33 x m K x 40 x m K Solid Brass Oval A general purpose chain, decorative and rust resistant. Mending Links With scarf opening at one end for maximum strength. Ideal for joining or repairing chains. Galvanised finish. Length Pack Qty MTL-978 Price/Pk 5 32 (1 1/ 4 ) K (1 1/ 2 ) K (2 ) K (2 ) K 3.86 Page 1852 a Link a x b x c Length per Box (kg) MTL x 13 Chrome 10m K x 13 Polished 10m K x 16 Chrome 10m K x 16 Polished 10m K Stainless Steel Long Link Stainless steel marine grade for additional corrosion resistance. Link a x b x c Recommended Loading (kg)* Length per Box (kg) MTL x 26 x m K x 32 x m K x 35 x m K x 42 x m K x 52 x m K * Chains are NOT tested. Load figures are guidance only. Cleat Hooks Cast iron hooks generally for use with pulleys. Length MTL (3 ) Electro-Galv -4620K (4 ) Electro-Galv -4630K (6 ) BZP -4640K 2.64 Quick Repair Links A connection for joining lengths of chain or rope. Available in two finishes. Link Dia. Pack Qty MTL-978 Price/Pk 3.5 ( 3/ 32 ) K ( 5/ 32 ) K ( 3/ 16 ) Zinc K ( 1/ 4 ) K ( 5/ 16 ) K ( 5/ 32 ) K ( 3/ 16 ) Stainless K ( 1/ 4 ) Steel K ( 5/ 16 ) K Heavy Duty Security Chain Black Nylon Hardened square links with nylon sheath for protection. For domestic and industrial applications. Chain Link Sheath Length Dia. Material MTL mm -3100K mm 10mm Nylon -3110K Strong Link Security Chain Bright Zinc Plated (BZP) Hardened links with a polypropylene moulded sheath for added protection. For domestic and industrial applications. Chain Length Link Dia. MTL mm -3200K mm 8mm BZP -3210K mm -3220K Spiked Steel Chain Galvanised Ornamental welded steel chain with spike every alternate link. Hot dip galvanised for maximum corrosion resistance. Link MTL x 8mm Galvanised -3020K S-Hooks General-purpose hook ideal for hanging baskets etc. Galvanised finish. Length Pack Dia. of Qty Material MTL-978 Price/Pk 25 (1 ) mm -3700K (1 1/ 2 ) mm -3710K (2 ) mm -3720K (2 1/ 2 ) 5 6.3mm -3730K (3 ) 5 8.0mm -3740K (4 ) mm -3750K 11.58

138 Swivel Harness Snap Hook A general-purpose hook ideal for keys, leashes and holdalls. Length x Eye MTL x 20 (3 x 3/ 4 ) Nickel-Plated -4540K 5.20 Swivel Spring Billet Hook Animal leash clips for chains, with swivel to prevent knotting and twisting. Length MTL (2 1/ 4 ) Nickel-Plated -4510K 1.97 Ring On Plate For tethering animals, mooring small boats, and securing equipment. Ring x Plate MTL x 50 (2 x 2 ) Galvanised -4740K 3.02 Staple On Plate A comprehensive range of accessories to suit flexible connectors, ropes and chains. For permanently fixing chain or rope to a wall, fence or post. Staple x Plate MTL x 50 (2 x 2 ) Galvanised -4720K 2.19 Hook On Plate End fitment for mounting on to fence posts or walls. Hook x Plate MTL x 50 (2 x 2 ) Galvanised -4700K 2.19 ROPE & CHAIN FITTINGS Bow Shackles Wire Rope Grips A coupling link with a bow shape to allow To grip the return ends extra clearance for more than one length of of wire rope when in a chain or rope. loop. For rope grips Material and pin shackles supplied diameters are with certificates of equal except conformity please. where stated. Rated loads are for guidance only. Tested bow shackles are available to order. Material x Pin Dia. MTL ( 1/ 4 ) Galvanised -4420K ( 3/ 8 ) Galvanised -4440K ( 1/ 2 ) Galvanised -4450K 2.38 Swivel Spring Hooks Connectors for ropes and chains, with swivel to allow revolving and prevent knotting and twisting. Zinc plated finish. Length Pack Qty MTL (2 ) K (2 1/ 2 ) K (3 ) K (3 1/ 2 ) K (4 ) K 9.36 Commercial Thimbles A metal loop that forms a rope eyelet to prevent wear and tear. Galvanised finish. Length x Rope Dia. Pack Qty MTL x 3 (1 x 1/ 8 ) K x 4 (1 1/ 8 x 5/ 32 ) K x 5 (1 1/ 4 x 3/ 16 ) K x 6 (1 1/ 2 x 1/ 4 ) K 3.35 Spring Hooks A permanent end connector for chain and rope. Length MTL (2 ) Zinc-Plated -3600K (2 1/ 2 ) Zinc-Plated -3610K (3 ) Zinc-Plated -3620K (3 1/ 2 ) Zinc-Plated -3630K (4 ) Zinc-Plated -3640K 6.03 Pulleys Ideal for flagpoles, washing lines, and rolling back awning canopies. With cast wheels for ropes up to 8mm dia. Line pulleys are supplied fitted with S type hooks. Galvanised pulleys have cast wheels for rope up to 8mm dia. Black (epoxy) pulleys have nylon wheels for rope up to 8mm dia. All types below are with single wheel. Dee Shackles A coupling link for chain and rope with a D shape to prevent excess movement. Material and pin diameters are equal except where stated. Rated loads are for guidance only - tested dee shackles are available to order. Carbine Hooks Quick release hook for connecting to chain or rope. 978 Wire Rope Dia. Pack Qty MTL-978 Price/Pk 3 ( 1/ 8 ) Galvanised K ( 3/ 16 ) Galvanised K ( 1/ 4 ) Galvanised K ( 5/ 16 ) Galvanised K ( 3/ 8 ) Galvanised K ( 1/ 2 ) Galvanised K 2.74 Material x Pin Dia. Pack Qty MTL-978 Price/Pk 5 ( 3/ 16 ) Galvanised K ( 1/ 4 ) Galvanised K ( 5/ 16 ) Galvanised K ( 7/ 16 ) Galvanised K ( 1/ 2 ) Galvanised K ( 5/ 8 ) Galvanised K ( 5/ 32 ) St. Steel K ( 3/ 16 ) St. Steel K ( 1/ 4 ) St. Steel K ( 5/ 16 ) St. Steel K 9.14 Dia. x Length Pack Qty MTL x 50 (2 ) Galvanised K x 60 (2 3/ 8 ) Galvanised K x 70 (2 3/ 4 ) Galvanised K x 80 (3 5/ 32 ) Galvanised K x 100 (4 ) Galvanised K x 40 (1 19/ 32 ) St. Steel K x 50 (2 ) St. Steel K x 60 (2 3/ 8 ) St. Steel K x 80 (3 5/ 32 ) St. Steel K 8.45 Pulley Sheath Dia. MTL-978 Awning 38 (1 1/ 2 ) Galvanised -3910K 6.39 Awning 38 (1 1/ 2 ) Black -3900K 7.37 Line 38 (1 1/ 2 ) Galvanised -3920K 7.37 Upright 38 (1 1/ 2 ) Black -3930K 9.28 Screw 44 (1 3/ 4 ) Black -3940K 9.28 Sash 44 (1 3/ 4 ) Zinc Plated -3950K 7.54 Awning Line Upright Screw Sash Page 1853

139 984/985 Matlock Tarpaulins For industry, construction, agriculture, marine, domestic and recreation. Washable, shrinkproof, rotproof, tear-resistant and UV stabilised to prevent fading. Ideal ground cover for camping, hunting or fishing. Double-laminated polyethylene weave with rope lined hems which are heat-sealed with aluminium eyelets at one metre intervals. Available in green or reversible blue/green. Standard Duty: 120g with standard corners. Heavy Duty: 160g with reinforced corners. Standard Corners Heat Sealed TARPAULINS/ HANDLING Top Lamination Polyethylene Weave Bottom Lamination Rope Lined Reinforced Corners Group 978 Transport Dollies Each pack consists of two dollies (1x black and 1x red). Simply Snap Lock the dollies together to create your required size. Mobile on 4x 40mm polypropylene castors. Maximum load is 35kg per dolly. Overall size (L x W x H): 260 x 260 x 65mm. Reversible (m) MTL-984 Blue/Green Standard-Duty 120g 2.7 x K x K x K x K x K (m) MTL-984 Green Standard-Duty 120g 1.2 x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K Heavy-Duty 160g 1.2 x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K x K Tilt Trucks Easy tilt polypropylene trucks with or without lid. Fitted with a push/pull handle, two fixed 230mm rubber wheels and two swivel 100mm polypropylene castors which make the units extremely manoeuvrable. : 450 litres. 35kg per Dolly PACK OF 2 (Per Dolly) Individual PRO-985 Price/Pk 35kg 260 x 260 x A Plastic Dolly A lightweight polypropylene container dolly fitted with 4x black swivel 80mm diameter nylon castors. Ideal for easy transportation of bulky items. Injection moulded construction with a carrying handle for easy transportation when not in use. Overall dimensions (H x W x D): 600 x 400 x 110mm. : 100kg. CTL kg -0042D Page kg SELF ASSEMBLY Tools Required 7-10 Days Overall (L x W x H) GPC x 780 x 925mm Without Lid -8010A x 780 x 955mm With Lid -8020B

140 Garden Wheelbarrow Standard - suitable for all garden and domestic use. Three piece tubular steel frame. 0.7mm pressed steel pan with rolled safety edges. Plastic handles for user comfort. Green stove enamelled, corrosion-resistant easy clean finish. Pneumatic tyred disc wheel. : 85ltr (3cu.ft.). HANDLING 985 Group 522 Tyre RTL-985 Pneumatic 13kg -2600K Builder s Wheelbarrows High strength 1 1/ 4 tubular construction. With solid or pneumatic wheels, one-piece pressed steel pan, all tubular one-piece frame. Strong, durable wheelbarrow but easy to manoeuvre. : 85ltr (3cu.ft.). Body gauge: 0.7mm. Hub type: plastic. Body and frame finish: black. Heavy Duty Garden Bag Garden bag with a unique strengthener around the mouth and three handle design. Tough woven polyethylene fabric with tear resistant stitching for longer usage. UV treated for extra long life and stays rot-proof for years. : 160 litre 7-10 Days Product Tyre CTL Solid 13kg -3000F Pneumatic 13kg -3010G Heavy Duty Contractor s Wheelbarrow Sturdy steel pan with a hardwearing epoxy coating, front and side ribbings on the tray, counter sunk nuts and bolts, double-shifted edges for safety and rigidity and galvanised tray supports. It is ideal for all the jobs on-site. A 4-ply 400mm diameter pneumatic tyre improves handling when fully loaded. The tipping bar helps take the strain when emptying. Heavy Duty Garden Bag RTL K Lightweight Garden Bag Garden bag with two handles. Made from rotproof woven polyethylene fabric with tear resistant stitching for durability. : 160 litre Dimensions: 1420 x 670 x 580mm. capacity: 200kg. Tray thickness: 0.9mm. CTL ltr 14kg -3100G Lightweight Garden Bag RTL g -4700K Page 1855

141 985 HANDLING Stair Climbing Sack Truck Tubular steel with double framed sides for increased rigidity. Looped handles provide knuckle protection and positive grip in various positions. Fitted with 400mm long footiron, three star wheeling with 125mm diameter polypropylene tyred wheels for regular contact with stairs and curbs. Height x width: 1070 x 610mm. : 200kg. Heavy Duty Sack Trucks High quality tubular steel frame with solid rubber tyres and hand grips on the handles. Self-assembly wheels. : 100 and 200kg. 100kg 200kg 200kg MTL kg -2020K Stair Climbing Sack Truck Tubular steel with double-framed sides for increased rigidity. Looped handles provide knuckle protection and positive grip in various positions. Curved crossbar - suitable for carrying cylindrical items. Fitted with 255mm long foot iron which has upturned back edge. Three star wheeling with 150mm diameter rubber tyred wheels for regular contact with stairs and curbs. Height x width: 1275 x 620mm. : 200kg. : 16.5kg Heavy Duty P' Handle Sack Truck P' style handle for easy handling of heavy objects. Handle design keeps truck horizontal when laid flat. All tubular steel construction. Large 250mm pneumatic wheels for stable transport over uneven or stepped surfaces. Self-assembly wheels. : 200kg. : 8.8kg Colour CTL kg Blue 10.3kg -2000D kg Red 11.7kg -2010E Heavy Duty 3-in-1 Truck A multi-purpose truck which easily and quickly converts from a basic sack truck to a four wheel sack truck or platform truck. Height - horizontal: 260mm, - vertical: 1280mm. Width: 470mm. : 250kg. 200kg 200kg 250kg MTL kg -2000K Page 1856 MTL kg -1610K MTL kg -0998K

142 Compact Sack Trucks Compact sack truck which unfolds in seconds. The aluminium construction makes it lightweight, simple to use and easy to carry. When folded, it can be stored or transported in confined spaces making them ideal for deliveries. 100kg 60kg 985 HANDLING Heavy Duty Aluminium Sack Truck Quickly and easily folds for compact storage and transportation. The toe plate, wheels and handles fold into the sack truck with a simple move of the handles. 2x 200mm punctureproof rubber wheels. Fitted with large wheel guards with an easy tilt mechanism. Folding toe plate size (W x D): 1165 x 435 x 145mm. Open (H x W x D): 1150 x 480 x 520mm. Folding toe plate size (W x D): 310 x 310mm. Maximum load: 270kg. Folded 200kg 270kg GPC kg -4998Y kg 200kg -5001B -5002C Three Position Platform/Sack Truck Large 200mm solid rubber sack truck wheels. Two 360 platform truck castors for easy manoeuvrability. Removable handle for easy storage. Flat packed for user assembly. : 80kg. 3 Days GPC kg -4322A Compact Sack Truck Aluminium frame with a folding steel toe plate which is easily folded to fit in your car/van boot. 2x 150mm solid rubber wheels. Maximum load: 90kg. 80kg FOLDS FLAT 90kg MTL kg 8.6kg -2090K GPC kg -5000A Page 1857

143 985 HANDLING Step-A-Truck Multi-purpose units, simple and easy to convert from steps to sack trucks. Versatile - neat and compact with large toe plate and wide step treads and easy to use foam rubber handle. Comply to EN131 Standard. Load capacity: sack truck - 60kg, step unit - 150kg. Dimensions:(W x D x H) 2 tread: Folded: 460 x 70 x 990mm. Sack truck: 480 x 490 x 990mm. Step unit: 470 x 530 x 920mm. Platform height: 490mm. Toe plate size: 390 x 280mm. Tread size: 375 x 210mm. 3 Tread: Folded: 470 x 90 x 1265mm. Sack truck: 490 x 450 x 1265mm. Step unit: 470 x 735 x 1190mm. Platform height: 750mm. Toe plate size: 390 x 280mm. Tread size: 375 x 210mm. 60kg 150kg Description MTL Tread Step -1820K Tread Step -1840K Platform Trucks Strong and manoeuvrable on two fixed and two swivel 150mm rubber castors. Sides and ends are fixed in position supported by a steel frame. The deck and sides are of varnished plywood. Effective plywood side/end depth: 450mm. Overall length: 1000mm. 500kg 3 Days MTL-985 Single Bar End -1500K Roller Crowbars A safe, simple and very strong steel tube lever bar. Heavy duty and robust design. The extra long length making lifting easier with its increased leverage. Ideal for shifting and positioning packing cases, small machinery etc. Proplaz Shelf Trolleys High quality, black plastic shelves with aluminium uprights. Mobile on 4x 100mm swivel castors (two with brakes). Dimensions (W x D x H): CTL M: 750 x 460 x 980mm. CTL T: 990 x 515 x 970mm. Load : 100kg of Shelves CTL M T Deluxe Folding Trolley Yellow foam handle for extra comfort. Flat pressed sheet steel base with PVC surface. Mobile on 100mm two fixed and two swivel castors. Overall size (L x W x H): 720 x 470 x 830mm. : 160kg. GPC kg -4102B Folding Box Sack Truck Designed to transport many items around the office, home or when going to meetings or events. Grey/Red version with lid. Folded dimensions (W x D x H): 460 x 85 x 470mm. Open dimensions (W x D x H): 460 x 390 x 990mm. : 35kg. FOLDS FLAT 160kg SELF ASSEMBLY Tools Required 35kg 3 Days Product TTC-941 RC kg -5780H RC kg -5795W Page 1858 Colour GPC-985 Blue/Yellow 4.5kg -4240D Grey/Red 4.5kg -4242L 47.99

144 Folding Platform Truck Lightweight aluminium. Ideal for delivery vans. 2x fixed and 2x mm diameter solid rubber castors mm telescopic handle. Folds flat for easy storage. Base size: 500 x 415mm. : 150kg. SQ FT 8 BASE 985 HANDLING Turntable Truck Heavy gauge steel mesh bed and sides. Sides can be folded down, removed or locked in an upright position. Includes handle hitch for tractor towing. Heavy duty, powder-coated paint. 10 (25.4cm) tyres with tread. 250kg PNEUMATIC TYRES Supplied Flat Packed for Self-Assembly FOLDS FLAT Cart Dimensions (L x W x H) CTL x 600 x 690mm 250kg -0833K kg MTL kg 8.00kg -3360K Folding Trolleys Non-slip PVC load surface. Tubular steel handle folds flat for minimal storage space requirements. 2x fixed and 2x swivel castors for easy movement. PVC buffer strip on the platform edge to protect doors and furniture. Ideal for office environments. Capacities: 150 and 300kg. FOLDS FLAT Platform Truck Heavy gauge steel mesh bed and sides. Sides can be folded down, removed or locked in an upright position. Heavy duty, powder-coated paint. Mobile on 340mm pneumatic tyres. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. Cart Dimensions L x W: 1200 x 600mm Platform height: 360mm : 400kg. Platform Height CTL kg 360mm -0835K Turntable Trucks Spring loaded handle. All roller bearing wheels. Platform size: 1200 x 770mm. A full range of sizes and body structures are available. Please ask for details. 300kg Platform size: 875 x 575mm. 150kg Platform size: 738 x 479mm. Supplied Flat Packed for Self-Assembly MTL kg 8.5kg -2030K kg 15.2kg -2060K Product Load CTL-985 Rubber Cushion Tyres TT kg -2060A TT kg -2065B Pneumatic Tyre TT kg -2068C Up to 1200kg 7-10 Days Page 1859

145 985 HANDLING Pallet Trucks Fully sealed hydraulic system with pressure relief and overload valves. Three positon trigger: lift-neutral-lower. Bushed in key areas with grease points and entry/exit rollers. National standards: ISO3691-5:2014 and ISO3691-7:2011. Specification; : 2500kg. Fork length: 1150mm. Overall fork width: 550/685mm. Fork dimension: 160 x 50mm. Raised height: 200mm. Lowered height: 85mm. Steer wheels: nylon 200 x 50mm. Load rollers: tandem - 80 x 70mm. 2500kg Fork MTL kg 1150 x K kg 1150 x K Quick Lift Pallet Trucks Top quality hydraulic pump with a slow lowering hand control valve. Rubber steer wheels and nylon tandem load rollers. 3-position control lever provides fingertip control of all hydraulic system functions. Strong robust chassis, reinforced at the A frame. All pivot points are bushed to reduce maintenance needs. Carries CE mark and complies with all current safety legislation. : 2000kg. 2000kg Low Profile Hand Pallet Trucks Minimum lowered height 51mm. Greasing points. Overload/pressure relief valve. Ideal for handling crates, American/Japanese pallets etc. Tandem nylon rollers. Nylon steer wheels. 2000kg 5-7 Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND 7-10 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Fork Roller CTL x x 685 Nylon 2000kg -0840A -0841B Weigh Scale Pallet Trucks Built onto the head of a completely standard hand pallet truck. The single fork structure contains no scale components and the forks keep their original dimensions. Weigh scale in 5kg increments. Electronic lifting height indication in display. Quality polyurethane wheels used throughout. Power supply: 2x 1.5V AA/LR6 batteries (supplied separately). : 2000kg. 2000kg Model Fork WHE-985 WRLOW51L 2000kg 1150 x E WRLOW51S 2000kg 1150 x F Extra Long Pallet Trucks Solid construction, ergonomic handle and robust pump. Longer length to make handling oversized loads easier. Nylon steer wheels and tandem load rollers. Carries CE mark and complies with 2000kg all current safety legislation. : 2000kg Days 7-10 Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Fork Wheel CTL x F x 572 Polyurethane 2000kg -0846G x H Page 1860 CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Fork Wheel CTL x H x 685 Nylon 2000kg -0878J x B x C x 540 Nylon 2000kg -0885F x G

146 Extra Heavy Duty Pallet Truck Strong, torsion-resistant steel construction. Bushed pivot points with greasing points. Three position trigger with overload/pressure relief valve. Steel tandem load rollers (80 x 68mm). Steel steer wheels (200 x 50mm). Lowered/raised fork height: 90/200mm. : 5000kg Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND 5000kg Fork Wheel CTL x 580 Steel 5000kg -0898J Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks Heavy duty hand pallet trucks designed for the most arduous conditions. Fitted with tandem nylon rollers and steer wheels. Comfy grip handle. Three position trigger. Full bushing in key areas. Greasing points. Overload/pressure relief valve. Carries CE mark and complies with all current safety legislation. : 2000/3000kg. HANDLING Low Profile Pallet Trucks Lowered height of 57mm. With so many goods being supplied on low profile pallets, these trucks are specially designed to enter these pallets. Extremely reliable pump fitted to robust chassis. Three position trigger and comfortable handle. Nylon steer wheels and polypropylene tandem load rollers. : 2000kg Days 2000kg 985 CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Fork Wheel CTL x A x x 540 Nylon 2000kg -0891B -0894E x F Galvanised Semi-Stainless Steel Pallet Trucks Chrome plated hydraulic lift ram and vale. Fully galvanised mainframe and forks. Fully sealed hydraulic nickel coated pump (i.e. no atmosphere contaminates in hydraulics) Days 5-7 Days 2000kg CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Fork Wheel CTL x kg -0856G x x 540 Nylon 2000kg 2000kg -0857H -0860A x kg -0861B x kg -0865F x x 680 Nylon 3000kg -0868J -0869K High Lift Pallet Trucks Ideal work positioner, designed to reduce fatigue and increase operator safety. When raised, the truck locks itself to the floor with extended outriggers, which along with a long wheel base, makes it particularly stable. Nylon steer wheels and load rollers. Automatic brake when forks raised above 30mm. Maximum lift height: 800mm. : 1000kg. CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND Model Fork WHE-985 WRZ20HL115TNN 2000kg 1150 x C WRZ20HS115TNN 2000kg 1150 x D Extra Long Pallet Truck Extra long trucks have a variety of different uses from handling extra long pallets to handling two or three roll containers at a time. Tandem nylon rollers. Wheel type: nylon. : 2000kg. 2000kg 7-10 Days 1000kg 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Fork Wheel CTL x x 685 Nylon 1000kg -0851B -0852C Fork WHE kg 2000 x R Page 1861

147 985 HANDLING Manual Stacker Manufactured from the highest quality material and parts. With a maximum load capacity of 1000kg at 585mm load centre of the forks. There are two options of lift heights. All models are easily manoeuvrable using the steering/pulling handle. Hand operated safety brake and steering wheels with foot guards. The fully guarded two tandem lift chains smoothly lift the heavy duty steel C section wrap over forks, supporting the load. Conform to BSEN : CE marked. : 1000kg. Fork size (W x L): 540 x 1170mm. Freedom Battery Electric Light Duty Stacker Unrivalled for product specification against price, a huge 260kg capacity battery electric stacker that lifts up to 1600mm (120kg to 1950mm). The forks can be changed simply for any of the other quick change attachments including a tray, roller platform, box lifting flaps, boom and suction cups. Adjustable forks are available as an optional extra. Specification: Modular design, ideal for special applications. Handle TVs, including de-boxing with the manual suction cups. Sealed gel battery and external charger. Option of 4 swivel castors. : up to 260kg. 260kg 1000kg 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND Rise Height Min/Max Overall W x L x H WHE / x 1550 x E / x 1550 x K Electro Hydraulic High Lifter - Electric Electro high lift pallet truck has all the advantages of the manual truck but lifts at the touch of a button. Makes lifting operations effortless and so a big favourite in factories. Can be manually pumped as well for precise lifting. Supplied complete with 12V battery and charger. : 1000kg. 1000kg Product Reference Lift Height Closed Height ADV-985 ST-VOY-FR E 260kg 1600mm 90mm -7850D Attachments Description Lift Closed Height Height ADV-985 Platform A Roller Platform B Boom C EZ - 40 Loader Designed to eliminate worker bending by automatically raising and lowering pallets during loading or unloading without the use of mechanical springs. Easy pallet rotation so the user does not have to r or strain. Self-levelling design automatically keeps the top of the load at a convenient working height. Integral rotator ring helps eliminate ring and stretching. Captive air operation eliminates cumbersome mechanical springs. Pressure relief valve prevents excess pressure build-up. Heavy-duty structural steel construction. Phosphated surfaces and powder-coated for a lasting, durable finish. Safety finger guards. CE compliant. Rotator ring diameter: mm. : 1350kg. Electric Fork Wheel WHE x 540 Poly -3300F Page Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND Min Max Platform Lowered Platform Raised ADV kg 1588kg 267mm 775mm 240kg -3202M

148 Mobile Scissor Lift Tables The light-duty 150kg scissor tables are light, portable, highly manoeuvrable and easy to use. They have been designed, developed and built to give long service with minimum maintenance required. Available in super lightweight aluminium or steel. Lifts to a height of 780mm. Folds flat for easy transportation and storage. Manual hydraulic operation. Fitted with overload valve and slow lowering valve to control the lowering speed. Fitted with rubber non-marking tyres to prevent damage to floors. Quality British-design and manufacture. 150kg 985 HANDLING Mobile Scissor Lift Tables - Medium & Heavy Duty More cost effective than modifying the static equivalent. These tables can be fitted with many extras including roller tops, bellows, ball tops etc. High quality robust construction. Capacities from kg. Lift heights from mm. Table top sizes up to 1000 x 2000mm. Heavy duty arms, bearings and hydraulics. All models fitted with overload valve and slow lowering valve to control the lowering speed. Manual hydraulic and battery electric lift. Nylon bushes at all scissor arm hinge points. One braked castor fitted as standard, both castors have toe guards. Safety cut off (trip bar) on all battery electric models. Each table is issued with operating instructions and a test certificate in conformance with EU standards EN 1570 and BS:5325:1980. Special sizes are also available - Contact your local branch for further details. Quality British-design and manufacture. Up to 1250kg 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND -7020B Manual Steel 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND Platform Platform Height LxW Min/Max ADV x / A x / B Mobile Lift Tables Manufactured to withstand the most arduous working environments. All tables fitted with high quality hydraulics giving positive feel and a foot operated pump. Hand operated, infinitely controllable, allows table to be set at any height. Fully mobile. All tables are fully compliant with EN1570 and CE marked A Manual Alloy Up to 750kg Electric Mobile Lift Table Robust and lightweight for improved manoeuvrability. The battery powered lift action is infinitely controllable to allow the table to be set at the height you require. Easily accessible 12V (700W DC) battery unit with an automatic charger unit. The two swivel castors are fitted with brakes for increased safety. : 500kg. Overall size: 520 x 1185mm Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND -7400X Manual Manual Cap. (kg) Lift Table Height Platform Min/Max W x L ADV / x F / x M Single 360/ x V / x F / x X / x N / x D Double 490/ x K / x H / x S Triple 650/ x P kg -7090G Battery Electric Battery Electric Cap. (kg) Lift Table Height Platform Min/Max W x L ADV / x E / x L Single 360/ x T / x W / x E / x M Double 295/ / x x G J / x R Triple 650/ x N Scissor Tables Helps to eliminate the bending caused where pallets are positioned on the floor until filled at the end (or start) of production lines. Position the pallet on the table, elevate the table to the operators preferred working height and start to fill the pallet. The table is then simply lowered using the pedestal hand controller as the table is filled to maintain the operators preferred working height. Smooth, safe, three phase operation. Safety cut-out bar under the table edge. U shape table for use with Euro pallets. : 1000kg. Lift stroke: 775mm. Closed height: 85mm. Raised height: 860mm. Up to 1000kg -2500M 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND Supplied with a certificate of conformity and a full 12 month parts and labour warranty. Cap. Table Table Height Overall (kg) LxW Min/Max WxL WHE x / x B x / x D x / x E x / x F x / x H Table Table Height LxW Min/Max WHE x / C R Product Platform ADV-985 BD-HY x1140mm 357kg -2550R BD-HU x1140mm 280kg -2500M Page 1863

149 985 HANDLING Drumporters Ideal for handling 205ltr (45gal) drums. Supplied with certificate of conformity. Available with capacities from 250kg to 500kg. Specification: Standard - vertical lifting unit. Override - will straddle pallets up 800mm wide for loading and unloading. Plus - will lift and transport drums up to 450kg. 90 legs for easy pallet loading/unloading. Caddy - allows 45gal drums to be easily transported. Ideal for drums requiring multi-location use. Detachable pulling handle can also be used as a drum lever and bung key. Caddy 7-10 Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND Standard Override Plus Lift Length Width Width Height Height Handle Stroke (O/A) (I/S) Lowered Raised Height WHE-985 Standard 250kg 345mm 820mm 800mm 650mm 875mm 1220mm 1050mm -2860L Override 250kg 300mm 812mm 980mm 850mm 880mm 1180mm 1100mm -2920S Plus 450kg 500mm 900mm 1085mm 935mm 880mm 1380mm 1060mm -2890P Caddy 500kg - 570mm 750mm 600mm mm -2640A Automatic Drum Clamps Range of attachments to adapt the forks of a forklift to enable safe transportation and distribution of 210ltr (45gal) drums and contents. Secured via hand screws. Once fitted, the drum clamp will automatically pick up, transport and deposit drums without the driver needing to leave the truck. The drums are held in position by using their own weight to tighten the arms. When deposited the arms of the clamps simply slide away from the drum. Suitable for 210ltr (45gal) steel drums in either single or double drum configuration. Drum Trucks Grip the drum top with truck s sliding hook, pull back and drum will slide onto foot prongs. : 300kg. Auto Clamp 300kg G Force Tippler Positioner Drum WHE-985 Auto Clamp Double 600kg -2710K Positioner Single 400kg -2800T G Force Double 720kg -2740N Tipper Single 680kg -4120N Page Days CARRIAGE PAID UK MAINLAND Carriage Extra 7-10 Days Wheel CTL-985 DTD3 400 x 100 Pneumatic 18kg -1503D DTD5 400 x kg -1505E DTD7 250 x 50 Cushion 16kg -1507F Attachment for handling plastic drums -1550A 22.83

150 Access Platform Non-integrated working platform fitted with foldaway rear guard. Meets the requirements of HSE Guidance Note PM28 (3rd Edition December 2005). An economical and safe way to carry out nonroutine maintenance tasks. Lifts 200kg or one man with tools. Comes with rated fixed safety harness anchor point within the safety cage. Fits most forklift trucks, is manufactured from steel and finished in safety yellow. Available 3 working days from receipt of order (mainland customers only). Specifications: 800 x 800mm carry basket. Fitted with foldaway rear guard. Locking fork restraint. Lift up front gate bar. Fixed anchor point. : 68kg. Fork size: 170 x 70mm. HANDLING Days CARRIAGE FREE UK MAINLAND Description Carry Basket MTL-985 Access Platform 800 x A Access Platform Designed, developed and built to give long service with minimum of maintenance required. The low cost safe way of carrying out high level maintenance and inspection, ideal for stock taking. Lifts 250kg capacity or two people. Keeps the operator within a safely confined environment. Fits most fork trucks and stackers. Strong welded steel construction finished in safety yellow. Automatic gate locking mechanism. When the platform is lifted the gate cannot be opened. Quality British-design and manufacture. Conforms to BITA Health & Safety guidance note GN Days CARRIAGE EXTRA AT COST (kg) Fork Pockets ADV x 80 Set on 640 centre -2010K Optional Accessories for Access Platform ADV-985 Steel Tool Tray -9510A mm Nylon Swivel Castors (x4) -9520B Fluorescent Tube Carrier (H299) -9530C Overhead Guard (H297) -9540D Harness (AC-AT-003) -9550E Group 962 Page 1865

151 985 HANDLING Salt Spreader Multi-purpose salt and grit spreader for high output. Adjustable control linkage, adjustable height handle and speed lever provide total operator control and comfort. Hopper capacity: 30 litre. 30ltr capacity Hopper CTL ltr -2050D Mini Grit Bin Mini salt/grit bin supplied complete with a 25kg bag of rock salt and a moulded scoop. Specifications: : 30ltrs. Dimensions (W x D x H): External: 475 x 383 x 305mm. Internal: 460 x 370 x 230mm. Supplied with 25kg Rock Salt & Scoop Bin CTL-404 5kg -4240M Grit/Salt Bins Manufactured from tough density polyethylene with a strong, durable and fully opening lid. Corrosion and weatherproof resistant. Ideal for storing grit, salt and sand. 200ltr (7 cubic feet) holds 250kg of salt. Dimensions (H x W x D): 750 x 720 x 710mm. 350ltr (12 cubic feet) holds 400kg of salt. Dimensions (H x W x D): 750 x 1200 x 725mm. 5-7 Days CARRIAGE FREE PRO ltr -0120A ltr -0130A Basic Salt Spreader Lightweight economy spreader is easy to handle, suitable for distributing dry, free running salt and grit. Ideal for occasional use and for fast de-icing of access routes like driveways as well as for loading and parking areas. 10 settings for a fully adjustable spread rate. Dimensions H x W x D: 1080 x 470 x 240mm. Dispersal width: 450mm. Snow Pusher with Wheels Rugged tyres for sure grip in snow. Snow is cleared away with bevelled blade to ensure maximum clearance. Cushioned handles protect hands from cold. Easy to handle and easy to store. Dimensions (H x W): 1200 x 660mm. Rotating Snow Plough Clears snow effortlessly, quicker and easier than conventional shovelling. Simply push through snow, the rotating blades throws snow out to the right hand side. Blades and main body are manufactured from heavy duty plastic. Ideal for car parks, walkways and pavements. Dimensions (H x W): 1230 x 570mm. Hopper GPC ltr -7801A Page 1866 Shovel Width PRO A Shovel Width GPC A

152 PVC Insulation Tapes Extremely flexible with a good adhesion. For wire and cable insulation, bundling and reinforcing. Assorted colours for colour-coding cables.flame retardant. Manufactured to BS 4J10 (Aero) and BS Roll length: 33m. Box quantities: 19mm = 40, 25mm = 30. Thickness: 0.13mm (5mil). Adhesion: 0.47kg/25mm. (16.5oz/1 ). Tensile strength: 5.2kg/25mm (11.5lb/1 ). Elongation: 150%. Breakdown voltage: 5.5kV. Insulation class: 80 C. *Assorted Colours: Black, white, red, blue, yellow, green/yellow, grey, brown. 19mm pack of 8. Prices are per roll Roll Width Colour Box Qty AVN-986 Price Price/Roll Price/Box Grey K Purple K Orange K Brown K Black K mm Blue K Green K Red K White K Yellow K Green/Yellow K mm Assorted* -8920K Black K Blue K mm Green Red K -8250K White K Yellow K Extra Wide PVC Insulation Tape Extremely flexible with a good adhesion. For wire and cable insulation, bundling and reinforcing. Flame retardant. Manufactured to BS 4J10 (Aero) and BS Roll length: 33m. Roll Width Colour AVN mm Black -8500K mm Black -8700K Temflex 1500 Insulation Tape The Temflex 1500 tape is a general-purpose PVC insulation tape. A good quality electrical tape, can be utilised for all manner of indoor and outdoor applications, and is available in 10 different colours. Manufacured to: IEC /F-PVCP/90 and VDE Marks Licence. Roll Length: 25m. Thickness: 0.15mm. Elongation: 170%. Adhesion to steel: 1.8 N/10 mm. 986/990 INSULATION TAPE/STEEL WOOL Industrial Steel Wool 100% oil free - leaves no stains on wood or other porous surfaces. Versatile - available in a choice of seven grades for industrial, household, garden and trade use. For woodwork and preparation of polished surfaces between coats use the wire wool dry. For removing paint spots - use with a white spirit, turpentine or liquid paint remover. Always wear gloves. For household work - use with soap and waters required. Suitable for use Roll Width Colour MMM mm Blue -8520D mm Black -8521E mm Brown -8522F mm Green -8523G mm Grey -8524H mm Green/Yellow -8525J mm Orange -8526K mm Red -8527L mm White -8528M mm Yellow -8529N 1.07 with metallic pots and pans. 450gm (1lb) per pack. Grade Application KEN Fine cabinet work, dulling Very Fine of varnish, polishing metals and car bodies 450g -1010K Fine use between coats of 00 Fine varnish and paint, polishing 450g -1030K wooden surfaces 0 Fine General-purpose 450g -1050K Medium For preparation prior to painting and varnishing 450g -1070K Medium General-purpose 450g -1090K Coarse Removal of paint varnish, rust etc. 450g -1110K Very For rubbing down wooden Coarse surfaces, preparation of car bodies/exterior surfaces 450g -1130K PVC Insulation Tape AT007 Flame retardant and self-extinguishing - safe to use on electrical cables, UV-resistant. Manufactured to BS EN Roll length: 33m. Thickness: 0.13mm (5mil). Adhesion to steel: 2.4N/cm. Roll Width Colour Breaking load: 26N/cm. Elongation: 180%. Service temp: -5 C to +70 C. ADT mm Black -0100K 4.22 PVC Electrical Insulation Tapes AT7 Flame retardant and self-extinguishing - safe to use on electrical cables, UV-resistant. Wide range of colours - suitable for colour-coding. Manufactured to BS EN Box quantities: 19mm = 48, 25mm = 36, 75mm = 10. Thickness: 0.13mm (5mil). Adhesion to steel: 2.4N/cm. Breaking load: 26 N/cm. Elongation: 180%. Service temp: -5 C to +70 C. Roll (W x L) Colour ADT-986 Price/Roll Price/Box 75mm x 20m Black -0010K Black -0020K White -0030K Grey -0040K Red -0050K Green -0060K mm x 33m Blue -0070K Yellow -0080K Purple -0090K Orange -0100K Brown -0110K Green/Yellow -0120K Black -0130K White -0140K Grey -0150K Red -0160K Green -0170K mm x 33m Blue -0180K Yellow -0190K Purple -0200K Orange -0210K Brown -0220K Green/Yellow -0230K mm x 33m White -0350K Page 1867

153 992 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT TM Effective solution that guarantees satisfactory BARRIER CONTROL in any environment Traditional systems for controlling people traffic using standard barriers connected via a chain or belt going pole to pole are associated with the continuous problems of maintaining a safe place to work. Even expanding barriers or self-retractable barriers could break, fall down or blow away exposing people to unnecessary and unacceptable risk. The cumbersome nature of the sturdier systems also limits their usability, making them less flexible and impairs their portability. These problems are magnified in areas that have to cope with work space restrictions and hazardous working conditions such as those found in the offshore gas and oil industry. Barriers are a key requirement of the Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations. The Z-Barrier system is the most innovative improvement in temporary safety barriers and provides an effective solution that 1 2 guarantees satisfactory barrier control in any work environment. Z-Barriers are patent pending for the unique design that ensures barriers are prominent and remain in position, for all physical and environmental conditions. Manufactured from a unique, reinforced PVC-based double-sided warning tape, with a high visibility day glow pattern on one face and a night reflective pattern on the other face. These are the most visible barriers available on the market today. Quick and easy to put up, they are easily fastened to any anchor point or other, providing a flexible barrier across any opening, around objects or in multiple directions. Elastic properties allow Z- Barriers to expand and fit between points instead of being cut to length. They are inherently shock absorbing and resist any degree of wind load to prevent damage. The Immediate Barrier Solution 3 Yellow/Black Individual Z-Barriers Expansion Range MTL-992 White/Red 1 1-2m -5010K m -5020K m -5030K Yellow/Black 1 1-2m -9301K m -9302K m -9303K Z-Barrier Starter Pack Contents: 10x size 1, 5x size 2 and size 3 and 2x sign pockets. Colour MTL-992 White/Red -9010K Yellow/Black -9322K Page Z Barrier High Visibility Heavy Duty Bag With two shoulder straps, a carry handle and a drawstring at the top. Description MTL-992 Heavy Duty Bag -3500K A4 Sign Pockets Internal Dimensions: 300 x 210mm. Multiple hanging holes allow for portrait or landscape use. Supplied with two fixing ties. Other signs available on request, specials can be made to order. A4 Sign Pockets (shown above) The flexible and robust sign pockets were designed to allow users to quickly and effectively create their own signage. All you need is a pen and paper. However we do supply a range of standard signs that will fit the pockets. The most popular designs are shown here. Description MTL-992 A4 Sign Pockets -7010K Safety Signs to suit Z-Barrier Sign Pockets (shown above) Rigid PVC signs which can also be used independently on flat surfaces to further highlight restrictions. : 200 x 300mm. Other signs available - see Group 964 Description SSF-964 Danger Men Working Overhead -7400K 7.11 Slippery Floor -7410K 7.11 Strictly No Admittance -7420K 7.11 No Admittance Symbol -7430K 7.11 No Entry -7440K 7.11

154 Frontier Cross-Link 2m Barrier KBR Manufactured from UV stabilised impact modified HDPE, in a patentpending design to maximise wind flow through and around the system for unbeatable stability. The barrier feet ensure excellent grip, weighing 3kg. You can link the barrier system with other JSP barriers and other brands, and can be easily deployed on uneven ground. Anti-tamper devices, keep your barriers safe and secure with our Surelock connectors. The barriers are stackable for ease of transport and storage. Tested to ensure wind stability classes within BS TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT Champion Barrier System KAC Comes in a variety of lengths and with hinged boards which enables the system to be erected in either a linear or boxed format. Complete with galvanised nuts, bolts and washers which connect hinges. With four ports the sturdy base is ideal for creating multi-directional demarcation. Lamps are easily attached for additional night time visibility. 5 standard lengths, bases to suit. Reflective top boards and plain white lower boards. System includes 4 x 1.5 barriers. 3-5 Days Carriage Extra at cost. Colour JSP-992 2m Frontier Barrier -8853C Workgate Barrier System The new Workgate Barrier System is a robust mini barrier designed with contractors in mind. Supplied as four gates, gate having a chapter 8 reflective top panel, linked together with black clip on hinges. Easily folds for quick deployment and lightweight for storage and handling. Dimensions of individual gate is (H x L x W): 1000 x 838 x 30mm. Description JSP Champion Barrier -8660E Titan Barrier System Made using precision injection-moulded construction, with central struts throughout to give additional stability. Linking facility allows system to be easily joined. Sub-zero impact testing. Accelerated UV age testing. Facility to attach battery-operated road danger lamps. Colour JSP-992 Red -8820C Yellow -8800A Days Carriage Extra at cost. Barrier Mesh Fencing Hi-visibility 1m high fencing on a 50m roll. Provides an effective temporary barrier on building sites, around scaffolding and many other hazards. To be used in conjunction with steel support pins (supplied individually). Description JSP m Titan Barrier -4660A m Titan Barrier -4670B Hinge Connectors (Pk-10) -6100M Foot for Titan Barrier -6120P 6.52 Xpanda Titan Barrier System Expanding barrier, ideal for fencing off a variety of areas. Fully compatible with the Titan barrier system (see above). Can be used alone or as part of a larger system. Bespoke dual colour-coded systems also available. Each barrier expands up to 3m (10ft). 3-5 Days Colour Width Length CTL-992 Blue 1m 50m -1092K Orange 1m 50m -3010A Steel Pins for Barrier Mesh Fencing End Style Length CTL-992 Hooked 1.2m -7820W 2.12 Colour Max JSP-992 Red/White 3m -8754D Yellow/Black 3m -8753C Blue/White 3m -8757G Green/White 3m -8764D Page 1869

155 992 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT Dominator Cone The preferred traffic management and term maintenance two-part moulded cone with UV stabilised LDPE moulded top and heavy duty 100% recycled composite base. All cones come complete with Sealbrite class R1B Sleeve. Height: 1m Roadhog One-Piece Cone Self-weighted one-piece cone is reliable and stable. Compression moulded from 100% recycled highly durable PVC. Cost effective and durable budget cones, ideal for contractors. The square base makes alignment easy and the distinctive base has raised ribs.the 75cm/30 Impregnated colourfast painting process for improved resistance to weathering. Supplied fitted with BS873: Part 6 Des 2 Sleeve. Heights: 500 and 750mm F EXTENDED RANGE -8510P Height (Metres) JSP K Dominator No Waiting Cone The JSP Dominator No Waiting Cone is moulded from UV stabilised polyethylene and is base weighted. Height: 500mm. Height JSP F P 8.20 Standard One-Piece Cone Linear moulded (impact-resistant low density polyethylene) sand weighted one-piece cone complete with Des 2 retro-reflective sleeve. Standard sleeves are also available for offroad use. Premium quality polymers for strength with flexibility and long life use. Traditional general-purpose design with highly stable hexagonal base. Heights: 500 and 750mm. Height JSP E 6.21 Maxilite LED This Dual function lamp is bright, versitile and long lasting. Practical moulded carry handle to aid transporting and siting. The lens surround swivels giving 360 vision. Dual function photocell operation. Can be fixed to barriers simply using the included bolt, or to cones using the cone/lamp bracket (sold separately). Energy saving LED bulbs to enhance battery life giving an extended period of use. Conforms to EN12352 and BS3143 Part 2. Description JSP-992 LED Light -9030D 8.22 Bracket -7015A 0.74 Page 1870 Height JSP E B 9.49 Cone Light Synchro Robust cone light, constructed from tough polyethylen with high impact polycarbonate lens with retro-reflecting ring. On/off internal switch is automatically activated when placed on a cone and de-activated when removed. Over 100 lamps may be placed in line, spacing between 2.2m and 10m. Meets DFT specification for use on motorways and trunk roads on leading tapers. CTL M Roadside Lamp Yellow roadside lamp. Supplied with 2x 4R25 6V lantern batteries. With hanging handle. Swivel Head Height CTL S 17.80

156 Post & Chain Barriers The Matlock support post and chain demarcation barrier system is lightweight and sturdy. It is ideal to cordon off an area or to form a channel for queuing. Suitable for warehouses, factories, offices, leisure venues etc. Support posts, bases and chain packs sold separately. Chain Support Post with Cap Height: 910mm. Diameter: 50mm. Colour Churchill Verge Post Sturdy blow moulded cylindrical design with hi-vis reflective area conforming to RI EN class R2 reflectors. Multi purpose usage ranging from highway verges to hard standing area. Dimensions (W x H): 125 x 1310mm. MTL-992 White/Red -2840D Yellow/Black -2860F Chain Support Post Bases Colour (kg) MTL-992 Standard B Heavy-Duty D m Chains Colour Chain Diameter MTL-992 Red/White 6mm -2500K Black/Yellow 6mm -2510K Red/White 8mm -2520K Black/Yellow 8mm -2530K Red/White 10mm -2540K Black/Yellow 10mm -2550K Wychwood Flexible Verge Post Moulded springback post with large reflective area conforming to RI EN class R2 reflector. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 992 Fixed Round Bollards Surface mounted or excavated bollards offer permanent restriction of access and protection for buildings. Fixed bollards can be supplied with locating eyes to enable chains to be attached for boundary demarcation. Surface Above ground: 910mm. Excavated Above ground: 910mm. Below ground: 400mm. JSP kg -6966F Telescopic Mole Post Telescopic Mole Posts are ideal for driveway access applications as they are designed to be lowered into the ground when not in use yet are simple to raise into position when required. Galvanised finish. Heavy Duty Fitted with an integral weatherproof lock which for your convenience can be keyed alike in multiple quantities of posts. Section size: 89mm. Below ground: 950mm. Product JSP-992 HEV D Folding Posts Manufactured from high quality steel. Suitable for restricting parking and controlling access. Push-Lock posts include a lock. Each post requires three Rawl type bolt fixings. Collapsible posts require a padlock, supplied separately. Section VTP-992 Surface 89mm -1151D Excavated 89mm -1151F Push Lock Section VTP-992 Heavy Duty 89mm -1156B Section Height VTP-992 Push Lock B Page 1871

157 992 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT Barrier System A unique way to cordon off any area, creating safer environments with high visibility retractable 9m tape. Simply clicks on top of most traffic cones or its own unique Post and Base System. Saves you time, storage space and money, paying for itself in months over throw away barrier tape. With a full complement of functional accessories including lights, signage, fixing brackets and receivers for walls and vehicles, and even a unique post to use in place of traffic cones. For use in construction, facilities management, warehousing, traffic management, maintenance, utilities, groundskeeping etc. Main Unit Clip the Skipper unit on top of the cone, pull the tape out to the desired length, clip the tape into the next Skipper unit. Lock the button to prevent unwanted spooling of tape through wind etc. Description Main Unit Colour SKP-992 Black/Yellow -7672A Red/White -7676A Support Brackets Wall Mounted Support Bracket Can affix to walls which will then hold the Skipper unit in place. Magnetic Support Bracket Can affix to any metal surface which will then hold the Skipper unit in place. Interchangeable Post & Base Its versatility allows it to be used on both hard and soft ground, indoors and outdoors. The unique interchangeable base allows the post to be sunk into the ground with a spike or attached to its sturdy base for use on hard surfaces. Simply pour water or sand into the base for strength and stability. Description SKP-992 Wall Support Bracket -8415S Magnetic Support Bracket -5428S Receiver Clips Wall Receiver Clip Receiver clip for walls allowing the tape end to attach direct without the need for a Skipper unit or cone. Magnetic Receiver Clip Receiver clip for any metal surface allowing the tape end to attach direct without the need for a Skipper unit or cone. A4 Sign Holder Clicks on top of the unit to display any warnings or promotional messages. Simply slide your message into the polycarbonate u-shaped sleeve. Description SKP-992 Post -6476E Base -6476L Rechargeable Light Unit With permanent or flashing facility. Also includes a light sensor for automatic activation which can be turned off. Conforms to BS3143 Part Description SKP-992 Wall Receiver Clip -8410R 8.50 Magnetic Receiver Clip -5424R 9.50 Page 1872 Description SKP-992 A4 Sign Holder -7530H Description SKP-992 Light Unit -7645K 30.00

158 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT Jumbo Speed Ramps Manufactured from 100% recycled PVC with integral locking facility for ease of siting and installation. Each yellow and black section has white reflectors incorporated within the leading edge. Also features an underside channel allowing for hose and/or cables to be located within. 120 x 60mm area allows client details to be embossed for branding and security. End caps are supplied in pairs of the same colour, speed bumps are supplied in pairs (one of colour). Appropriate speed restriction signage should be used with the speed bumps. 4mph Group For Concrete Fixings Description Speed Dimensions JSP-992 Endcap (Black) (pr) 04mph 7.5cm/3 x 18.0cm/7 1/ A mph 5.0cm/2 x 18.5cm/7 1/ D Endcap (Yellow) (pr) 04mph 10mph 7.5cm/3 x 18.0cm/7 1/ 8 5.0cm/2 x 18.5cm/7 1/ B -4140E Speed Bumps (pr) 04mph 10mph 7.5cm/3 x 50.0cm/19 3/ 4 5.0cm/2 x 50.0cm/19 3/ C -4150F ECO Ramp Fixing Bolts For asphalt and fragile substrates. Pack Qty JSP-992 Price/Pk B 4.77 Group 665 Sitecop Ramps 'Soft' but effective feel compared to conventional speed restrictors, providing 'quiet' traffic calming. High visibility with moulded-in reflective arrow markings. Quick and easy to install and can be relocated if necessary. For strength and alignment style requires a reinforcing tube. Manufactured from hard wearing recycled rubber. Modular design. MiniSitecop The latest speed ramp in the range and designed as a cost effective answer for most applications reducing speeds in car parks, on private roads, at leisure facilities and around commercial areas. Not recommended for HGVs. Sitecop Meets a wide range of speed reduction and traffic calming applications. SitecopPlus Designed to be less severe while still producing effective speed reduction. This makes it ideal for retail sites, service roads, distribution centres, industrial estates and residential areas. SitecopPlus is suitable for HGVs. Vehicle Stopper Bolt down products requiring no excavation. Yellow marking providing high visibility. Relocatable. The CarStop Ideal for car park locations as a discreet but effective restriction. Fixings: 3. Height: 80mm. : 7kg. The TruckStop s a greater level of restriction for commercial and industrial applications. Fixings: 5. Height: 150mm. : 25kg. Kerb Separator Fixings: 4. : 10kg. Description Speed (mph) Dimensions VTP-992 MiniSitecop Middle Unit x 500 x D End Pair x 250 x H Sitecop Middle Unit x 500 x B End Pair x 250 x F SitecopPlus Middle Unit x 500 x F End Pair x 250 x K Dimensions VTP-992 The CarStop 1000 x 140 x D The TruckStop 1000 x 300 x K Page 1873

159 994 FIRE SAFETY Fire Extinguishers These extinguishers are manufactured to European standard BS EN 3 under a strictly controlled quality system to ISO9001:2008 and are CE Certified and BSI Kitemarked. The extinguisher cylinders undergo comprehensive pre-treatment and paint processes to ensure exceptional protection from corrosion. The discharge valve is chromed brass. Other components are manufactured from PVC, steel, ABS and nylon. All cylinders are degreased and subjected to a phosphate pre-treatment process. All valves are equipped with a safety relief device that will activate should the internal pressure in the unit r a level that is deemed excessive. Whether this is the result of external exposure to high temperature or accidental over-pressurising, all users. Water Extinguishers Used against A class fires. Quality valves, Pass 35kV conductivity dielectric test. Safety relief valves. Internal polyethylene lining. Protective plastic base. Comes supplied with wall bracket. Foam Extinguishers Used against A and B class fires. Superior aqueous film forming foam is well suited to tackle liquid fires such as oil based fuels, paints and solvents. Quality valves, Pass 35kV conductivity dielectric test. Safety relief valves. Internal polyethylene lining. Protective plastic base (except 2ltr). Comes supplied with wall bracket. Model No. (ltr) Rating (Kg) MYR-994 MW A F MW A J Dry Powder Extinguishers Used against A, B and C class fires. Dry powder offers the widest protection. Quality valves, Pass 35kV conductivity dielectric test. Safety relief valves. Protective plastic base (except 1 & 2Kg). 1 and 2Kg include robust transport bracket whilst 4, 6 and 9Kg are supplier with wall bracket. Model No. (ltr) Rating (Kg) MYR-994 MF20 2 8A/55B B MF A/70B C MF A/183B F MF A/233B J Carbon Dioxide Extinguishers Used against B class and electrical fires. Carbon dioxide does not damage or contaminate electrical equipment. Lightweight aluminium body. Quality valves, safety relief valves. Comes supplied with wall bracket. Model No. (Kg) Rating (Kg) MYR-994 MP1 1 8A/23B A MP2 2 13A/70B B MP4 4 21A/113B D MP6 6 43A/183B F MP9 9 43A/233B J Page 1874 Model No. (Kg) Rating (Kg) MYR-994 MC2A 2 55B B MC5A 5 89B E 99.38

160 994 FIRE SAFETY Fire Extinguishers These extinguishers are manufactured to European standard BS EN 3 under a strictly controlled quality system to ISO9001:2008 and are CE Certified and BSI Kitemarked. The extinguisher cylinders undergo comprehensive pre-treatment and paint processes to ensure exceptional protection from corrosion. The discharge valve is chromed brass. Other components are manufactured from PVC, steel, ABS and nylon. All cylinders are degreased and subjected to a phosphate pre-treatment process. All valves are equipped with a safety relief device that will activate should the internal pressure in the unit r a level that is deemed excessive. Whether this is the result of external exposure to high temperature or accidental over-pressurising, all users. Wet Chemical Extinguishers Used against A, B and F class fires. F-Max chemical extinguishers are a must near deep fat fryers. Quality valves, Pass 35kv conductivity dielectric test. Safety relief valves. Internal polyethylene lining. Protective plastic base. Comes supplied with wall bracket. Class D Fire Extinguisher Class "D" unit for use on metal fires. Include low velocity applicator and lance to inhibit splash back of molton metal. Protective plastic base. Manufactured in accordance with EN3. Model No. (ltr) Rating (Kg) MYR-994 MWF A/113B/75F F Fire Extinguisher Stands Steel Tubular Strong one piece construction. Lightweight, easy to install, easy to move. Suitable for all extinguisher types. Model No. (ltr) Rating (Kg) MYR-994 MP9D 9 8A/55B -5890J MP12D 12 13A/70B -5890M Fire Bucket Red plastic fire bucket and lid. Lightweight and will not rust. Single - Chrome Double - Chrome Model No. Stand MYR Single - Chrome -7880E Double - Chrome -7880F Double - Red -7880M Plastic stands and plinth Constructed from tough, high impact and chemically resistant plastic. Highly visible. No metal parts. Lightweight. Suitable for all extinguisher types. Single Model No. Double Double Plinth Double Raised Stand MYR Single -6530A Double -6530B Double Raised -6531B Double Plinth -6532B Model No. (Kg) MYR Q 8.75 Fire Blankets Fire blanket supplied in a quick release dispenser which can be attached to a wall near possible fire hazards. The blanket is manufactured from neoprene coated glass cloth. Conforms to BS light duty. B.A.F.E. approved, Kitemarked to BS EN1 869: 1997 and independently tested by the Loss Prevention Council. Guaranteed for five years. Unique patented 3-ply blanket material will effectively extinguish cooking oil fires. Blanket TFF x 1.2m -3000K x 1.2m -3020K x 1.8m -3040K Page 1875

161 992 FIRE SAFETY Smoke Alarm 10Y29 Combined test and hush facility, for testing, and silencing nuisance alarms. Easy to install. Continuous protection, with no need to change the battery. Sealed-in lithium battery supplied. 10 year warranty Smoke alarms are one of the best and least expensive ways to provide early warning when a fire begins. When properly installed and maintained, smoke alarms can help prevent injuries and minimize property damage, and in many cases, they mean the difference between life and death. Battery KID Y29 Lithium -1402C Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarm 10SCO Combination smoke and carbon monoxide alarm. Voice alarm identifies which danger has been detected. Combined test and hush facility, for testing, and silencing nuisance alarms. Front-loading battery compartment for added convenience. Easy to install. 9V battery supplied. 10 year sensor life and warranty. Battery KID SCO 9V -1401B Hallways Smoke Alarm with Escape Light I908UK With a powerful escape light to guide you to safety and a hush button feature which allows nuisance alarms to be paused. Has a low battery warning chirp. Certified by LPCB and conforms to the latest European standard. Replace alarm after 10 years. 2x 9V alkaline battery supplied as standard. 5 year warranty. Battery KID-994 Hallways LR61-9V -3870M 9.53 Carbon Monoxide Alarm 10LLDCO Digital display showing exact levels of CO, and records peak levels. 10 year sealed-in lithium batteries (tamper proof) supplied, giving portability too. 10 year warranty. Battery KID LLDCO Lithium -1400A Smoke Alarm i9060 Versatile battery smoke alarm for detecting fast-flaming fires. Combined test and hush facility, for testing, and silencing nuisance alarms. Easy to install. 9V battery supplied. 5 year warranty. Battery KID-994 i9060 9V -1403D 6.96 Carbon Monoxide Alarm 7COC Lightweight and portable battery carbon monoxide alarm. Continuously monitors any carbon monoxide levels even during power cuts. Test/Reset button which allows regular testing. 3x AA batteries supplied. 10 year warranty. Battery KID-994 7COC 3x AA -4220B Break Glass Key Box Key box with a Snap-fit secure seal. Safe for food areas, schools, swimming pools, etc Diameter: 110mm. Depth: 35mm. Description Key Box -2430K Spare Glass -2440K 4.40 Hammer and Chain Suitable for break glass call points, key boxes and panic bolts. Description Hammer & chain -2450K Fire Door Signs Fire doors need to be marked with signs identifying them as fire doors and to notify people that the doors need to be closed. All metal with predrilled holes for easy fixing. Description Door Keep Shut -2100K 1.94 Door Keep Locked -2130K 1.94 Door Keep Locked Shut -2160K 1.94 Page 1876 Site Alarms Ideal for use on building sites or small work units. Provides both an audible warning with 95dB sounder (at 1 metre) and visible built in strobe light. Quick and easy to install. Up to 5 units can be Push Button linked together to provide a temporary alarm system. Break Glass Model No. MYR Break Glass -7560B Push Button -7560G Wireless Site Alarm Ideal for large sites where more than one alarm needs to be linked. Four different channels available. Model No. MYR Wireless -7560M Rotary Hand Bell Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. The bell can provide an audible warning of up to 60dB at 35 metres. Constructed from diecast aluminium, offering excellent corrosion protection. Model No. MYR Hand Bell -7400A Emergency Gas Air Horn Loud 95dB (at 1 metre). Emergency gas air horn is highly portable. Ideal as a temporary alarm siren. Model No. MYR Air Horn -3620X 12.50

162 First Aid Kits Compliant with BSi BS8599. Compliant with BSi BS8599. Small For less than 25 employees in a Low Hazard environment or less than five employees in a High Hazard environment. : 240 x 170 x 80mm. Medium For employees in a Low Hazard environment or 5-25 employees in a High Hazard environment. : 270 x 220 x 90mm. Large For more than 100 employees in a Low Hazard environment or more than 25 employees in a High Hazard environment. : 340 x 270 x 100mm. These kits are supplied in durable plastic box with clip in wall brackets. Contents Chart Small Medium Large First Aid Guidance Leaflet Washproof Plasters IWS (20) Non Woven Triangular Bandage Nitrile Disposable Gloves Moist Cleansing Wipes Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) Sterile Finger Bandage Resusciade Sterile Eye Dressing No Sterile Medium Dressing 12 x 12cm Sterile Large Dressing 18 x 18cm Sterile Burn Dressing 10 x 10cm Adhesive Tape 2.5cm x 10m Heavy Duty Clothing Shears Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m Foil Blanket Small Kit FIRST AID HSE Standard First Aid Kits Suitable for the workplace. 10 Person: For small work places up to 10 persons. Supplied in a plastic box c/w handle. : 270 x 220 x 90mm. 20 Person: For work places employing up to 20 persons. Supplied in a plastic box c/w handle. : 270 x 220 x 90mm. 50 Person: For work places employing up to 50 persons. Supplied in a plastic box c/w handle. : 270 x 340 x 100mm. 996 Contents Chart 10 Person 20 Person 50 Person Guidance Leaflet Individually Wrapped Sterile Adhesive Plasters No. 16 Sterile Eye Pad Triangular Bandage Safety Pins Medium Sterile Dressing, 12cm x 12cm Large Sterile Dressing, 18cm x 18cm Alcohol Free Cleansing Wipes Disposable Gloves 1 pair 2 pairs 3 pairs 20 Person Kit Medium Kit 10 Person Kit Large Kit 50 Person Kit MED-996 Small -1200K Medium -1210K Large -1220K Refill Kits Small -1440K Medium -1450K Large -1460K TFF Person -0710K Person -0720K Person -0730K Refill Kits 10 Person -1420K Person -1430K Person -1440K Page 1877

163 996 FIRST AID HSE Standard First Aid Kits Supplied in ABS plastic boxes with compartments and wall mounting brackets. Available in three sizes: 10, 20 or 50 persons. 10 Person Kit 20 Person Kit 50 Person Kit Contents Chart 10 Person 20 Person 50 Person First Aid Guidance Leaflet Washproof Plasters IWS (20) Non Woven Triangular Bandage Nitrile Disposable Gloves Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipes Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) Sterile Medium Dressing 12 x 12cm Sterile Large Dressing 18 x 18cm Sterile Eye Dressing No Large Sports First Aid Kits Supplied with nylon zip bag c/w handle and shoulder strap. Contents Chart Large Sports First Aid Kit Guidance Leaflet 1 Assorted Washproof Plasters IWS 40 Triangular Bandages 2 Safety Pins (6) 1 Large Sterile Dressings 18 x 18cm 2 Medium Sterile Dressing 12 x 12cm 1 No.16 Sterile Eye Pads 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipes 20 Nitrile Gloves (Pair) 2 Antiseptic Cream 15gm 1 Microporous Tape 1 Conforming Bandage 10cm x 4m 2 Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m 1 Crepe Bandage 7.5cm x 4.5m 1 Crepe Bandage 10cm x 4.5m 1 Low Adherent Dressing 5 x 5cm 3 Low Adherent Dressing 7.5 x 7.5cm 2 Large Adhesive Dressing 7.5 x 10cm 1 Large Adhesive Dressing 7 x 6cm 1 Large Adhesive Dressing 8.3 x 6cm 1 Elastic Adhesive Bandage (EAB) 5cm x 4.5m 1 Elastic Adhesive Dressing Strip 7.5cm x 1m 1 First Aid Scissor 1 Skin Sutures 16 Resusciade 2 Instant Ice Packs 3 First Aid Cool Spray 1 Personal Protection Pack incl. wipe, apron, disposal bag, resusciade and nitrile glove 1 MED Person 0.73kg -0600K Person 1.08kg -0650K Person 1.61kg -0700K Comprehensive Sports Kit Strong versatile green First Aid Bag with handles and shoulder strap. Four external pockets and flexible inner divide. : 360 x 280 x 180mm. Contents Chart Comprehensive Sports Kit Guidance Leaflet 1 Assorted Fabric Plasters 120 Triangular Bandages 2 Safety Pins (6) 1 Large Sterile Dressings 18 x 18cm 2 Medium Sterile Dressing 12 x 12cm 1 No.16 Sterile Eye Pads 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipes 20 Nitrile Gloves (Pair) 10 Antiseptic Cream 15gm 1 Microporous Tape 1 Conforming Bandage 10cm x 4m 2 Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m 1 Crepe Bandage 7.5cm x 4.5m 2 Crepe Bandage 10cm x 4.5m 2 Low Adherent Dressing 7.5 x 7.5cm 25 Large Adhesive Dressing 7 x 6cm 2 Large Adhesive Dressing 8.3 x 6cm 1 Elastic Adhesive Bandage (EAB) 5cm x 4.5m 1 Elastic Adhesive Bandage (EAB) 7.5cm x 4.5m 2 Elastic Adhesive Dressing Strip 7.5cm x 1m 1 First Aid Scissor 1 Heavy Duty First Aid Snip 1 Skin Sutures 16 Resusciade 2 Instant Ice Packs 10 First Aid Cool Spray 1 Personal Protection Pack incl. wipe, apron, disposal bag, resusciade and nitrile glove 1 Emergency Foil Blanket 6 Sterile Saline Eyewash Solution 20ml Pods 25 Vaseline 250ml 1 Description MED-996 Sports Kit with Carryall -1720K Page 1878 Description MED-996 Sports Kit -1730K Green First Aid Carryall Empty -0930K

164 HSE Standard First Aid Kits - Lockable Cabinet Supplied in a lockable metal first aid cabinet, 430 x 280 x 117mm pre-drilled for wall mounting. Available in two sizes: 10 person and 20 person. FIRST AID 996 Page 1829 Contents Chart 10 Person 20 Person First Aid Guidance Leaflet 1 1 Washproof Plasters IWS (20) 2 3 Non Woven Triangular Bandage 4 6 Nitrile Disposable Gloves 1 2 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipes 6 10 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) 1 2 Sterile Medium Dressing 12 x 12cm 6 9 Sterile Large Dressing 18 x 18cm 2 3 Sterile Eye Dressing No Sterile Eye Wash Solution 500ml 1 1 MED Person 3.48kg -0780K Person 3.62kg -0790K HSE Standard First Aid Kits - Extra Items Suitable for small workplaces. Supplied in an ABS plastic box with compartments and wall mounting bracket. The contents are as a regular HSE first aid kit with the added content of: 1x emergency foil blanket. 1x microporous tape. 1x first aid scissors. 2x steropore dressings. 2x low adherent pads. 1x personal protection pack. Contents Chart 10 Person 20 Person First Aid Guidance Leaflet 1 1 Washproof Plasters IWS (20) 1 2 Non Woven Triangular Bandage 4 6 Nitrile Disposable Gloves 1 2 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipes 6 10 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) 1 2 Sterile Medium Dressing 12 x 12cm 6 9 Sterile Large Dressing 18 x 18cm 2 3 Sterile Eye Dressing No Microporous Tape 1 1 Low Adherent Pad 7 x 6cm 1 2 Non Adherent Dressing 7.5 x 7.5cm 2 2 Foil Blanket 1 1 First Aid Scissor 1 1 Personal Protection Pack incl. wipe, apron, disposal bag, resusciade and nitrile glove 1 1 MED Person 1.70kg -0750K Person 2.00kg -0760K Page 1879

165 996 FIRST AID Small Catering First Aid Kit Supplied in a durable polypropylene plastic box with compartments. Secure lid helps protect contents against dust and moisture. A wall bracket is included, enabling kits to be positioned at first aid points but also easily released from the bracket. For up to 10 persons. : 268 x 180 x 50mm. HSE Standard Food Processing & Catering First Aid Kits Suitable for workplaces employing 10 or 20 people. 10 Person: : 240 x 170 x 80mm. 20 Person: : 270 x 220 x 85mm. Contents Chart - Small Catering First Aid Kit HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile 12 x 12cm Medium Dressing 6 Sterile 18 x 18cm Large Dressing 2 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 4 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 1 Blue Dressing Assorted (Pack of 10) 2 Sterile No.16 Eye Dressing 2 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 10 Plastic Fingerstalls 3 Eye Wash Pods 20ml 2 Blue Visually Detectable Tape 2.5cm x 5m 1 Hydrogel Blotts (Single) 3 First Aid Scissors - Blunt/Blunt 1 TFF-996 Small 0.8kg -0750K Lone Worker Kit Essential First Aid Kit for someone working off-site or on the road. First Aid Kit - Lone Worker Supplied in a plastic box with handle. : 227 x 165 x 47mm. Contents Chart - 10 Person 20 Person First Aid Guidance Leaflet 1 1 Blue Detectable Washproof Plasters IWS (20) 2 3 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 4 6 Nitrile Disposable Gloves 1 2 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipes 6 10 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) 1 2 Sterile Medium Dressing 12 x 12cm 6 9 Sterile Large Dressing 18 x 18cm 2 3 Sterile Eye Dressing No MED Person 0.64kg -1510K Person 0.96kg -1520K Large Catering First Aid Kit For work places employing up to 20 persons. Supplied in a plastic box c/w handle wall bracket : 360 x 250 x 110mm. Contents Chart - Lone Worker HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile No.16 Eye Dressing 1 Sterile 12 x 12cm Medium Dressing 2 Sterile 18 x 18cm Large Dressing 1 Elite Washproof Plasters (Pack of 10) 1 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 2 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 1 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 6 Description TFF-996 Lone Worker Kit -0500K Page 1880 Contents Chart - First Aid Kit - Lone Worker HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile No.16 Eye Dressing 1 Sterile 12 x 12cm Medium Dressing 2 Sterile 18 x 18cm Large Dressing 1 Elite Washproof Plasters (Pack of 10) 1 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 2 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 1 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 6 Description MED-996 Travelling Extra -1010K Contents Chart - Large Catering First Aid Kit HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile 12 x 12cm Medium Dressing 9 Sterile 18 x 18cm Large Dressing 3 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 6 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 3 Blue Dressing Assorted (Pack of 10) 4 Sterile No.16 Eye Dressing 4 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) 2 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 20 Plastic Fingerstalls 6 Eye Wash Solution 250ml Bottle 2 Blue Visually Detectable Tape 2.5cm x 5m 1 Heavy Duty First Aid Snips 1 Low Adherent Dressing 10 x 10cm 2 Resusciade 2 MED-996 Large 2.7kg -1610K

166 Elastoplast Domestic First Aid Kit 996 FIRST AID Burns Kit The Tuffsafe Burns Kit comes in an attractive durable polypropylene red plastic box which is associated with burns treatment. It comes complete with a comprehensive range of water-based burns dressings which soothes and moisturises the burns area by inhibiting fluid loss. Contents Chart - Large Sports First Aid Kit Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile 18 x 18 cm Large Dressing 1 Elite Washproof Plasters (Pack of 20) 1 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 2 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 2 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack 6) 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 6 Microporous Tape - 2.5cm x 10m 1 Low Adherent Dressing 7 x 6cm 2 Conforming Bandage 5cm x 4m 1 Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m 1 Non-adherent Dressing 5 x 5cm 2 Cetrimide Cream - 30g 1 First Aid Scissors - Blunt/Blunt 1 Description MED-996 Domestic Kit - Medium Content -0500K First Response Kit Contains the standard content for up to 10 persons plus many additional items that may be required when treating a patient who may be some distance from a static first aid station. Contents Chart - Large Sports First Aid Kit HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile 12 x 12cm Medium Dressing 2 Sterile 18 x 18cm Large Dressing 2 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 4 Safety Pins Assorted (Pack 12) 1 Sterile BurnSoothe Dressing 10 x 10cm 1 Sterile BurnSoothe Dressing 20 x 20cm 2 Sterile BurnSoothe Burn Blotts 3.5g 4 BurnSoothe Burn Relief Gel 50ml 1 Heavy Duty First Aid Snips 1 TFF-996 Large 120g -0820K Public Carrying Vehicle First Aid Kit Complying with the road traffic regulations for public carrying vehicles. Supplied in a plastic box. Contents Chart - First Response Kit HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile No.16 Eye Dressing 6 Sterile 12 x 12cm Medium Dressing 6 Sterile 18 x 18cm Large Dressing 2 Elite Washproof Plasters (Pack of 20) 2 No-woven Triangular Bandage 6 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 4 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack of 6) 2 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 6 Microporous Surgical Tape cm x 10m 1 Eye Wash Pods 20ml 5 Crepe Bandage 7.5cm x 4.5m 2 Low Adherent Dressing 10 x 10cm 4 Ice Instant Cold Pack 2 Emergency Foil Blanket 3 Heavy Duty First Aid Snips 1 Resusciade 1 Description MED-996 First Response Kit -1100K Contents Chart - Large Sports First Aid Kit HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Elite Washproof Plasters (Pack 10) 3 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 2 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 1 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack 6) 2 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 10 No.16 Eye Pad 1 Conforming Bandage 5cm x 4m 1 Ambulance Dressing No.2 Sterile (20 x 17.5cm) 3 Heavy Duty First Aid Snips 1 First Aid Carried Sticker 1 MED-996 Public Carrying Vehicle Kit 0.78kg -1670K Page 1881

167 996 FIRST AID Burnshield Burns Dressings Burnshield is a simple to use gel impregnated burn treatment designed to lower skin temperature and alleviate pain prior to hospital treatment. These dressings are suitable for second and third degree burns and scalds. They are manufactured from open-cell foam; all dressings come saturated in a water-based gel made sterile by gamma irradiation. Simple to apply and remove without causing any discomfort, Burnshield soothes and moisturises the burn area by inhibiting fluid loss. Description MED-996 Dressing 10 x 10cm 0.04kg -2600K Hydrogel Blotts (pack 10) 0.06kg -3000K Advanced Motoring First Aid Kit The First Aid roll pouch allows for the first aid items to be shown by simply rolling out the clear polythene multi pockets allowing easy access to the required first aid item. After use simply roll up the sleeve and return it to the plastic box. Large Goods Vehicle First Aid Kit Supplied in a plastic box complete with bracket. This kit is suitable for carrying in a large commercial goods vehicle. The kit includes 500ml eyewash and a bracket to allow permanent fixing within the vehicle. Contents Chart - Large Sports First Aid Kit HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile 18 x 18cm Large Dressing 1 Sterile 12 x 12cm Medium Dressing 2 Elite Washproof Plasters (Pack 10) 2 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 1 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 1 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack 6) 2 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 6 No.16 Eye Pad 1 Microporous Tape 1 Sterile Eye Wash Solution 500ml Bottles 1 Low Adherent Dressing - 10 x 10cm 2 MED-996 Large Goods Vehicle Kit 900g -1680K Light Commercial First Aid Kit This kit includes Standard HSE content for one travelling employee content listed below. Contents Chart - Large Sports First Aid Kit HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Elite Washproof Plasters (Pack 10) 2 Non Woven Triangular Bandage 1 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 2 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack 6) 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 6 Sterile Eye Wash Solution 20ml Pods 2 Emergency Foil Blanket x 1.3m 1 First Aid Scissors 1 First Aid Carried Sticker 1 No.8 Medium 10 x 8cm Sterile Dressing 1 No.9 Large 13 x 9cm Sterile Dressing 2 Low Adherent Pad 7 x 6cm 2 Conforming Bandage 5cm x 4m 1 Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m 1 Non-adherent Dressing 5 x 5cm 2 Non-adherent Dressing 7.5 x 7.5cm 2 Resusciade 1 MED-996 Advanced Motoring Kit 0.78kg -1060K Winter Motoring Kit All supplied in a soft nylon zip through bag. Contents: Folding snow shovel. One person travelling first aid kit. Foil blanket. Hi-visibility vest. PRO-996 Winter Motoring Kit -0003A Page 1882 Contents Chart - Large Sports First Aid Kit HSE Guidance Leaflet 1 Sterile 18 x 18cm Large Dressing 1 Elite Washproof Plasters (Pack 10) 1 Non-woven Triangular Bandage 2 Nitrile Disposable Glove - Pair 1 Assorted Safety Pins (Pack 6) 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipe 4 Sterile Eye Wash Solution 20ml Pods 2 Emergency Foil Blanket x 1.3m 1 Description MED-996 Light Commercial Kit 0.36kg -1690K Vehicle Safety Kit This kit is supplied complete with a warning triangle, 0.8kg fire extinguisher c/w bracket, glass hammer with safety knife and a HSE one person travelling first aid kit which all fit neatly into a zip bag. MED-996 Vehicle Safety Kit -1080K

168 Large Supplied with nylon zip bag c/w handle and shoulder strap. Contents Chart - Sports First Aid Kits Large Sports First Aid Kit Guidance Leaflet 1 Assorted Washproof Plasters IWS 40 Triangular Bandages 2 Safety Pins (6) 1 Large Sterile Dressings 18 x 18cm 2 Medium Sterile Dressing 12 x 12cm 1 No.16 Sterile Eye Pads 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipes 20 Nitrile Gloves (Pair) 2 Antiseptic Cream 15gm 1 Microporous Tape 1 Conforming Bandage 10cm x 4m 2 Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m 1 Crepe Bandage 7.5cm x 4.5m 1 Crepe Bandage 10cm x 4.5m 1 Low Adherent Dressing 5 x 5cm 3 Low Adherent Dressing 7.5 x 7.5cm 2 Large Adhesive Dressing 7.5 x 10cm 1 Large Adhesive Dressing 7 x 6cm 1 Large Adhesive Dressing 8.3 x 6cm 1 Elastic Adhesive Bandage (EAB) 5cmx4.5m 1 Elastic Adhesive Dressing Strip 7.5cm x 1.0m 1 First Aid Scissor 1 Skin Sutures 16 Resusciade 2 Instant Ice Packs 3 First Aid Cool Spray 1 Personal Protection Pack incl. wipe, apron, disposal bag, resusciade and nitrile glove 1 MED-996 Large Bag 1.50kg -1710K FIRST AID & DEFIBRILLATORS Medium Supplied in a nylon zip bag. Contents Chart Large Sports First Aid Kit Guidance Leaflet 1 Assorted Washproof Plasters IWS 20 Triangular Bandages 2 Safety Pins (6) 1 Large Sterile Dressings 18 x 18cm 1 Medium Sterile Dressing 12 x 12cm 1 No.16 Sterile Eye Pads 1 Sterile Moist Cleansing Wipes 10 Nitrile Gloves (Pair) 2 Antiseptic Cream 15gm 1 Microporous Tape 1 Conforming Bandage 10cm x 4m 1 Conforming Bandage 7.5cm x 4m 1 Crepe Bandage 7.5cm x 4.5m 1 Crepe Bandage 10cm x 4.5m 1 Low Adherent Dressing 5 x 5cm 2 Low Adherent Dressing 7.5 x 7.5cm 1 Large Adhesive Dressing 7.5 x 7.5cm 2 Large Adhesive Dressing 7.5 x 10cm 1 Large Adhesive Dressing 8.3 x 6cm 2 Elastic Adhesive Bandage (EAB) 5cm x 4.5m 1 Elastic Adhesive Dressing Strip 7.5cm x 1m 1 First Aid Scissor 1 Skin Sutures 6 Resusciade 1 Instant Ice Packs 2 First Aid Cool Spray 1 MED-996 Medium Bag 0.75kg -1700K HeartSine Defibrillators The HeartSine defibrillators have been specifically designed for public access. The simple clear voice prompts and graphic interface empowers a lay or experienced rescuer to perform lifesaving treatment to a sudden cardiac arrest patient with maximum efficacy. Further to this HeartSine advanced indemnification policy will further protect the lay rescuer. SAM350P Automated defibrillator with CPR metronome coach to assist the rescuer with the correct rate of compressions. SAM500P Automated defibrillator with advanced CPR advisor technology. This device will not only take care of the shock (if required) but can provide patient specific real-time feedback on CPR efficacy instructing the rescuer to push harder, faster or slower. It is the only public access defibrillator offering real time patient specific CPR advisor on both depth and rate of compression. This is vitally important as in many cases the heart may be non-shockable, whereby the rescuer must continue to perform effective CPR to prevent brain damage and permanent impairment. Features: 10 year manufacturer's warranty Easy to use and maintain. IP56 - Highest Industry protection against dust and water. Small, compact and lightweight - just 1.1kg. Robust, item is drop tested. Comes with soft touch tough carry case with defibrillator. 2475G 3-7 Days 2476H Product Description CTL-996 SAM350P Defibrillator with CPR -2475G SAM500P Defibrillator with advanced CPR -2476H Page 1883

169 996 FIRST AID Alcohol-free Cleansing Wipes The alcohol-free solution cleanses and soothes cuts and grazes and prepares surrounding area for dressing, ensuring greater adhesion. Individual sachets. PACK OF 100 Pack Quantity TFF-996 Price/Pk Price/Pk K Unmedicated Dressings High quality absorbent dressings. Medium and large dressings are sterile. Eye pad and triangular bandage are non-sterile. Alcohol-free Cleansing Wipes For wound cleansing and pre-dressing preparation ensures greater adhesion for dressings. The alcohol-free solution soothes cuts and grazes and prepares the area surrounding the wound or graze for dressing. Once prepared the area will ensure the dressing will adhere well to the skin. Individual sachets. PACK OF 100 Pack Quantity MED-996 Price/Pk Price/Pk K Sterile Unmedicated Dressings High quality absorbent dressings available in a choice of sizes. The highly absorbent compressed pad is enclosed on all sides reducing the risk of fibrous particles contaminating a wound. It is sewn onto an Easifix bandage with high stretch properties providing good conformability. Emergency Foil Blanket Single-use emergency blanket for protection against the elements and to keep the patient warm and comfortable pending treatment or evacuation. : 140 x 200cm. PACK OF 10 Pack Quantity MED-996 Price/Pk Price/Pk K Sharps Disposal Containers This range of containers provide an ideal solution for the safe disposal of contaminated Sharps. Sharps containers carry both the British Standard Institutes kite mark - (BS 7320) and the United Nations Symbol. The Sharps range has been specifically designed with safety in mind to ensure appropriate sized products are available, ease of use, full security once closed, easy to handle and transport, non-toxic when incinerated, value for money. Description Pack Qty TFF-996 Price/Pk Dressings 120 x 120mm K x 180mm K 4.62 Eye Pad K 4.88 Triangular Bandage 90 x 127cm K 2.82 Safety Pins In assorted sizes. Pack of 60. PACK OF 60 Description Pack Qty MED-996 Price/Pk Dressings 120x120mm K x180mm K 5.10 Eye Pad No K 5.30 Triangular Bandage 95x134cm K 3.15 Resusciade Face Shield This pack will help to protect the first aider from cross infection during resuscitation of a patient. PACK OF 10 Pack Quantity MED-996 Price/Pk Price/Pk K Cotec Safety Tape Protects fingers, hands and wrists from minor injuries and abrasions. : 25mm x 10m rolls. MED ltr 200g -2040K ltr 350g -2050K ltr 600g -2060K ltr 200g -2070K ltr 300g -2080K Sharps Disposal Kit Sharps disposal kit complete with disinfectant spray. s TFF-996 Price/Pk Price/Pk 00, 0, K , 1, K Page 1884 MED-996 Single Roll -2820K Pack K MED-996 Disposal Kit 0.12kg -1760K 7.79

170 Tubular Bandage Range of sizes covering ankles, knees, thighs, wrists and elbow joints. Cost effective, can be cut to size to suit the individual, double layers are used for sprains, strains and over joints. Quick and easy to apply, stays in place without the need for tapes or pins. Re-usable and washable. Roll length: 10m. Assorted Plasters The range of plasters have hypoallergenic adhesive and are individually wrapped. Available as blue detectable, fabric or waterproof. PACK OF 100 FIRST AID Assorted Plasters All the Tuffsafe range of plasters are latex free, ventilated and sterile. Five assorted sizes per box. Individually wrapped. x4 x32 x20 x40 x4 996 PACK OF 100 MED-996 B cm -6940K C cm -6941K D cm -6942K E cm -6943K F cm -6944K G cm -6945K Cotton Buds Pack of 200 double ended cotton buds in plastic re-sealable tub. Pack MED Q Double ended cotton buds, safe and hygienic, provided in a portable lightweight case, pack of 200. Petroleum Jelly 100% pure petroleum jelly. Gentle on your skin, hypoallergenic and does not clog pores. Helps protect minor cuts, scrapes and burns. Protects your skin from windburn and chapping. Johnson s Cotton Buds Pack CTL J 3.28 Pack MED g -0100A g -0100C kg -0100F kg -0100H MED-996 Blue - Detectable -2500K Stretch Fabric -2520K Waterproof -2540K Plaster Dispenser Designed so that when you pull out a plaster from the dispenser one side of the adhesive surface is uncovered for easy application. This also reduces pilferage because the plaster must be used immediately. Plasters are supplied separately. MED-996 Plaster Dispenser -2400K Plaster Refill Packs Fabric (6 x 40) -2440K Plastic (6 x 40) -2460K Detectable (6 x 35) -2480K Vaseline Petroleum Jelly 100% pure petroleum jelly. Triple-purified. Gentle on your skin, hypoallergenic and does not clog pores. Helps protect minor cuts, scrapes and burns. Protects your skin from windburn and chapping. Pack CTL g (250ml) -9019A 4.50 TFF-996 Price/pk Price/pk Blue - Detectable -2490K Stretch Fabric -2510K Waterproof -2530K Finger Extension Plasters Extra long plasters that offer greater protection for cuts and wounds to fingers. Pink fabric. : 170 x 20mm. Individually wrapped. TFF-996 Price/Pk Price/Pk Stretch Fabric -2560K Accident Book Employers must provide adequate facilities to record and report work-related injuries. 53 perforated accident record forms, logical and thorough layouts for incident recording. Secure and easy cataloguing and referencing. Fully compliant with RIDDOR regulations and The Data Protection Act. Description MED-996 Accident Book -3500K Accident Book Folder Contains 53 removable forms. Meets the requirements of the Data Protection Act PACK OF 50 Description SSF-964 Accident Book A4-7773K 4.11 Page 1885

171 996 FIRST AID Eye Wash Station Cabinet Wall mounted eye wash station cabinet c/w 2x 500ml eye wash solution and 2x No.16 sterile eye pads. : 2.0kg. Combination Eye Station Complete Visible wall mounted eye wash station has easy access to both 500ml saline solution and 20ml eye pods, with mirror and sterile eye pads it offers rapid response to eye injuries sustained in the workplace. Group 960 Description TFF-996 Eye Wash Cabinet -1950K Replacement 500ml Eye Wash Solution -1980K MED K Eye Wash Station This station has been adapted to accommodate 2x 500ml eye wash, mirror and 2x No.16 sterile eye pads. : 2.0kg. Eye Pod Station & Solution Fast and efficient way to administer first aid for eyes. Eye Pod Station Comes complete with 10x 20ml eye pods, (sodium chloride 0.9%), mirror and 2x No.16 sterile eye pads and instructions. Eye Pod Solution Box of 25 eye pod solution: 20ml ampoules of sodium chloride 0.9%. Eye Wash Station & Solution Eye Wash Station Complete with wall bracket which allows for fixing at a specific location. The box can be unclipped from the bracket and taken to the patient. Complete with 500ml eye wash and 2x No.16 eye pads. Eye Wash Solution 250ml sterile eye wash solution that relieves irritation, discomfort, burning, stinging or itching by removing loose, foreign material. Active ingredient: sodium chloride (0.9%). MED K Sterile Eye Pad No.16 sterile eye pad, boxed, unmedicated dressing suitable for Eye Wash Stations. MED-996 Eye Pod Station 0.30kg -1840K Eye Pod Solution (Box of 25) 0.10kg -1860K Page 1886 Description MED-996 Eye Wash Cabinet -1950K Eye Wash Solution (250ml) -1975K 2.50 MED K

172 Drench Shower 4220 Floor mounted drench shower (right), lever operated with an integral eye wash station with independent operation of shower and eye wash, finished in high visibility yellow anti-corrosive plastic coating. Drench Shower 1110 Wall mounted horizontal drench shower, finished in high visibility yellow anti-corrosive plastic coating, lever operated. FIRST AID 996 Model Style ARB Wall Mounted -1110A Wall Mounted Eye Wash 2210 ed in high visibility yellow anti-corrosive plastic coating, with twin eye wash outlets, water inlet 1/ 2 BSP, water outlet 1 1/ 4. Model Style ARB Wall -2210B Bench Mounted Eye Wash 3120 Movable laboratory emergency spray deck-mounting single head with flexible hose. Steel construction with a rilsan plastic coating. 1/ 2 BSP female connection. Conforms to: DIN EN15154/1.2006, ANSI-Z Model Style ARB Bench Mounted -3120D Hand Held Eye Wash 3000 Movable hand held single spray wall mounted eye wash, finished in high visibility yellow anti-corrosive plastic coating, the eye wash unit is attached to a 1.5m flexible stainless steel hose. Model Style ARB Floor Mounted -4220E Model Style ARB Hand Held -3000C Page 1887